the_o lineage_n these_o six_o lineage_n do_v always_o entertain_v amity_n together_o marry_v their_o child_n one_o with_o another_o and_o divide_v their_o limit_n quiet_o then_o they_o study_v with_o a_o emulation_n to_o increase_v and_o beautify_v their_o commonweal_n the_o barbarous_a chichimecans_n see_v what_o pass_v begin_v to_o use_v some_o government_n and_o to_o apparel_n themselves_o be_v ashamed_a of_o what_o have_v pass_v for_o till_o then_o they_o have_v no_o shame_n and_o have_v abandon_v fear_v by_o their_o communication_n with_o these_o other_o people_n they_o begin_v to_o learn_v many_o thing_n of_o they_o build_v small_a cottage_n have_v some_o policy_n and_o government_n they_o do_v also_o choose_v lord_n who_o they_o do_v acknowledge_v for_o their_o superior_n by_o mean_n whereof_o they_o do_v in_o a_o manner_n quite_o abandon_v this_o brutish_a life_n yet_o do_v they_o always_o continue_v in_o the_o mountain_n divide_v from_o the_o rest_n notwithstanding_o i_o hold_v it_o for_o certain_a that_o this_o fear_n have_v grow_v from_o other_o nation_n and_o province_n of_o the_o indies_n who_o at_o the_o first_o be_v savage_a man_n who_o live_v only_o by_o hunt_v pierce_a the_o rocky_a and_o rough_a country_n discover_v a_o new_a world_n the_o inhabitant_n whereof_o be_v almost_o like_o savage_a beast_n without_o cover_n or_o house_n without_o till_a land_n without_o cattle_n without_o king_n law_n god_n or_o reason_n since_o other_o seek_v better_a and_o new_a land_n inhabit_v this_o fertile_a country_n plant_v politic_a order_n and_o a_o kind_n of_o commonweal_n although_o it_o be_v very_o barbarous_a after_o the_o same_o man_n or_o other_o nation_n that_o have_v more_o understanding_n than_o the_o rest_n labour_v to_o subdue_v and_o oppress_v the_o less_o mighty_a establish_v realm_n and_o great_a empire_n so_o it_o happen_v in_o mexico_n at_o peru_n and_o in_o some_o part_n where_o they_o find_v city_n and_o commonweal_n plant_v among_o these_o barbarian_n that_o which_o confirm_v i_o in_o my_o opinion_n whereof_o i_o have_v ample_o discourse_v in_o the_o first_o book_n that_o the_o first_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o west_n indies_n come_v by_o land_n and_o so_o by_o consequence_n that_o the_o first_o continent_n of_o the_o indies_n join_v with_o that_o of_o asia_n europe_n and_o afsrike_v and_o the_o new_a world_n with_o the_o old_a although_o they_o have_v not_o yet_o discover_v any_o country_n that_o touch_v and_o join_v with_o the_o other_o world_n or_o if_o there_o be_v any_o sea_n betwixt_o the_o two_o it_o be_v so_o narrow_a that_o wild_a beast_n may_v easy_o swim_v over_o and_o man_n in_o small_a boat_n but_o leave_v this_o philosophy_n let_v we_o return_v to_o our_o history_n of_o the_o mexicaines_n departure_n of_o their_o journey_n and_o people_n the_o province_n of_o mechovacan_a chaâ—_n 4._o three_o hundred_o and_o two_o year_n after_o the_o former_a two_o lineage_n have_v leave_v their_o country_n to_o inhabit_v new_a spain_n the_o country_n be_v now_o well_o people_v and_o reduce_v to_o some_o form_n of_o government_n those_o of_o the_o seven_o cave_n or_o line_n arrive_v which_o be_v the_o mexicaine_n nation_n the_o which_o like_v unto_o the_o rest_n leave_v the_o province_n of_o aztlan_n and_o teuculhuacan_a a_o politic_a courtlike_a and_o warlike_a nation_n they_o do_v worship_v the_o idol_n vitzliputzli_n whereof_o ample_a mention_n have_v be_v make_v and_o the_o devil_n that_o be_v in_o this_o idol_n speak_v and_o govern_v this_o nation_n easy_o this_o idol_n command_v they_o to_o leave_v their_o country_n promise_v to_o make_v they_o prince_n and_o lord_n over_o all_o the_o province_n which_o the_o other_o six_o nation_n do_v possess_v that_o he_o will_v give_v they_o a_o land_n abound_v with_o gold_n silver_z precious_a stone_n feather_n and_o rich_a mantell_n whereupon_o they_o go_v forth_o carry_v their_o idol_n with_o they_o in_o a_o coffer_n of_o reed_n support_v by_o four_o of_o their_o principal_a priest_n with_o who_o he_o do_v talk_v and_o reveal_v unto_o they_o in_o secret_a the_o success_n of_o their_o way_n and_o voyage_n advise_v they_o of_o what_o shall_v happen_v he_o likewise_o give_v they_o law_n and_o teach_v they_o the_o custom_n ceremony_n and_o sacrifice_n they_o shall_v observe_v they_o do_v not_o advance_v nor_o move_v without_o commandment_n from_o this_o idol_n he_o give_v they_o notice_n when_o to_o march_v and_o when_o to_o stay_v in_o any_o place_n wherein_o they_o whole_o obey_v he_o the_o first_o thing_n they_o do_v wheresoever_o they_o come_v be_v to_o build_v a_o house_n or_o tabernacle_n for_o their_o false_a god_n which_o they_o set_v always_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o their_o camp_n and_o there_o place_v the_o ark_n upon_o a_o altar_n in_o the_o same_o manner_n as_o they_o have_v use_v in_o the_o holy_a christian_a church_n this_o do_v they_o sow_v their_o land_n for_o bread_n and_o pulse_n which_o they_o use_v and_o they_o be_v so_o addict_v to_o the_o obedience_n of_o their_o god_n that_o if_o he_o command_v they_o to_o gather_v they_o gather_v but_o if_o he_o command_v they_o to_o raise_v their_o camp_n all_o be_v leave_v there_o for_o the_o nourishment_n of_o the_o age_a sick_a and_o weary_a which_o they_o lest_o purposely_o from_o place_n to_o place_n that_o they_o may_v people_n it_o pretend_v by_o this_o mean_n that_o all_o the_o land_n shall_v remain_v inhabit_v by_o their_o nation_n this_o go_v forth_o and_o peregrination_n of_o the_o mexicaines_n will_v happy_o seem_v like_a to_o that_o of_o egypt_n and_o to_o the_o way_n which_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n make_v see_v that_o they_o as_o well_o as_o those_o be_v warn_v to_o go_v forth_o and_o to_o seek_v the_o land_n of_o promise_n and_o both_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o carry_v their_o god_n for_o their_o guide_n consult_v with_o the_o ark_n and_o make_v he_o a_o tabernacle_n and_o he_o advise_v they_o give_v they_o law_n and_o ceremony_n and_o both_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o speak_v many_o year_n in_o their_o voyage_n to_o their_o promise_a land_n where_o we_o observe_v the_o resemblance_n of_o many_o other_o thing_n as_o thehistory_n of_o the_o mexicaines_n do_v report_n and_o the_o holy_a scripture_n testify_v of_o the_o israelite_n and_o without_o doubt_n it_o be_v a_o true_a thing_n that_o the_o devil_n the_o prince_n of_o pride_n have_v labour_v by_o the_o superstition_n of_o this_o nation_n to_o counterfeit_v &_o imitate_v that_o which_o the_o most_o high_a god_n do_v with_o this_o nation_n for_o as_o be_v say_v before_o satan_n have_v a_o strange_a desire_n to_o compare_v and_o make_v himself_o equal_a with_o god_n so_o as_o this_o mortal_a enemy_n have_v pretend_v false_o to_o usurp_v what_o communication_n and_o familiarity_n he_o have_v please_v with_o man_n be_v there_o ever_o devil_n find_v so_o familiar_o conversant_a with_o man_n as_o this_o devil_n vitzliputzli_n we_o may_v well_o judge_v what_o he_o be_v for_o that_o there_o be_v never_o see_v nor_o hear_v speak_v of_o custom_n more_o superstitious_a nor_o sacrifice_n more_o cruel_a and_o inhuman_a than_o those_o which_o he_o teach_v they_o to_o conclude_v they_o be_v invent_v by_o the_o enemy_n of_o mankind_n the_o chief_a and_o captain_n who_o they_o follow_v be_v call_v mexi_n whence_o come_v the_o name_n of_o mexico_n &_o of_o the_o mexicaine_n nation_n this_o people_n march_v thus_o at_o leisure_n as_o the_o other_o six_o nation_n have_v do_v people_n and_o till_v the_o land_n in_o divers_a part_n whereof_o there_o be_v yet_o some_o show_n &_o ruin_n &_o after_o they_o have_v endure_v many_o travel_n and_o danger_n in_o the_o end_n they_o come_v to_o the_o province_n of_o mechovacan_a which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v as_o a_o land_n of_o fish_n for_o there_o be_v great_a abundance_n in_o goodly_a great_a lake_n where_o content_v themselves_o with_o the_o situation_n and_o temperature_n of_o the_o ground_n they_o resolve_v to_o stay_v there_o yet_o have_v consult_v with_o their_o idol_n upon_o this_o point_n and_o find_v he_o unwilling_a they_o demand_v licence_n to_o leave_v some_o of_o their_o man_n to_o people_n so_o good_a a_o land_n the_o which_o he_o grant_v teach_v they_o the_o mean_n how_o to_o do_v it_o which_o be_v that_o when_o the_o man_n and_o woman_n shall_v be_v enter_v into_o a_o goodly_a lake_n call_v pascuaro_n to_o bathe_v themselves_o those_o which_o remain_v on_o land_n shall_v steal_v away_o all_o their_o clothes_n and_o then_o secret_o raise_v their_o camp_n and_o depart_v without_o any_o bruit_n the_o which_o be_v effect_v and_o the_o rest_n which_o dream_v not_o of_o this_o deceit_n for_o the_o pleasure_n they_o take_v in_o bathe_v come_v forth_o and_o find_v themselves_o spoil_v of_o their_o garment_n and_o thus_o mock_v and_o leave_v by_o their_o companion_n they_o
the_o indian_a sea_n the_o other_o that_o of_o china_n and_o i_o have_v observe_v as_o well_o by_o my_o own_o navigation_n as_o by_o the_o relation_n of_o other_o that_o the_o sea_n be_v never_o divide_v from_o the_o land_n above_o a_o thousand_o league_n and_o although_o the_o great_a ocean_n stretch_v far_o yet_o do_v it_o never_o pass_v this_o measure_n i_o will_v not_o for_o all_o this_o affirm_v that_o we_o sail_v not_o above_o a_o thousand_o league_n in_o the_o ocean_n which_o be_v repugnant_a to_o truth_n be_v well_o know_v that_o the_o ship_n of_o portugal_n have_v sail_v four_o time_n as_o much_o and_o more_o and_o that_o the_o whole_a world_n may_v be_v compass_v about_o by_o sea_n as_o we_o have_v see_v in_o these_o day_n without_o any_o further_a doubt_n but_o i_o say_v and_o affirm_v that_o of_o that_o which_o be_v at_o this_o day_n discover_v there_o be_v no_o land_n distant_a from_o a_o other_o firm_a land_n by_o direct_a line_n or_o from_o some_o island_n near_o unto_o it_o above_o a_o thousand_o league_n and_o so_o betwixt_o two_o firm_a land_n there_o be_v no_o great_a distance_n of_o sea_n account_v from_o the_o near_a part_n of_o both_o the_o land_n for_o from_o the_o end_n of_o europe_n or_o africa_n and_o their_o coast_n to_o the_o canary_n the_o isle_n of_o acore_n cape_n verd_fw-mi and_o other_o in_o the_o like_a degree_n be_v not_o above_o three_o hundred_o league_n or_o five_o hundred_o from_o the_o main_n land_n from_o the_o say_a land_n run_v along_o to_o the_o west_n indies_n there_o be_v scant_o nine_o hundred_o league_n to_o the_o land_n of_o saint_n dominick_n the_o virgin_n the_o happy_a island_n and_o the_o rest_n and_o the_o same_o land_n run_v along_o in_o order_n to_o the_o island_n of_o barlovent_n which_o be_v cuba_n hispanâ—ola_n and_o boriquen_o from_o the_o same_o land_n unto_o the_o main_n land_n be_v scarce_o two_o or_o three_o hundred_o league_n &_o in_o the_o near_a part_n far_o less_o the_o firm_a land_n run_v a_o infinite_a space_n from_o terraâ—florida_n to_o the_o land_n of_o patagon_n and_o on_o the_o other_o side_n of_o the_o south_n from_o the_o straight_a of_o maggellan_n to_o the_o cape_n of_o mendoce_n there_o run_v a_o long_a continent_n but_o not_o very_o large_a for_o the_o large_a be_v the_o travers_n of_o peru_n which_o be_v distant_a from_o brasil_n about_o a_o thousand_o league_n in_o this_o south_n sea_n although_o they_o have_v not_o yet_o discover_v the_o end_n towards_o the_o west_n yet_o of_o late_o they_o have_v find_v out_o the_o land_n which_o they_o call_v solomon_n the_o which_o be_v many_o and_o great_a distant_a from_o peru_n about_o eight_o hundred_o league_n and_o for_o that_o we_o find_v by_o observation_n that_o whereas_o there_o be_v many_o and_o great_a island_n so_o there_o be_v some_o firm_a land_n not_o far_o off_o i_o myself_o with_o many_o other_o do_v believe_v that_o there_o be_v some_o firm_a land_n near_o unto_o the_o land_n of_o solomon_n the_o which_o do_v answer_v unto_o our_o america_n on_o the_o west_n part_n and_o possible_o may_v run_v by_o the_o height_n of_o the_o south_n to_o the_o strait_n of_o maggellan_n some_o hold_n that_o nova_n guinea_n be_v firm_a land_n and_o some_o learned_a man_n describe_v it_o near_o to_o the_o land_n of_o solomon_n so_o as_o it_o be_v likely_a a_o good_a part_n of_o the_o world_n be_v not_o yet_o discover_v see_v at_o this_o day_n our_o man_n sail_v in_o the_o south_n sea_n unto_o china_n and_o the_o philippines_n and_o we_o say_v that_o to_o go_v from_o peru_n to_o those_o part_n they_o pass_v a_o great_a sea_n then_o in_o go_v from_o spain_n to_o peru._n moreover_o we_o know_v that_o by_o that_o famous_a straight_a of_o maggellan_n these_o two_o sea_n do_v join_v and_o continue_v one_o with_o a_o other_o i_o say_v the_o south_n sea_n with_o that_o of_o the_o north_n by_o that_o part_n of_o the_o antarctic_a pole_n which_o be_v in_o fifty_o one_o degree_n of_o altitude_n but_o it_o be_v a_o great_a question_n wherein_o many_o have_v busy_v themselves_o whether_o these_o two_o sea_n join_v together_o in_o the_o north_n part_n but_o i_o have_v not_o hear_v that_o any_o unto_o this_o day_n can_v attain_v unto_o this_o point_n but_o by_o certain_a likelihood_n and_o conjecture_n some_o affirm_v there_o be_v a_o other_o straight_o under_o the_o north_n opposite_a to_o that_o of_o maggellan_n but_o it_o suffice_v for_o our_o subject_n to_o know_v that_o there_o be_v a_o firm_a land_n on_o this_o southern_a part_n as_o big_a as_o all_o europe_n asiae_n and_o africa_n that_o under_o both_o the_o pole_n we_o find_v both_o land_n and_o sea_n one_o embrace_v a_o other_o whereof_o the_o ancient_n may_v stand_v in_o doubt_n and_o contradict_v it_o for_o want_n of_o experience_n to_o confute_v the_o opinion_n of_o lactantius_n who_o hold_v there_o be_v no_o antipode_n chap._n 7._o see_v it_o be_v manifest_a that_o there_o be_v firm_a land_n upon_o the_o south_n part_n or_o pole_n antarctic_a we_o must_v now_o see_v if_o it_o be_v inhabit_v 23._o the_o which_o have_v be_v a_o matter_n very_o disputable_a in_o former_a time_n lactantius_n firmian_n and_o s._n augustine_n mock_v at_o such_o as_o hold_v there_o be_v any_o antipode_n which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v 9_o as_o man_n march_v with_o their_o foot_n opposite_a to_o we_o but_o although_o these_o two_o author_n agree_v in_o these_o jest_n yet_o do_v they_o differ_v much_o in_o their_o reason_n and_o opinion_n as_o they_o be_v of_o very_o divers_a spirit_n and_o judgement_n lactantius_n follow_v the_o vulgar_a seem_v ridiculous_a unto_o he_o that_o the_o heaven_n shall_v be_v round_o and_o that_o the_o earth_n shall_v be_v compass_v in_o the_o midst_n thereof_o like_v unto_o a_o ball_n whereof_o he_o write_v in_o these_o term_n what_o reason_n be_v there_o for_o some_o to_o affirm_v that_o there_o be_v antipode_n who_o step_n be_v opposite_a to_o we_o be_v it_o possible_a that_o any_o shall_v be_v so_o gross_a and_o simple_a as_o to_o believe_v there_o be_v a_o people_n or_o nation_n march_v with_o their_o feâ—te_n upwardes_o and_o their_o head_n downwards_o and_o that_o thing_n which_o be_v place_v here_o of_o one_o sort_n be_v in_o that_o other_o part_n hang_v topsy_n turvie_o that_o tree_n and_o corn_n grow_v downwards_o and_o that_o rain_n snow_n &_o hail_n fall_v from_o the_o earth_n upward_o then_o after_o some_o other_o discourse_n the_o same_o lactantius_n use_v these_o word_n the_o imagination_n and_o conceit_n which_o some_o have_v have_v suppose_v the_o heaven_n to_o be_v round_o have_v be_v the_o cause_n to_o invent_v these_o antipode_n hang_v in_o the_o air_n so_o as_o i_o know_v not_o what_o to_o say_v of_o such_o philosopher_n who_o have_v once_o err_v continue_v still_o obstinate_o in_o their_o opinion_n defend_v one_o another_o but_o whatsoever_o he_o say_v we_o that_o live_v now_o at_o peru_n and_o inhabit_v that_o part_n of_o the_o world_n which_o be_v oposite_a to_o asia_n and_o their_o antipode_n as_o the_o cosmographer_n do_v teach_v we_o find_v not_o ourselves_o to_o be_v hang_v in_o the_o air_n our_o head_n downward_o and_o our_o foot_n on_o high_a true_o it_o be_v strange_a to_o consider_v that_o the_o spirit_n and_o understanding_n of_o man_n can_v attain_v unto_o the_o truth_n without_o the_o use_n of_o imagination_n and_o on_o the_o other_o part_n it_o be_v impossible_a but_o he_o shall_v err_v and_o be_v deceive_v if_o he_o shall_v whole_o forbear_v it_o we_o can_v comprehend_v the_o heaven_n to_o be_v round_o as_o it_o be_v and_o the_o earth_n to_o be_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o it_o without_o imagination_n but_o if_o this_o imagination_n be_v not_o control_v and_o reform_v by_o reason_n in_o the_o end_n we_o shall_v be_v deceive_v whereby_o we_o may_v certain_o conclude_v that_o in_o our_o soul_n there_o be_v a_o certain_a light_n of_o heaven_n whereby_o we_o see_v and_o judge_v of_o the_o interior_a form_n which_o present_v themselves_o unto_o we_o and_o by_o the_o same_o we_o allow_v of_o or_o reject_v that_o which_o imagination_n do_v offer_v unto_o us._n hereby_o we_o see_v that_o the_o rational_a soul_n be_v above_o all_o corporal_a power_n and_o as_o the_o force_n and_o etenall_a vigour_n of_o truth_n do_v rule_v in_o the_o most_o eminent_a part_n of_o man_n yea_o we_o plain_o see_v that_o this_o pure_a light_n be_v participant_a and_o proceed_v from_o that_o first_o great_a light_n that_o whoso_o know_v not_o this_o or_o doubt_v thereof_o we_o may_v well_o say_v that_o he_o be_v igmorant_n or_o doubt_n whether_o he_o be_v a_o man_n or_o no._n so_o if_o we_o shall_v demand_v of_o our_o imagination_n what_o it_o think_v of_o the_o roundness_n of_o
tropic_n as_o aristotle_n and_o pliny_n have_v maintain_v and_o before_o they_o the_o philosopher_n parmenides_n the_o contrary_a whereof_o be_v before_o sufficient_o prove_v both_o for_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o but_o many_o through_o curiosity_n may_v demand_v if_o the_o ancient_n have_v no_o knowledge_n of_o this_o truth_n which_o to_o we_o be_v now_o so_o apparent_a see_v that_o in_o truth_n it_o seem_v very_o strange_a that_o this_o new_a world_n which_o be_v so_o spacious_a as_o we_o do_v visible_o see_v it_o shall_v be_v hide_v from_o the_o ancient_n by_o so_o many_o age_n but_o some_o at_o this_o day_n seek_v to_o obscure_v the_o felicity_n of_o this_o age_n and_o the_o glory_n of_o our_o nation_n strive_v to_o prove_v that_o the_o new_a find_v world_n be_v know_v to_o the_o ancient_n and_o in_o truth_n we_o can_v deny_v but_o there_o be_v some_o apparency_n s._n jerome_n write_v upon_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o ephesian_n say_v ephes._n we_o seek_v with_o reason_n what_o the_o apostle_n mean_v in_o these_o word_n where_o he_o say_v you_o have_v walk_v for_o a_o season_n according_a to_o the_o course_n of_o this_o world_n whether_o he_o will_v have_v we_o to_o understand_v that_o there_o be_v a_o other_o world_n which_o neither_o be_v nor_o depend_v of_o this_o world_n but_o other_o world_n whereof_o clement_n write_v in_o his_o epistle_n the_o ocean_n and_o the_o world_n which_o be_v beyond_o the_o ocean_n these_o be_v the_o word_n of_o s._n jerome_n but_o in_o truth_n i_o can_v find_v this_o epistle_n of_o s._n clement_n cite_v by_o s._n jerome_n yet_o i_o believe_v undoubted_o that_o s._n clement_n have_v write_v it_o see_v s._n jerome_n make_v mention_v thereof_o and_o with_o reason_n saint_n clement_n say_v that_o beyond_o the_o ocean_n there_o be_v a_o other_o world_n yea_o many_o world_n as_o in_o truth_n there_o be_v see_v there_o be_v so_o great_a distance_n from_o one_o new_a world_n to_o a_o other_o new_a world_n i_o mean_v from_o peru_n and_o the_o west_n indies_n to_o china_n and_o the_o east_n indies_n moreover_o pliny_n who_o have_v be_v so_o curious_a a_o searcher_n out_o of_o strange_a thing_n report_n in_o his_o natural_a history_n that_o hannon_n a_o captain_n of_o the_o carthaginian_n sail_v through_o the_o ocean_n from_o the_o straight_a of_o gibraltar_n coast_v alongst_o the_o land_n 67._o even_o unto_o the_o confine_n of_o arabia_n and_o that_o he_o leave_v this_o his_o navigation_n in_o writing_n if_o it_o be_v as_o pliny_n write_v it_o follow_v that_o hannon_n sail_v as_o far_o as_o the_o portugal_n do_v at_o this_o day_n pass_v twice_o under_o the_o equinoctial_a which_o be_v a_o fearful_a thing_n and_o the_o same_o pliny_n report_v of_o cornelius_n nepos_n a_o very_a grave_a author_n who_o say_v that_o the_o same_o course_n have_v be_v sail_v by_o a_o other_o man_n call_v eudaxius_fw-la but_o by_o contrary_a way_n for_o this_o eudaxius_fw-la follow_v the_o king_n of_o latyre_n pass_v by_o the_o red_a sea_n into_o the_o ocean_n and_o turn_v back_o come_v to_o the_o straight_a of_o gibraltar_n the_o which_o cornelius_n nepos_n affirm_v to_o have_v happen_v in_o his_o time_n and_o also_o other_o grave_a author_n do_v write_v that_o a_o ship_n of_o carthage_n drive_v by_o force_n of_o wind_n into_o the_o ocean_n come_v to_o a_o land_n which_o until_o then_o be_v unknown_a and_o return_v to_o carthage_n kindle_v a_o great_a desire_n in_o the_o citizen_n to_o discover_v and_o people_n this_o land_n the_o which_o the_o senate_n perceive_v do_v forbid_v this_o navigation_n by_o a_o rigorous_a decree_n fear_v that_o with_o the_o desire_n of_o new_a land_n they_o shall_v leave_v to_o love_v their_o own_o country_n by_o all_o this_o we_o may_v gather_v that_o the_o ancient_n have_v some_o knowledge_n of_o the_o new_a world_n yet_o shall_v you_o hardly_o find_v in_o the_o book_n of_o ancient_a writer_n any_o thing_n write_v of_o our_o america_n and_o all_o the_o west_n indies_n but_o of_o the_o east_n indies_n i_o say_v there_o be_v sufficient_a testimony_n not_o only_o of_o that_o on_o the_o other_o side_n but_o also_o of_o that_o on_o this_o side_n which_o then_o be_v far_a off_o go_v thither_o by_o a_o contrary_a way_n to_o that_o at_o this_o day_n be_v it_o not_o easy_a to_o find_v molaco_n in_o ancient_a book_n which_o they_o call_v the_o golden_a chersonese_n the_o cape_n of_o comori_fw-la which_o be_v call_v the_o promontory_n of_o coci_n &_o that_o great_a &_o famous_a island_n of_o sumatra_n so_o well_o know_v by_o the_o ancient_a name_n of_o taprobana_n what_o shall_v we_o say_v of_o the_o two_o ethiopiaes_fw-la the_o brachmanes_n and_o that_o great_a land_n of_o the_o chinaes_n who_o doubt_n but_o there_o be_v often_o mention_v make_v thereof_o in_o ancient_a book_n but_o of_o the_o west_n indies_n we_o find_v not_o in_o pliny_n that_o in_o this_o navigation_n they_o pass_v the_o land_n of_o the_o canary_n 21._o which_o he_o call_v fortunate_a the_o principal_a whereof_o be_v say_v to_o be_v call_v canary_n for_o the_o multitude_n of_o dog_n which_o be_v in_o it_o but_o there_o be_v scarce_o any_o mention_n in_o ancient_a book_n of_o the_o voyage_n which_o be_v make_v at_o this_o day_n beyond_o the_o canary_n by_o the_o gulf_n which_o with_o reason_n they_o call_v great_a yet_o many_o hold_n opinion_n that_o seneca_n the_o tragedian_n do_v prophesy_v of_o the_o west_n indies_n in_o his_o tragedy_n of_o medea_n which_o translate_v say_v thus_o sin_n a_o age_n shall_v come_v ere_o age_n end_n bless_o strange_a and_o strange_o blessed_v when_o our_o sea_n far_o and_o near_o or'pre_v his_o shore_n shall_v far_o yet_o extend_v descry_v then_o shall_v a_o large_a land_n be_v by_o this_o profound_a sea_n navigation_n an_o other_o world_n a_o other_o nation_n all_o man_n shall_v then_o discover_v see_v thule_n account_v heretofore_o the_o world_n extreme_a the_o northern_a bind_v shall_v be_v when_o southwest_n part_n be_v find_v a_o near_a isle_n a_o neighbour_n shore_n this_o seneca_n report_v in_o these_o verse_n &_o we_o can_v well_o deny_v but_o understand_v it_o literal_o it_o be_v very_o true_a for_o if_o we_o reckon_v the_o many_o year_n he_o speak_v of_o begin_v from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o tragedian_n it_o be_v above_o a_o thousand_o and_o four_o hundred_o year_n past_a and_o if_o it_o be_v from_o the_o time_n of_o medea_n it_o be_v above_o two_o thousand_o year_n the_o which_o we_o see_v plain_o now_o accomplish_v see_v the_o passage_n of_o the_o ocean_n so_o long_a time_n hide_v have_v be_v find_v out_o and_o that_o they_o have_v discover_v a_o great_a land_n and_o a_o new_a world_n inhabit_v more_o spacious_a than_o all_o the_o continent_n of_o europe_n and_o asia_n but_o therein_o may_v a_o question_n with_o reason_n be_v make_v whether_o seneca_n speak_v this_o by_o divination_n or_o poetical_o and_o by_o chance_n and_o to_o speak_v my_o opinion_n i_o believe_v he_o do_v divine_a after_o the_o manner_n of_o wise_a man_n and_o well_o advise_v for_o that_o in_o his_o time_n they_o undertake_v new_a voyage_n and_o navigation_n by_o sea_n he_o know_v well_o like_o a_o philosopher_n that_o there_o be_v a_o other_o land_n contrary_a and_o opposite_a unto_o we_o which_o they_o call_v antichthon_n and_o by_o this_o ground_n he_o may_v conceyve_v that_o the_o industry_n and_o courage_n of_o man_n may_v in_o the_o end_n pass_v the_o ocean_n and_o discover_v new_a land_n and_o another_o world_n for_o that_o in_o senecaes_n time_n they_o have_v knowledge_n of_o the_o voyage_n which_o pliny_n speak_v of_o whereby_o they_o pass_v the_o great_a ocean_n the_o which_o seem_v to_o be_v the_o motive_n of_o senecaes_n prophecy_n as_o he_o give_v we_o to_o understand_v by_o these_o former_a verse_n after_o the_o which_o have_v describe_v the_o careful_a life_n of_o the_o ancient_n free_a from_o malice_n he_o follow_v thus_o now_o be_v it_o not_o as_o erst_o it_o be_v for_o whether_o the_o ocean_n will_v or_o will_v he_o traverse_v be_v by_o hardy_a will_n which_o pastime_n make_v time_n so_o to_o pass_v and_o a_o little_a after_o he_o say_v thus_o now_o every_o boat_n dare_v swim_v and_o sport_n on_o surge_a sea_n fear_v no_o wrack_n passenger_n seek_v what_o they_o lack_v so_o long_o a_o voyage_n think_v but_o short_a nothing_o be_v now_o more_o to_o discover_v no_o place_n be_v now_o leave_v to_o surprise_v town_n now_o that_o for_o defence_n devise_v with_o new_a fortification_n cover_v all_o in_o the_o world_n turn_v round_o about_o no_o thing_n in_o place_n as_o it_o be_v enure_v nothing_o unseen_a nothing_o assure_v this_o circle_n universe_n throughout_o the_o indian_a who_o at_o home_o heat_n fry_v drink_v of_o araxis_n water_n cold_a the_o persian_a rich_a in_o
gem_n and_o gold_n wash_v in_o the_o rhine_n and_o elbe_n likewise_o seneca_n do_v conjecture_v this_o by_o the_o great_a courage_n of_o man_n as_o that_o which_o shall_v happen_v last_o say_v it_o shall_v fall_v out_o in_o the_o latter_a age_n etc._n etc._n as_o have_v be_v before_o mention_v of_o the_o opinion_n which_o plato_n hold_v of_o the_o west_n indies_n chap._n 12._o if_o any_o one_o have_v treat_v more_o particular_o of_o the_o west_n indies_n the_o honour_n belong_v to_o plato_n who_o in_o his_o time_n faith_n thus_o in_o those_o day_n they_o can_v not_o sail_v this_o gulf_n mean_v the_o atlantike_a sea_n which_o be_v the_o ocean_n which_o meet_v at_o the_o straight_a of_o gibraltar_n for_o that_o the_o passage_n be_v stop_v at_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o pillar_n of_o hercules_n which_o be_v the_o same_o straight_a of_o gibraltar_n and_o this_o island_n be_v in_o those_o day_n join_v to_o the_o foresay_a mouth_n and_o be_v of_o that_o bigness_n as_o it_o exceed_v all_o asia_n and_o africa_n together_o and_o then_o be_v there_o a_o passage_n to_o go_v from_o these_o land_n to_o other_o and_o from_o those_o other_o island_n they_o go_v to_o the_o firm_a land_n the_o which_o be_v near_o environ_v with_o the_o very_a sea_n this_o be_v report_v by_o critias_n in_o plato_n and_o such_o as_o believe_v that_o this_o narration_n of_o plato_n be_v a_o true_a history_n deliver_v in_o these_o term_n say_v that_o this_o great_a atlantic_a island_n the_o which_o do_v exceed_v both_o africa_n and_o asia_n in_o greatness_n do_v then_o comprehend_v the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o ocean_n call_v atlantike_a which_o the_o spaniard_n now_o sail_v in_o and_o that_o those_o other_o land_n which_o he_o say_v be_v near_o unto_o this_o great_a one_o be_v those_o which_o we_o now_o call_v the_o land_n of_o barlovante_n that_o be_v cuba_n hispaniola_n s._n john_n the_o port_n ricco_fw-it jamaica_n and_o other_o land_n of_o that_o country_n and_o that_o the_o main_a land_n whereof_o he_o make_v mention_v be_v the_o same_o we_o now_o call_v firm_a land_n that_o be_v peru_n and_o america_n and_o that_o sea_n which_o he_o say_v be_v adjoin_v to_o the_o firm_a land_n be_v the_o south_n sea_n the_o which_o he_o call_v the_o very_a sea_n for_o that_o in_o comparison_n of_o her_o greatness_n all_o other_o sea_n both_o mediterranean_a yea_o and_o the_o atlantike_a sea_n be_v small_a in_o regard_n thereof_o hereby_o in_o truth_n they_o give_v a_o cunning_a and_o witty_a interpretation_n to_o these_o word_n of_o plato_n but_o whether_o this_o interpretation_n shall_v be_v hold_v for_o true_a or_o not_o i_o be_o resolve_v to_o declare_v in_o a_o other_o place_n that_o some_o have_v hold_v opinion_n that_o in_o place_n of_o holy_a scripture_n whereas_o they_o speak_v of_o ophir_n be_v to_o be_v understand_v of_o our_o peru._n chap._n 13._o some_o hold_n opinion_n that_o mention_n be_v make_v of_o the_o west_n indies_n in_o the_o holy_a scripture_n take_v the_o region_n of_o peru_n for_o that_o ophir_n which_o so_o famous_a robert_n steevens_n or_o to_o say_v more_o true_o francis_n vatable_n a_o man_n well_o see_v in_o the_o hebrew_n tongue_n as_o i_o have_v hear_v our_o master_n report_n who_o be_v his_o disciple_n say_v in_o his_o annotation_n upon_o the_o 9_o chapter_n of_o the_o 3._o book_n of_o king_n that_o the_o island_n of_o hispaniola_n which_o christopher_n colombus_n find_v out_o be_v that_o of_o ophir_n 9_o from_o whence_o solomon_n cause_v to_o be_v bring_v four_o hundred_o and_o twenty_o or_o four_o hundred_o and_o 50._o talent_n of_o most_o fine_a and_o pure_a gold_n 9_o for_o that_o the_o gold_n of_o cibao_n which_o our_o man_n bring_v from_o hispaniola_n be_v of_o the_o same_o fashion_n and_o quality_n and_o there_o be_v many_o other_o which_o affirm_v that_o our_o peru_n be_v ophir_n derive_v one_o name_n from_o another_o who_o believe_v that_o when_o as_o the_o book_n of_o paralipomenon_n be_v write_v 10._o they_o call_v it_o peru_n ground_v it_o upon_o that_o which_o the_o holy_a scripture_n say_v that_o they_o bring_v from_o ophir_n pure_a gold_n precious_a stone_n and_o wood_n which_o be_v rare_a and_o goodly_a which_o thing_n abound_v in_o peru_n as_o they_o say_v but_o in_o my_o opinion_n it_o be_v far_o from_o the_o truth_n that_o peru_n shall_v be_v ophir_n so_o famous_a in_o the_o bible_n for_o although_o in_o this_o peru_n there_o be_v good_a store_n of_o gold_n yet_o be_v there_o not_o such_o abundance_n as_o it_o may_v be_v equal_v with_o the_o fame_n of_o the_o riches_n that_o be_v in_o ancient_a time_n at_o the_o east_n indies_n 9_o i_o find_v not_o that_o in_o peru_n there_o be_v such_o precious_a stone_n or_o such_o exquisite_a wood_n as_o the_o like_a have_v not_o bend_v see_v at_o jerusalem_n for_o although_o there_o be_v exquisite_a emerald_n and_o some_o hard_a tree_n of_o aromatical_a wood_n yet_o do_v i_o not_o find_v any_o thing_n ofso_o great_a commendation_n as_o the_o scripture_n give_v unto_o ophir_n moreover_o it_o seem_v not_o likely_a that_o solomon_n will_v leave_v the_o east_n indies_n most_o rich_a and_o plentiful_a to_o send_v his_o fleet_n to_o this_o far_a land_n whether_o if_o they_o have_v come_v so_o often_o as_o it_o be_v write_v we_o have_v sure_o find_v more_o sign_n and_o testimony_n thereof_o moreover_o the_o etymology_n of_o the_o name_n of_o ophir_n and_o the_o change_n or_o reduction_n thereof_o to_o peru_n seem_v to_o i_o of_o small_a consideration_n be_v most_o certain_a that_o the_o name_n of_o peru_n be_v not_o very_o ancient_a nor_o common_a to_o all_o that_o country_n it_o have_v be_v usual_a in_o the_o discovery_n of_o the_o new_a world_n to_o give_v name_n to_o land_n and_o port_n of_o the_o sea_n according_a to_o the_o occasion_n present_v at_o their_o arrival_n and_o i_o believe_v that_o the_o name_n of_o peru_n have_v be_v so_o find_v out_o and_o put_v in_o practice_n for_o we_o find_v here_o that_o the_o name_n have_v be_v give_v to_o all_o the_o country_n of_o peru_n by_o reason_n of_o a_o river_n so_o call_v by_o the_o inhbitant_n of_o the_o country_n where_o the_o spaniard_n arrive_v upon_o their_o first_o discovery_n whereby_o we_o maintain_v that_o the_o indian_n themselves_o be_v ignorant_a and_o do_v not_o use_v this_o name_n and_o appellation_n to_o signify_v their_o land_n it_o seem_v moreover_o the_o same_o author_n will_v say_v that_o sepher_n speak_v of_o in_o the_o scripture_n be_v that_o which_o we_o now_o call_v andes_n which_o be_v most_o high_a mountain_n in_o peru._n but_o this_o resemblance_n of_o name_n and_o appellation_n be_v no_o sufficient_a proof_n if_o that_o be_v of_o force_n we_o may_v as_o well_o say_v that_o jectan_n be_v jecsan_n mention_v in_o the_o holy_a scripture_n neither_o may_v we_o say_v 25._o that_o the_o name_n of_o titus_n and_o paul_n which_o the_o king_n inguas_fw-la of_o peru_n do_v use_n come_v from_o the_o roman_n or_o christian_n see_v it_o be_v too_o weak_a a_o argument_n to_o draw_v a_o conclusion_n of_o great_a matter_n we_o see_v plain_o that_o it_o be_v contrary_a to_o the_o intention_n of_o the_o holy_a scripture_n which_o some_o have_v write_v that_o tharsis_n and_o ophir_n be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o province_n confer_v the_o 22_o chapter_n of_o the_o 4._o book_n of_o the_o king_n with_o the_o 20._o chapter_n of_o the_o second_o book_n of_o paralipomenon_n for_o that_o in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o king_n it_o be_v say_v that_o josaphat_n prepare_v a_o fleet_n of_o ship_n in_o asiongaber_n to_o fetch_v gold_n at_o ophir_n and_o in_o paralipomenon_n it_o be_v write_v that_o the_o same_o fleet_n be_v furnish_v to_o go_v unto_o tharsis_n whereby_o it_o may_v be_v suppose_v that_o in_o these_o foresaid_a book_n where_o the_o scripture_n speak_v of_o tharsis_n and_o ophir_n that_o it_o mean_v one_o thing_n some_o one_o may_v demand_v what_o region_n or_o province_n that_o ophir_n be_v whether_o solomon_n fleet_n go_v with_o the_o mariner_n of_o hyram_n king_n of_o tyre_n and_o sidon_n to_o fetch_v hold_n and_o whether_o king_n josaphat_v fleet_n 22._o pretend_v to_o go_v do_v suffer_v shipwreck_n and_o perish_v in_o asiongaber_n as_o the_o holy_a scripture_n do_v testify_v in_o this_o i_o do_v willing_o agree_v with_o the_o opinion_n of_o joseph_n in_o his_o book_n of_o antiquity_n where_o he_o say_v that_o it_o be_v a_o province_n of_o the_o east_n indies_n 10._o the_o which_o be_v find_v by_o that_o ophir_n the_o son_n of_o jectan_n whereof_o mention_n be_v make_v in_o the_o 10._o of_o genessis_n and_o that_o province_n do_v abound_v with_o most_o fine_a gold_n thereof_o it_o come_v they_o do_v so_o much_o extol_v the_o gold_n of_o ophir_n or_o of_o ophas_n or_o as_o some_o will_v
indies_n have_v discover_v and_o people_v after_o the_o same_o sort_n as_o we_o do_v at_o this_o day_n that_o be_v by_o the_o art_n of_o navigation_n and_o aid_n of_o pilot_n the_o which_o guide_v themselves_o by_o the_o height_n and_o knowledge_n of_o the_o heaven_n and_o by_o their_o industry_n in_o handle_v and_o change_v of_o their_o sail_n according_a to_o the_o season_n why_o may_v not_o this_o well_o be_v must_v we_o believe_v that_o we_o alone_o and_o in_o this_o our_o age_n have_v only_o the_o art_n and_o knowledge_n to_o sail_v through_o the_o ocean_n we_o see_v even_o now_o that_o they_o cut_v through_o the_o ocean_n to_o discover_v new_a land_n as_o not_o long_o since_o alvero_n mendana_n and_o his_o companion_n do_v who_o part_v from_o the_o port_n of_o lima_n come_v alongst_o the_o west_n to_o discover_v the_o land_n which_o lie_v eastward_o from_o perâ—_n and_o at_o the_o end_n of_o three_o month_n they_o discover_v the_o land_n which_o they_o call_v the_o land_n of_o solomon_n which_o be_v many_o and_o very_o great_a and_o by_o all_o likelehood_n they_o lie_v adjoin_v to_o new_a guinnie_n or_o else_o be_v very_o near_o to_o some_o other_o firm_a land_n and_o even_o now_o by_o commandment_n from_o the_o king_n and_o his_o counsel_n they_o be_v resolve_v to_o prepare_v a_o new_a fleet_n for_o these_o land_n see_v it_o be_v thus_o why_o may_v we_o not_o suppose_v that_o the_o ancient_n have_v the_o courage_n and_o resolution_n to_o travel_v by_o sea_n with_o the_o same_o intent_n to_o discover_v the_o land_n which_o they_o call_v anticthoâ—_n opposite_a to_o they_o and_o that_o according_a to_o the_o discourse_n of_o their_o philosophy_n it_o shall_v be_v with_o a_o intent_n not_o to_o rest_v until_o they_o come_v in_o view_n of_o the_o land_n they_o seek_v sure_o there_o be_v no_o repugnancy_n or_o contrariety_n in_o that_o which_o we_o see_v happen_v at_o this_o day_n and_o that_o of_o former_a age_n see_v that_o the_o holy_a scripture_n do_v witâ—es_n that_o solomon_n take_v master_n and_o pilot_n from_o tyre_n and_o sidon_n man_n very_o expert_a in_o navigation_n 9_o who_o by_o their_o industry_n perform_v this_o voyage_n in_o three_o year_n 10._o to_o what_o end_n think_v you_o do_v it_o note_v the_o art_n of_o mariner_n and_o their_o knowledge_n with_o their_o long_a voyage_n of_o three_o year_n but_o to_o give_v we_o to_o understand_v that_o solomon_n sleet_n sail_v through_o the_o great_a ocean_n many_o be_v of_o this_o opinion_n which_o think_v that_o s._n augustine_n have_v small_a reason_n to_o wonder_v at_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o ocean_n who_o may_v well_o conjecture_v that_o it_o be_v not_o so_o difficult_a to_o sail_v through_o consider_v what_o have_v be_v speak_v of_o solomon_n navigation_n but_o to_o say_v the_o truth_n i_o be_o of_o a_o contrary_a opinion_n neither_o can_v i_o persuade_v myself_o that_o the_o first_o indian_n come_v to_o this_o new_a world_n of_o purpose_n by_o a_o determine_a voyage_n neither_o will_v i_o yield_v that_o the_o ancient_n have_v knowledgein_o the_o art_n of_o navigation_n whereby_o man_n at_o this_o day_n pass_v the_o ocean_n from_o one_o part_n to_o another_o where_o they_o please_v the_o which_o they_o perform_v with_o a_o incredible_a swiftness_n and_o resolution_n neither_o do_v i_o find_v in_o all_o antiquity_n any_o mark_n or_o testimony_n of_o so_o notable_a a_o thing_n and_o of_o so_o great_a importance_n beside_o i_o find_v not_o that_o in_o ancient_a book_n there_o be_v any_o mention_n make_v of_o the_o use_n of_o the_o adamant_n or_o loadstone_n nor_o of_o the_o compass_n to_o sail_v by_o yea_o i_o believe_v they_o have_v no_o knowledge_n thereof_o and_o if_o we_o take_v away_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o compass_n to_o sail_v by_o we_o shall_v easy_o judge_v how_o impossible_a it_o be_v for_o they_o to_o pass_v the_o great_a ocean_n such_o as_o have_v any_o knowledge_n of_o the_o sea_n understand_v i_o well_o for_o that_o it_o be_v as_o easy_a to_o believe_v that_o a_o mariner_n in_o full_a sea_n can_v direct_v his_o course_n where_o he_o please_v without_o a_o compass_n as_o for_o a_o blind_a man_n to_o show_v with_o his_o finger_n any_o thing_n be_v it_o near_o or_o far_o off_o and_o it_o be_v strange_a that_o the_o ancient_n have_v be_v so_o long_o ignorant_a of_o this_o excellent_a property_n of_o the_o adamant_n stone_n 4._o for_o pliny_n who_o be_v so_o curious_a in_o natural_a cause_n write_v of_o this_o adamant_n stone_n speak_v nothing_o of_o that_o virtue_n and_o property_n it_o have_v always_o to_o turn_v the_o iron_n which_o it_o touch_v towards_o the_o north_n the_o which_o be_v the_o most_o admirable_a virtue_n it_o have_v aristotle_n theophrastes_n dioscorides_n lucretius_n nor_o any_o other_o writer_n or_o natural_a philosopher_n 6._o that_o i_o have_v see_v make_v any_o mention_n thereof_o although_o they_o treat_v of_o the_o adamant_n stone_n saint_n augustine_n write_v many_o and_o sundry_a property_n and_o excellency_n of_o the_o adamant_n stone_n magnett_n in_o his_o book_n of_o the_o city_n of_o god_n speak_v nothing_o thereof_o and_o without_o doubt_n all_o the_o excellency_n speak_v of_o this_o stone_n be_v nothing_o in_o respect_n of_o this_o strange_a property_n look_v always_o towards_o the_o north_n which_o be_v a_o great_a wonder_n of_o nature_n there_o be_v yet_o another_o argument_n 16_o for_o plinic_n treat_v of_o the_o first_o inventor_n of_o navigation_n and_o name_v all_o the_o instrument_n yet_o he_o speak_v nothing_o of_o the_o compass_n to_o saâ—e_v by_o nor_o of_o the_o adamant_n stone_n i_o say_v only_o that_o the_o art_n to_o know_v the_o star_n be_v invent_v by_o the_o phaeniciens_fw-la and_o there_o be_v no_o doubt_n but_o whatsoever_o the_o ancient_n know_v of_o the_o art_n of_o navigation_n be_v only_o in_o regard_n of_o the_o star_n and_o observe_v the_o shore_n cape_n and_o difference_n of_o land_n and_o if_o they_o have_v once_o lose_v the_o sight_n of_o land_n they_o know_v not_o which_o way_n to_o direct_v their_o course_n but_o by_o the_o star_n sun_n and_o moon_n and_o that_o sail_v as_o it_o do_v often_o in_o a_o dark_a and_o cloudy_a season_n they_o do_v govern_v themselves_o by_o the_o quality_n of_o the_o wind_n and_o by_o conjecture_n of_o the_o way_n which_o they_o have_v pass_v final_o they_o go_v as_o they_o be_v guide_v by_o their_o own_o motion_n as_o at_o the_o indies_n the_o indian_n sail_v a_o long_a way_n by_o sea_n guide_v only_o by_o their_o own_o industry_n &_o natural_a instinct_n and_o it_o serve_v great_o to_o purpose_n that_o which_o pliny_n write_v of_o the_o islander_n of_o taprobana_n which_o at_o this_o day_n we_o call_v sumatra_n speak_v in_o this_o sort_n when_o as_o he_o treat_v of_o the_o art_n and_o industry_n they_o use_v in_o sail_v those_o of_o taprobana_n see_v not_o the_o north_n to_o sail_v by_o which_o defect_n they_o supply_v with_o certain_a small_a bird_n they_o carry_v with_o they_o the_o which_o they_o often_o let_v fly_v and_o as_o those_o bird_n by_o a_o natural_a instinct_n fly_v always_o towards_o the_o land_n so_o the_o mariner_n direct_v their_o course_n after_o they_o who_o doubt_v then_o if_o they_o have_v have_v any_o knowledge_n of_o the_o compass_n they_o will_v not_o have_v use_v these_o little_a bird_n for_o their_o guide_n to_o discover_v the_o land_n to_o conclude_v this_o suffice_v to_o show_v that_o the_o ancient_n have_v no_o knowledge_n of_o the_o secret_n of_o the_o loadstone_n see_v that_o for_o so_o notable_a a_o thing_n there_o be_v no_o proper_a word_n in_o latin_a greek_a or_o hebrew_n for_o a_o thing_n of_o such_o importance_n can_v not_o have_v want_v a_o name_n in_o these_o tongue_n if_o they_o have_v know_v it_o whereupon_o the_o pilot_n at_o this_o day_n to_o direct_v he_o his_o course_n that_o hold_v the_o helm_n sit_v aloft_o in_o the_o poop_n of_o the_o ship_n the_o better_a to_o observe_v the_o compass_n where_o as_o in_o old_a time_n they_o sit_v in_o the_o prow_n of_o the_o ship_n to_o mark_v the_o difference_n of_o land_n and_o sea_n from_o which_o place_n they_o command_v the_o helm_n as_o they_o use_v at_o this_o day_n at_o the_o entry_n or_o go_v out_o of_o any_o port_n or_o haven_n and_o therefore_o the_o greek_n call_v pilot_n proritaes_fw-la for_o that_o they_o remain_v still_o in_o the_o prow_n of_o the_o property_n and_o admirable_a virtue_n of_o the_o adamant_n stone_n for_o navigation_n whereof_o the_o ancient_n have_v no_o knowledge_n chap._n 17._o by_o that_o which_o have_v be_v former_o speak_v it_o appear_v that_o the_o navigation_n to_o the_o indies_n be_v as_o certain_a and_o as_o short_a as_o we_o be_v assure_v of_o the_o adamant_n stone_n and_o at_o this_o day_n we_o see_v many_o that_o
land_n and_o habitation_n some_o people_n the_o land_n they_o find_v and_o other_o seek_v for_o new_a in_o time_n they_o come_v to_o inhabit_v and_o people_n the_o indies_n with_o so_o many_o nation_n people_n and_o tongue_n as_o we_o see_v by_o what_o mean_v tame_a beast_n pass_v to_o the_o indies_n chap._n 21._o the_o sign_n and_o argument_n which_o offer_v themselves_o to_o such_o as_o be_v curious_a to_o examine_v the_o indian_n manner_n and_o fashion_n help_v much_o to_o maintain_v the_o foresay_a opinion_n for_o that_o you_o shall_v not_o find_v any_o inhabit_v the_o land_n that_o be_v far_o from_o the_o main_a land_n or_o from_o other_o land_n as_o the_o bermudes_n the_o reason_n whereof_o be_v for_o that_o the_o ancient_n do_v never_o sail_v but_o alongst_o the_o coast_n and_o in_o view_n of_o land_n whereupon_o it_o be_v report_v that_o they_o have_v find_v no_o great_a ship_n in_o any_o part_n of_o the_o indies_n capable_a to_o pass_v such_o gulf_n but_o only_o balsae_fw-la bark_n and_o canoe_n which_o be_v all_o less_o than_o our_o long_a boat_n the_o which_o the_o indian_n do_v only_o use_v with_o the_o which_o they_o can_v not_o run_v through_o so_o great_a a_o passage_n without_o apparent_a danger_n of_o shipwreck_n and_o although_o their_o ship_n have_v be_v sufficient_a yet_o have_v they_o no_o knowledge_n of_o the_o astrolabe_n or_o compass_n if_o then_o they_o have_v be_v but_o eight_o or_o ten_o day_n at_o sea_n withoutsight_n of_o land_n they_o must_v of_o necessity_n loose_v themselves_o have_v no_o knowledge_n where_o they_o be_v we_o know_v many_o island_n well_o people_v with_o indian_n and_o their_o usual_a navigation_n the_o which_o be_v such_o as_o they_o may_v well_o perform_v in_o canoe_n and_o boat_n without_o any_o compass_n to_o sail_v by_o whenas_o the_o indian_n of_o peru_n which_o remain_v at_o tomb_n do_v see_v our_o first_o spanish_a ship_n sail_v to_o peru_n and_o view_v the_o greatness_n of_o their_o sail_n be_v spread_v and_o of_o the_o body_n of_o the_o ship_n they_o stand_v great_o amaze_v not_o be_v able_a to_o persuade_v themselves_o that_o they_o be_v ship_n have_v never_o see_v any_o of_o the_o like_a form_n and_o greatness_n they_o suppose_v they_o have_v be_v rock_n but_o see_v they_o advance_v and_o not_o to_o sink_v they_o stand_v transport_v with_o amazement_n until_o that_o behold_v they_o near_o they_o discover_v man_n with_o beard_n that_o walk_v in_o they_o who_o then_o they_o hold_v for_o some_o god_n or_o heavenly_a creature_n whereby_o it_o appear_v how_o strange_a it_o be_v to_o the_o indian_n to_o have_v great_a ship_n there_o be_v yet_o a_o other_o reason_n which_o confirm_v we_o in_o the_o foresay_a opinion_n which_o be_v that_o these_o beast_n which_o we_o say_v be_v not_o likely_a to_o have_v be_v transport_v by_o sea_n to_o the_o indies_n remain_v only_o on_o the_o main_a land_n and_o not_o in_o any_o land_n four_o day_n journey_n from_o the_o main_a land_n i_o have_v make_v this_o search_n for_o proof_n thereof_o for_o that_o it_o seem_v to_o i_o a_o point_n of_o great_a importance_n to_o confirm_v i_o in_o my_o opinion_n that_o the_o confine_n of_o the_o indies_n europe_n asia_n and_o africa_n have_v some_o communication_n one_o with_o another_o or_o at_o the_o least_o approach_v very_o near_o together_o there_o be_v in_o america_n and_o peru_n many_o wild_a beast_n as_o lion_n although_o they_o be_v not_o like_a in_o greatness_n fierceness_n nor_o of_o the_o same_o colour_n red_a to_o the_o renown_a lion_n of_o africa_n there_o be_v also_o many_o tiger_n very_o cruel_a and_o more_o to_o the_o indian_n then_o to_o the_o spaniard_n there_o be_v likewise_o bear_n but_o in_o no_o great_a abundance_n of_o boar_n and_o fox_n a_o infinite_a number_n and_o yet_o if_o we_o shall_v seek_v for_o all_o these_o kind_n of_o beast_n in_o the_o land_n of_o cuba_n hispaniola_n jamaica_n marguerita_n or_o dominica_n you_o shall_v not_o find_v any_o so_o as_o in_o the_o say_a land_n although_o they_o be_v very_o fertile_a and_o of_o a_o great_a circuit_n yet_o be_v there_o not_o any_o kind_n of_o beast_n for_o service_n when_o the_o spaniard_n arrive_v but_o at_o this_o day_n there_o be_v so_o great_a troop_n of_o horse_n ox_n cow_n dog_n and_o hog_n which_o have_v multiply_v in_o such_o abundance_n as_o now_o the_o cow_n have_v no_o certain_a master_n but_o belong_v to_o he_o that_o shall_v first_o kill_v they_o be_v it_o on_o the_o mountain_n or_o on_o the_o plain_n which_o the_o indian_n do_v only_o to_o save_v their_o hide_n whereof_o they_o make_v great_a traffic_n without_o any_o regard_n of_o the_o flesh_n to_o eat_v it_o dog_n have_v so_o increase_v as_o they_o march_v by_o troop_n and_o endammage_n the_o cattle_n no_o less_o than_o wolf_n which_o be_v a_o great_a inconvenience_n in_o these_o land_n there_o want_v not_o only_a beast_n in_o these_o land_n but_o also_o bird_n both_o great_a and_o small_a as_o for_o parrot_n there_o be_v many_o that_o fly_v by_o flock_n but_o as_o i_o have_v say_v there_o be_v few_o of_o any_o other_o kind_n i_o have_v not_o see_v nor_o hear_v of_o any_o partridge_n there_o as_o in_o peru._n likewise_o there_o be_v few_o of_o those_o beast_n which_o at_o peru_n they_o call_v guancos_fw-la and_o vicunas_n like_v to_o wild_a goat_n very_o swift_a in_o who_o stomach_n they_o find_v the_o beezars_n stone_n which_o many_o do_v great_o value_v sometime_o you_o shall_v find_v they_o as_o big_a as_o a_o hen_n egg_n yea_o half_a as_o big_a again_o they_o have_v no_o other_o kind_n of_o beast_n but_o such_o as_o we_o call_v indian_a sheep_n the_o which_o beside_o their_o wool_n and_o flesh_n wherewith_o they_o clothe_v and_o feed_v themselves_o do_v serve_v they_o as_o ass_n to_o bear_v their_o burden_n they_o carry_v half_a as_o much_o as_o a_o moil_n and_o be_v of_o small_a charge_n to_o their_o master_n have_v need_n neither_o of_o shoe_n saddle_n nor_o oat_n to_o live_v by_o nor_o of_o any_o furniture_n for_o that_o nature_n have_v provide_v they_o of_o all_o these_o wherein_o she_o seem_v to_o have_v favour_v these_o poor_a indian_n of_o all_o these_o creature_n and_o of_o many_o other_o sort_n whereof_o i_o will_v make_v mention_n the_o main_a land_n at_o the_o indies_n abound_v but_o in_o the_o land_n there_o be_v not_o any_o find_v but_o such_o as_o the_o spaniard_n have_v bring_v it_o be_v true_a that_o once_o one_o of_o our_o friar_n do_v see_v a_o tiger_n in_o a_o island_n as_o he_o report_v unto_o we_o upon_o the_o discourse_n of_o his_o peregrination_n and_o shipwreck_n but_o be_v demand_v how_o far_o it_o be_v from_o the_o main_a land_n he_o answer_v six_o or_o eight_o league_n at_o the_o most_o which_o passage_n tiger_n may_v easy_o swim_v over_o we_o may_v easy_o infer_v by_o these_o argument_n and_o other_o like_v that_o the_o first_o indian_n go_v to_o inhabit_v the_o indies_n more_o by_o land_n then_o by_o sea_n or_o if_o there_o be_v any_o navigation_n it_o be_v neither_o great_a nor_o difficult_a be_v a_o indibitable_a thing_n that_o the_o one_o world_n be_v continue_v and_o join_v with_o the_o other_o or_o at_o the_o least_o they_o approach_v one_o near_o unto_o another_o in_o some_o part_n that_o the_o lineage_n of_o the_o indies_n have_v not_o pass_v by_o the_o atlantike_a island_n as_o some_o do_v imagine_v chap._n 22._o some_o follow_v plato_n opinion_n mention_v before_o affirm_v that_o these_o man_n part_v from_o europe_n 12._o or_o africa_n to_o go_v to_o that_o famous_a and_o renown_a atlantike_a island_n and_o so_o pass_v from_o one_o island_n unto_o another_o until_o they_o come_v to_o the_o main_a land_n of_o the_o indies_n for_o that_o critias_n of_o plato_n in_o his_o time_n discourse_v in_o this_o manner_n if_o the_o atlantike_a island_n whereas_o great_a as_o all_o asia_n and_o africa_n together_o or_o great_a as_o plato_n say_v it_o shall_v of_o necessity_n contain_v all_o the_o atlantike_a ocean_n and_o stretch_v even_o unto_o the_o land_n of_o the_o new_a world_n and_o plato_n say_v moreover_o that_o by_o a_o great_a and_o strange_a deluge_n the_o atlantike_a island_n be_v drown_v and_o by_o that_o mean_v the_o sea_n be_v make_v unnavigable_a through_o the_o abundance_n of_o bank_n rock_n and_o roughness_n of_o the_o wave_n which_o be_v yet_o in_o his_o time_n but_o in_o the_o end_n the_o ruin_n of_o this_o drown_a island_n weresetled_a which_o make_v this_o sea_n navigable_a this_o have_v be_v curious_o handle_v and_o discourse_v of_o by_o some_o learned_a man_n of_o good_a judgement_n and_o yet_o to_o speak_v the_o truth_n be_v well_o consider_v they_o be_v ridiculous_a thing_n resemble_v rather_o to_o ovid_n tale_n than_o a_o history_n or_o
that_o some_o be_v environ_v with_o heat_n some_o with_o cold_a critiae_fw-la and_o other_o temper_v with_o a_o moderate_a heat_n plato_n place_v his_o most_o renown_a atlantike_a island_n under_o the_o burn_a zone_n then_o he_o say_v that_o at_o certain_a season_n of_o the_o year_n it_o have_v the_o sun_n for_o zenith_n and_o yet_o it_o be_v very_o temperate_a fruitful_a and_o rich_a pliny_n say_v that_o taprobana_n which_o at_o this_o day_n they_o call_v sumatra_n be_v under_o the_o equinoctial_a 12_o as_o in_o effect_v it_o be_v writing_z that_o it_o be_v not_o only_o happy_a and_o rich_a but_o also_o people_v with_o man_n and_o beast_n whereby_o we_o may_v easy_o judge_v that_o although_o the_o ancient_n hold_v the_o heat_n of_o the_o burn_a zone_n to_o be_v insupportable_a yet_o may_v they_o well_o understand_v that_o it_o be_v not_o so_o great_a as_o they_o have_v speak_v the_o most_o excellent_a astrologer_n and_o cosmographer_n ptolemy_n and_o the_o worthy_a philosopher_n and_o physician_n avicen_n be_v of_o a_o better_a resolution_n be_v both_o of_o opinion_n that_o under_o the_o equinoctial_a there_o be_v very_o commodious_a habitation_n that_o the_o heat_n of_o the_o burn_a zone_n be_v temperate_a by_o reason_n of_o the_o rain_n and_o the_o shortness_n of_o the_o day_n chap._n 10._o since_o the_o discovery_n of_o this_o new_a world_n we_o have_v find_v by_o experience_n that_o which_o late_a writer_n have_v hold_v for_o truth_n but_o it_o be_v a_o natural_a thing_n whenas_o any_o matter_n beyond_o our_o conceit_n be_v make_v know_v unto_o we_o by_o experience_n we_o by_o and_o by_o examine_v the_o cause_n therefore_o we_o desire_v to_o know_v the_o reason_n why_o a_o region_n where_o the_o sun_n approach_v near_a be_v not_o only_o temperate_a but_o in_o many_o part_n cold_a consider_v this_o matter_n general_o i_o find_v two_o general_a cause_n which_o make_v this_o region_n temperate_a the_o one_o be_v that_o before_o mention_v for_o that_o this_o region_n be_v very_o moist_a and_o subject_a to_o rain_v and_o there_o be_v no_o doubt_n but_o the_o rain_n do_v refresh_v it_o for_o that_o the_o water_n be_v by_o nature_n cold_a and_o although_o by_o the_o force_n of_o the_o fire_n it_o be_v make_v hot_a yet_o do_v it_o temper_v this_o heat_n proceed_v only_o from_o the_o sunbeam_n the_o which_o we_o see_v by_o experience_n in_o the_o inner_a arabia_n the_o which_o be_v burn_v with_o the_o sun_n have_v no_o shower_n to_o temper_v the_o violence_n thereof_o the_o cloud_n and_o mist_n be_v the_o cause_n that_o the_o sun_n offend_v not_o so_o much_o and_o the_o shower_n that_o fall_v from_o they_o refresh_v both_o the_o air_n and_o the_o earth_n and_o moisten_v likewise_o how_o hot_a soever_o it_o be_v they_o drink_v rain_n water_n and_o it_o quench_v the_o thirst_n as_o our_o man_n have_v well_o try_v have_v no_o other_o to_o drink_v so_o as_o reason_n and_o experience_n do_v teach_v we_o that_o rain_n of_o itself_o do_v temper_v the_o heat_n and_o have_v by_o this_o mean_v show_v that_o the_o burn_a zone_n be_v much_o subject_n unto_o rain_n it_o appear_v that_o there_o be_v matter_n in_o it_o to_o temper_v the_o violence_n of_o the_o heat_n to_o this_o i_o will_v add_v a_o other_o reason_n which_o deserve_v to_o be_v know_v not_o only_o for_o this_o matter_n but_o for_o many_o other_o for_o although_o the_o sun_n be_v very_o hot_a and_o burn_a under_o the_o equinoctial_a yet_o be_v it_o not_o long_o so_o as_o the_o heat_n of_o the_o day_n be_v there_o short_a and_o of_o less_o continuance_n it_o cause_v not_o so_o violent_a a_o heat_n the_o which_o it_o behoove_v to_o specify_v more_o particular_o such_o as_o be_v practise_v in_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o sphere_n teach_v very_o well_o that_o the_o more_o the_o zodiac_n be_v oblique_a and_o traverse_v our_o hemisphere_n the_o more_o unequal_a be_v the_o day_n and_o night_n and_o contrariwise_o where_o the_o sphere_n be_v straight_o and_o the_o sign_n mount_v direct_o there_o the_o day_n and_o night_n be_v equals_n and_o therefore_o in_o all_o that_o region_n which_o be_v between_o the_o two_o tropic_n there_o be_v less_o inequality_n then_o without_o they_o and_o the_o more_o we_o approach_v the_o line_n the_o less_o inequality_n we_o find_v the_o which_o we_o have_v try_v in_o those_o part_n those_o of_o quitto_n for_o that_o they_o be_v under_o the_o line_n have_v not_o throughout_o the_o whole_a year_n the_o day_n and_o night_n more_o short_a at_o one_o season_n then_o at_o a_o other_o but_o be_v continual_o equal_a those_o of_o lima_n be_v distant_a almost_o twelve_o degree_n find_v some_o difference_n betwixt_o the_o day_n and_o the_o night_n but_o very_o little_a for_o that_o in_o december_n and_o januarie_n the_o day_n increase_v a_o hour_n or_o little_o less_o those_o of_o potozi_n find_v much_o more_o difference_n both_o in_o winter_n and_o in_o summer_n be_v almost_o under_o the_o tropic_n but_o those_o that_o live_v without_o the_o tropike_n find_v the_o day_n in_o winter_n short_a and_o in_o summer_n long_o the_o more_o remote_a they_o be_v from_o the_o equinoctial_a and_o come_v near_o the_o pole_n as_o we_o see_v in_o germany_n and_o in_o england_n the_o day_n be_v long_o in_o summer_n then_o in_o italy_n and_o in_o spain_n it_o be_v a_o thing_n which_o the_o sphere_n do_v teach_v and_o experience_n do_v plain_o show_v us._n we_o must_v add_v a_o other_o proposition_n which_o be_v likewise_o true_a and_o very_a considerable_a for_o all_o the_o effect_n of_o nature_n to_o understand_v the_o perseverance_n and_o continuation_n of_o the_o efficient_a cause_n to_o work_v and_o move_v this_o presuppose_a if_o any_o one_o demand_n of_o i_o why_o under_o the_o equinoctial_a line_n the_o heat_n be_v not_o so_o violent_a in_o summer_n as_o in_o some_o other_o region_n as_o in_o andelousiae_fw-la in_o the_o month_n of_o july_n and_o august_n i_o will_v answer_v that_o in_o andelousia_n the_o day_n be_v long_o and_o the_o night_n short_a and_o as_o the_o day_n be_v hot_a inflame_v and_o cause_v heat_n so_o the_o night_n be_v cold_a and_o moist_a give_v a_o refresh_n according_a to_o the_o which_o at_o peru_n there_o be_v no_o such_o great_a heat_n for_o that_o the_o day_n in_o summer_n be_v not_o long_o nor_o the_o night_n short_a so_o as_o the_o heat_n of_o the_o day_n be_v much_o temper_v by_o the_o freshness_n of_o the_o night_n and_o although_o the_o burn_a zone_n be_v near_o the_o sun_n than_o all_o other_o region_n yet_o do_v not_o the_o heat_n continue_v there_o so_o long_o it_o be_v a_o natural_a thing_n that_o a_o small_a fire_n continue_v heat_v more_o than_o a_o great_a that_o last_v but_o little_a especial_o if_o there_o be_v any_o thing_n to_o refresh_v it_o he_o therefore_o that_o shall_v put_v these_o two_o property_n of_o the_o zone_n in_o one_o balance_n that_o it_o be_v most_o rainy_a in_o the_o time_n of_o great_a heat_n and_o that_o the_o day_n be_v short_a there_o he_o shall_v perchance_o find_v they_o to_o equal_v the_o other_o two_o contrariety_n which_o be_v that_o the_o sun_n be_v near_a and_o more_o direct_o over_o they_o then_o in_o other_o region_n that_o there_o be_v other_o reason_n beside_o the_o former_a mention_v which_o show_n that_o the_o burn_a zone_n be_v temperate_a especial_o alongst_o the_o ocean_n chap._n 11._o be_v a_o thing_n conclude_v that_o the_o two_o forename_a property_n be_v common_a and_o universal_a to_o all_o the_o region_n of_o the_o burn_a zone_n and_o yet_o in_o the_o same_o there_o be_v find_v some_o place_n very_o hot_a and_o other_o exceed_a cold_a also_o that_o the_o temperature_n be_v not_o there_o equal_a in_o all_o place_n but_o under_o one_o climate_n one_o part_n be_v hot_a another_o cold_a and_o the_o three_o temperate_a all_o at_o one_o season_n we_o be_v force_v to_o seek_v out_o other_o reason_n whence_o this_o great_a diversity_n shall_v proceed_v in_o the_o burn_a zone_n discourse_v therefore_o upon_o this_o question_n i_o do_v find_v threeapparant_a and_o certain_a cause_n and_o a_o four_o more_o obscure_a and_o dark_a the_o apparent_a and_o certain_a cause_n be_v the_o first_o be_v the_o ocean_n the_o second_o the_o situation_n of_o the_o land_n and_o the_o three_o the_o nature_n and_o property_n of_o many_o and_o sundry_a wind_n beside_o these_o three_o which_o i_o hold_v for_o manifest_v i_o believe_v there_o be_v a_o four_o hide_v and_o less_o apparent_a which_o be_v the_o property_n of_o the_o same_o land_n inhabit_v and_o the_o particular_a influence_n of_o the_o heaven_n whoso_o will_v near_o consider_v the_o cause_n and_o general_a reason_n before_o mention_v shall_v find_v they_o insufficient_a for_o the_o full_a resolution_n of_o this_o point_n observe_v that_o
which_o daily_o happen_v in_o diverse_a part_n of_o the_o equinoctial_a manomotapa_n and_o a_o great_a part_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o prester_n jean_n be_v seat_v under_o the_o line_n or_o very_o near_o in_o which_o region_n they_o endure_v excessive_a heat_n and_o the_o man_n be_v all_o black_a the_o which_o be_v not_o only_o in_o those_o part_n of_o the_o land_n far_o from_o the_o sea_n but_o also_o in_o land_n environ_v with_o the_o sea_n the_o island_n of_o saint_n thomas_n be_v under_o the_o line_n the_o land_n of_o cape_n verd_fw-mi be_v very_o near_o and_o both_o in_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o be_v violent_a heat_n and_o the_o man_n be_v likewise_o black_a under_o the_o same_o line_n or_o very_o near_o lie_v a_o part_n of_o peru_n and_o of_o the_o new_a kingdom_n of_o grenado_n which_o notwithstanding_o be_v very_o temperate_a country_n incline_v rather_o to_o cold_a than_o heat_n and_o the_o inhabitant_n be_v white_a the_o country_n of_o bresill_n be_v in_o the_o same_o distance_n from_o the_o line_n with_o peru_n and_o yet_o both_o bresill_n and_o all_o that_o coast_n be_v extreme_o hot_a although_o it_o be_v in_o the_o north_n sea_n and_o the_o other_o coast_n of_o peru_n which_o be_v in_o the_o south_n sea_n be_v very_o temperate_a i_o say_v then_o that_o whosoever_o will_v consider_v these_o difference_n and_o give_v a_o reason_n thereof_o can_v content_v himself_o with_o these_o general_n rule_v before_o specify_v to_o prove_v that_o the_o burn_a zone_n may_v be_v a_o temperate_a land_n among_o the_o special_a cause_n and_o reason_n i_o have_v first_o place_v the_o sea_n for_o without_o doubt_n the_o nearness_n thereof_o do_v help_n to_o temper_n and_o cool_v the_o heat_n for_o although_o the_o water_n be_v salt_n yet_o be_v it_o always_o water_n who_o nature_n be_v cold_a and_o it_o be_v a_o thing_n remarkable_a that_o in_o the_o depth_n of_o the_o ocean_n the_o water_n can_v be_v make_v hot_a by_o the_o violence_n of_o the_o sun_n as_o in_o river_n final_o even_o as_o saltpetre_n though_o it_o be_v of_o the_o nature_n of_o salt_n have_v a_o property_n to_o cool_v water_n even_o so_o we_o see_v by_o experience_n that_o in_o some_o port_n and_o haven_n the_o salt-water_n do_v refresh_v the_o which_o we_o have_v observe_v in_o that_o of_o callao_n whereas_o they_o put_v the_o water_n or_o wine_n which_o they_o drink_v into_o the_o sea_n in_o flagon_n to_o be_v refresh_v whereby_o we_o may_v undoubted_o find_v that_o the_o ocean_n have_v this_o property_n to_o temper_v and_o moderate_v the_o excessive_a heat_n for_o this_o cause_n we_o feel_v great_a heat_n at_o land_n then_o at_o sea_n caeteris_fw-la paribus_fw-la and_o common_o country_n lie_v near_o the_o sea_n be_v cooole_a than_o those_o that_o be_v far_o off_o caeteris_fw-la paribus_fw-la as_o i_o have_v say_v even_o so_o the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o new_a world_n lie_v very_o near_o the_o ocean_n we_o may_v with_o reason_n say_v although_o it_o be_v under_o the_o burn_a zone_n yet_o do_v it_o receive_v a_o great_a benefit_n from_o the_o sea_n to_o temper_v the_o heat_n that_o the_o high_a land_n be_v the_o cold_a and_o the_o reason_n thereof_o chap._n 12._o but_o if_o we_o shall_v yet_o search_v more_o particular_o we_o shall_v not_o find_v in_o all_o this_o land_n a_o equal_a temperature_n of_o heat_n although_o it_o be_v in_o equal_a distance_n from_o the_o sea_n and_o in_o the_o same_o degree_n see_v that_o in_o some_o part_n there_o be_v great_a heat_n and_o in_o some_o very_o little_a doubtless_o the_o cause_n thereof_o be_v that_o the_o one_o be_v low_a and_o the_o other_o high_a which_o cause_v that_o the_o one_o be_v hot_a and_o the_o other_o cold_a it_o be_v most_o certain_a that_o the_o top_n of_o the_o mountain_n be_v cold_a than_o in_o the_o bottom_n of_o the_o valley_n the_o which_o proceed_v not_o only_o for_o that_o the_o sun_n beam_n have_v great_a repercussion_n upon_o low_a place_n although_o it_o be_v a_o great_a reason_n yet_o there_o be_v a_o other_o which_o be_v that_o the_o region_n of_o the_o air_n be_v cold_a when_o it_o be_v far_a from_o the_o ground_n the_o plain_n of_o collao_n at_o peru_n &_o of_o popaian_a in_o new_a spain_n make_v sufficient_a proof_n hereof_o for_o without_o all_o doubt_n those_o part_n be_v high_a country_n and_o for_o this_o reason_n cold_a although_o they_o be_v all_o environ_v with_o high_a point_n of_o mountain_n much_o subject_n to_o the_o sun_n beam_n but_o if_o we_o demand_v why_o at_o peru_n and_o in_o new_a spain_n the_o plain_n along_o the_o coast_n be_v very_o hot_a and_o the_o plain_n of_o the_o same_o country_n of_o peru_n and_o new_a spain_n be_v contrariwise_o cold_a in_o truth_n i_o see_v no_o other_o reason_n can_v be_v give_v but_o that_o the_o one_o be_v a_o low_a country_n and_o the_o other_o high_a experience_n do_v teach_v we_o that_o the_o middle_a region_n of_o the_o air_n be_v cold_a than_o the_o nether_a and_o therefore_o the_o more_o the_o mountain_n approach_v to_o the_o middle_n the_o cold_a they_o be_v be_v cover_v with_o snow_n and_o frost_n reason_n itself_o do_v yield_v to_o it_o for_o if_o there_o be_v a_o sphere_n and_o region_n of_o fire_n as_o aristotle_n and_o the_o other_o philosopher_n say_v the_o middle_a region_n of_o the_o air_n must_v be_v most_o cold_a by_o antiparistasis_fw-la the_o cold_a be_v expel_v and_o thicken_v there_o as_o in_o summer_n time_n we_o see_v in_o well_n that_o be_v very_o deep_a for_o this_o cause_n the_o philosopher_n affirm_v that_o the_o two_o extreme_a region_n of_o the_o air_n that_o above_o and_o the_o other_o below_o be_v the_o hot_a and_o the_o middle_a region_n more_o cold_a if_o it_o be_v thus_o as_o experience_n do_v teach_v we_o we_o shall_v yet_o draw_v out_o another_o reason_n and_o notable_a argument_n to_o show_v that_o the_o burn_a zone_n be_v temperate_a which_o be_v that_o the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o indies_n be_v a_o high_a country_n fill_v with_o many_o mountain_n which_o by_o their_o nearness_n refresh_v the_o neighbour_n country_n you_o may_v continual_o see_v upon_o the_o top_n of_o these_o mountain_n snow_n hail_n and_o freeze_a water_n and_o the_o cold_a so_o bitter_a as_o the_o grass_n be_v all_o wither_a so_o as_o the_o man_n and_o beast_n which_o pass_v that_o way_n be_v benumb_v with_o cold_a this_o as_o i_o have_v say_v be_v in_o the_o burn_a zone_n and_o it_o happen_v most_o common_o when_o they_o have_v the_o sun_n for_o zenith_n it_o be_v therefore_o most_o certain_a and_o conformable_a unto_o reason_n that_o the_o mountain_n be_v cold_a than_o the_o valley_n and_o plain_n for_o that_o they_o participate_v more_o of_o the_o middle_a region_n of_o the_o air_n which_o be_v very_o cold_a the_o cause_n why_o the_o middle_a region_n of_o the_o air_n be_v more_o cold_a have_v be_v show_v before_o for_o that_o the_o region_n of_o the_o air_n next_o to_o the_o fiery_a exhalation_n the_o which_o according_a to_o aristotle_n be_v upon_o the_o sphere_n of_o the_o air_n repel_v and_o thrust_n back_o all_o the_o cold_a the_o which_o retire_v itself_o into_o the_o middle_a region_n of_o the_o air_n by_o antiparistasis_fw-la as_o the_o philosopher_n speak_v now_o if_o any_o one_o shall_v question_v with_o i_o in_o this_o manner_n if_o it_o be_v so_o that_o the_o air_n be_v hot_a and_o moist_a as_o aristotle_n hold_v and_o as_o we_o common_o say_v whence_o then_o proceed_v the_o cold_a which_o be_v congeal_v in_o the_o middle_a region_n of_o the_o air_n see_v it_o can_v come_v from_o the_o fiery_a sphere_n for_o if_o it_o come_v from_o the_o water_n or_o the_o earth_n me._n by_o this_o reason_n the_o low_a region_n of_o the_o air_n shall_v be_v cold_a than_o the_o middle_n to_o answer_v true_o what_o i_o think_v i_o will_v confess_v that_o this_o argument_n and_o objection_n be_v so_o difficult_a as_o i_o be_o almost_o ready_a to_o follow_v the_o opinion_n of_o such_o as_o reproove_v the_o quality_n agreement_n and_o disagreement_n which_o aristotle_n give_v unto_o the_o element_n say_v they_o be_v but_o imagination_n who_o for_o this_o occasion_n hold_v the_o air_n to_o be_v cold_a by_o nature_n and_o to_o this_o end_n they_o use_v many_o argument_n and_o reason_n whereof_o we_o will_v propound_v one_o very_o familiar_a and_o well_o know_v leave_v the_o rest_n apart_o in_o the_o canicular_a day_n we_o be_v accustom_v to_o beat_v the_o air_n with_o a_o fan_n and_o we_o find_v that_o it_o do_v refresh_v we_o so_o as_o these_o author_n affirm_v that_o heat_n be_v no_o private_a property_n of_o any_o other_o element_n but_o of_o fire_n only_o which_o be_v disperse_v and_o mingle_v with_o all_o thing_n as_o the_o great_a denis_n
galley_n go_v and_o come_v daily_a coast_v along_o the_o shore_n in_o some_o part_n of_o the_o ocean_n they_o may_v not_o look_v for_o any_o other_o wind_n then_o that_o which_o blow_n for_o that_o common_o it_o continue_v long_o to_o conclude_v that_o which_o be_v good_a to_o go_v by_o be_v not_o fit_a to_o return_v with_o for_o in_o the_o sea_n beyond_o the_o tropic_n and_o within_o the_o burn_a zone_n the_o easterly_a wind_n rain_v continual_o not_o suffer_v their_o contrary_n in_o the_o which_o region_n there_o be_v two_o strange_a thing_n the_o one_o be_v that_o in_o that_o zone_n be_v the_o great_a of_o the_o five_o into_o the_o which_o the_o world_n be_v divide_v the_o easterly_a wind_n which_o they_o call_v brise_n do_v rain_n not_o suffer_v the_o western_a or_o southern_a which_o they_o call_v low_a wind_n to_o have_v their_o course_n at_o any_o season_n of_o the_o year_n the_o other_o wonder_n be_v that_o these_o easterly_a wind_n never_o cease_v to_o blow_v and_o most_o common_o in_o place_n near_a to_o the_o line_n where_o it_o seem_v that_o calm_n shall_v be_v more_o frequent_a be_v a_o part_n of_o the_o world_n most_o subject_a to_o the_o heat_n of_o the_o sun_n but_o it_o be_v contrary_a for_o you_o shall_v hardly_o find_v any_o calm_n there_o and_o the_o wind_n be_v cold_a and_o continue_v long_o which_o have_v be_v find_v true_a in_o all_o the_o navigation_n of_o the_o indies_n this_o be_v the_o reason_n why_o the_o voyage_n they_o make_v from_o spain_n to_o the_o west_n indies_n be_v short_a more_o easy_a and_o more_o assure_v than_o the_o return_n to_o spain_n the_o fleet_n part_v from_o siville_n have_v more_o difficulty_n to_o pass_v the_o canary_n for_o that_o the_o gulf_n of_o yegues_n or_o of_o mare_n be_v variable_a be_v beat_v with_o divers_a wind_n but_o have_v pass_v the_o canary_n they_o sail_v with_o a_o western_a wind_n until_o they_o come_v to_o the_o burn_a zone_n where_o present_o they_o find_v a_o easterly_a wind_n and_o so_o they_o sail_v on_o with_o full_a wind_n so_o as_o they_o have_v scant_o any_o nedde_z to_o touch_v their_o sail_n in_o the_o whole_a voyage_n for_o this_o reason_n they_o call_v this_o great_a gulf_n the_o gulf_n of_o dance_n for_o the_o calmness_n and_o pleasantness_n thereof_o then_o follow_v their_o course_n they_o come_v to_o the_o land_n of_o guadelupe_n dominique_n desirâ—e_n marigualante_n and_o the_o rest_n which_o in_o that_o place_n be_v as_o it_o be_v the_o suburb_n of_o the_o indies_n there_o the_o fleet_n separate_v and_o divide_v themselves_o whereof_o some_o which_o go_v to_o new_a spain_n take_v to_o the_o right_a hand_n towards_o hispaniola_n and_o have_v discover_v cape_n s._n anthony_n they_o pass_v unto_o s._n john_n delua_n always_o use_v the_o same_o easterly_a wind_n those_o for_o the_o main_a land_n take_v the_o left_a hand_n discover_v the_o high_a mountain_n of_o tayrone_n then_o have_v touch_v at_o carthagene_n they_o pass_v unto_o nombre_fw-fr de_fw-fr dios_fw-es from_o whence_o they_o go_v by_o land_n to_o panama_n and_o from_o thence_o by_o the_o south_n sea_n to_o peru._n but_o when_o the_o fleet_n return_v to_o spain_n they_o make_v their_o voyage_n in_o this_o sort_n the_o fleet_n of_o peru_n discover_v cape_n s._n anthony_n than_o they_o enter_v into_o the_o havana_n which_o be_v a_o goodly_a port_n in_o the_o island_n of_o cuba_n the_o fleet_n of_o new_a spain_n do_v likewise_o touch_v at_o the_o havana_n be_v part_v from_o the_o true_a cross_n or_o from_o the_o island_n of_o s._n john_n delua_n the_o which_o be_v not_o without_o difficulty_n for_o that_o common_o easterly_a wind_n blow_v there_o which_o be_v a_o contrary_a wind_n to_o go_v to_o the_o havana_n these_o fleet_n be_v join_v together_o for_o spain_n they_o seek_v their_o height_n without_o the_o tropic_n where_o present_o they_o find_v westerly_a wind_n which_o serve_v they_o until_o they_o come_v in_o view_n of_o the_o acore_n or_o terceres_n and_o from_o thence_o to_o sevill_n so_o as_o their_o voyage_n in_o go_v be_v of_o a_o small_a height_n not_o above_o twenty_o degree_n from_o the_o line_n which_o be_v within_o the_o tropicke_n but_o the_o return_n be_v without_o the_o tropicke_n in_o eight_o and_o twenty_o or_o thirty_o degree_n of_o height_n at_o the_o least_o for_o that_o within_o the_o tropicke_n the_o eastern_a wind_n continual_o blow_v the_o which_o be_v fit_a to_o go_v from_o spain_n to_o the_o west_n indies_n for_o that_o their_o course_n be_v from_o east_n to_o west_n and_o without_o the_o tropicke_n which_o be_v in_o three_o and_o twenty_o degree_n of_o height_n they_o find_v westerly_a wind_n the_o which_o be_v the_o more_o certain_a and_o ordinary_a the_o far_a you_o be_v from_o the_o line_n and_o more_o fit_a to_o return_v from_o the_o indies_n for_o that_o they_o be_v wind_n blow_v from_o the_o south_n and_o west_n which_o serve_v to_o run_v into_o the_o east_n and_o north._n the_o like_a discourse_n be_v of_o the_o navigation_n make_v into_o the_o south_n sea_n go_v from_o new_a spain_n or_o peru_n to_o the_o philippines_n or_o china_n and_o return_v from_o the_o philippines_n or_o china_n to_o new_a spain_n the_o which_o be_v easy_a for_o that_o they_o sail_v always_o from_o east_n to_o west_n near_o the_o line_n where_o they_o find_v the_o easterly_a wind_n to_o blow_v in_o their_o poop_n in_o the_o year_n 1584._o there_o go_v a_o ship_n from_o calloâ—_n in_o lima_n to_o the_o philippines_n which_o sail_v 2000_o and_o 700._o league_n without_o sight_n of_o land_n and_o the_o first_o it_o discover_v be_v the_o island_n of_o lusson_n where_o they_o take_v port_n have_v perform_v their_o voyage_n in_o two_o month_n without_o want_n of_o wind_n or_o any_o torment_n and_o their_o course_n be_v almost_o continual_o under_o the_o line_n for_o that_o from_o lima_n which_o be_v twelve_o degree_n to_o the_o south_n he_o come_v to_o menilla_n which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o the_o north._n the_o like_a good_a fortune_n have_v alvero_n de_fw-fr mandana_n whenas_o he_o go_v to_o discover_v the_o land_n of_o soloman_n for_o that_o he_o have_v always_o a_o full_a gale_n until_o he_o come_v within_o view_n of_o these_o land_n the_o which_o must_v be_v distant_a from_o that_o place_n of_o peru_n from_o whence_o he_o part_v about_o a_o thousand_o league_n have_v run_v their_o course_n always_o in_o one_o height_n to_o the_o south_n the_o return_n be_v like_a unto_o the_o voyage_n from_o the_o indies_n unto_o spain_n for_o those_o which_o return_v from_o the_o philippines_n or_o china_n to_o mexico_n to_o the_o end_n they_o may_v recover_v the_o western_a wind_n they_o mount_v a_o great_a height_n until_o they_o come_v right_a against_o the_o land_n of_o jappon_n and_o discover_v the_o caliphorne_n they_o return_v by_o the_o coast_n of_o new_a spain_n to_o the_o port_n of_o acapulco_n from_o whence_o they_o part_v so_o as_o it_o be_v prove_v likewise_o by_o this_o navigation_n that_o they_o sail_v easy_o from_o east_n to_o west_n within_o the_o tropicke_n for_o that_o their_o easterly_a wind_n do_v rain_n but_o return_v from_o west_n to_o east_n they_o must_v seek_v the_o western_a wind_n without_o the_o tropicke_n in_o the_o height_n of_o seven_o and_o twenty_o degree_n the_o portugese_n prove_v the_o like_a in_o their_o navigation_n to_o the_o east_n indies_n although_o it_o be_v in_o a_o contrary_a course_n for_o that_o go_v from_o portugal_n the_o voyage_n be_v troublesome_a but_o their_o return_n be_v more_o easy_a for_o that_o in_o go_v their_o course_n be_v from_o the_o west_n to_o the_o east_n so_o as_o they_o must_v of_o necessity_n mount_v until_o they_o have_v find_v their_o general_a wind_n which_o they_o hold_v to_o be_v above_o the_o seven_o and_o twenty_o degree_n and_o in_o their_o return_n they_o discover_v the_o terceres_n but_o with_o more_o ease_n for_o that_o they_o come_v from_o the_o east_n where_o the_o easterly_a or_o northern_a wind_n do_v serve_v they_o final_o the_o mariner_n hold_v it_o for_o a_o certain_a rule_n and_o observation_n that_o within_o the_o tropicke_n continual_o rain_v easterly_a wind_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v very_o easy_a to_o sail_v to_o the_o west_n but_o without_o the_o tropicke_n there_o be_v in_o some_o season_n easterly_a wind_n and_o in_o some_o and_o more_o ordinary_a western_a wind_n by_o reason_n whereof_o they_o which_o sail_n from_o west_n to_o east_n labour_v always_o to_o be_v out_o of_o of_o the_o burn_a zone_n to_o put_v themselves_o in_o the_o height_n of_o seven_o and_o twenty_o degree_n and_o for_o this_o reason_n man_n have_v endanger_v themselves_o to_o undertake_v strange_a navigation_n and_o to_o seek_v out_o far_o country_n unknown_a of_o the_o difference_n of_o the_o brise_n or_o
other_o great_a gulf_n where_o we_o sail_v under_o the_o burn_a zone_n by_o reason_n whereof_o their_o sail_n be_v always_o of_o one_o fashion_n without_o any_o bluster_a have_v no_o need_n in_o a_o manner_n to_o change_v they_o in_o all_o their_o course_n and_o if_o the_o air_n be_v not_o move_v by_o the_o heaven_n it_o may_v sometime_o fail_v sometime_o change_v to_o the_o contrary_a and_o sometime_o there_o will_v grow_v some_o storm_n although_o this_o be_v learned_o speak_v yet_o can_v we_o not_o deny_v it_o to_o be_v a_o wind_n see_v there_o be_v vapour_n and_o exhalation_n of_o the_o sea_n and_o that_o we_o sometime_o see_v the_o brise_n or_o easterly_a wind_n strong_a sometime_o more_o weak_a and_o place_v in_o that_o sort_n as_o sometime_o they_o can_v hardly_o carry_v all_o their_o sail_n we_o must_v then_o know_v and_o it_o be_v true_a that_o the_o air_n move_v draw_v unto_o it_o the_o vapour_n it_o find_v for_o that_o the_o force_n be_v great_a and_o find_v no_o resistance_n by_o reason_n whereof_o the_o eastern_a and_o weasterne_a wind_n be_v continual_a and_o in_o a_o manner_n always_o alike_o in_o those_o part_n which_o be_v near_o the_o line_n and_o almost_o under_o all_o the_o burn_a zone_n which_o be_v the_o course_n the_o sun_n follow_v betwixt_o the_o two_o circle_n of_o cancer_n and_o capricorn_n why_o without_o the_o zone_n in_o a_o great_a altitude_n we_o find_v always_o westerly_a windâ—s_v chap._n 7._o whoso_o will_v near_o look_v into_o what_o have_v be_v speak_v may_v likewise_o understand_v that_o go_v from_o the_o west_n to_o the_o east_n in_o altitude_n beyond_o the_o tropike_n we_o shall_v find_v western_a wind_n for_o that_o the_o motion_n of_o the_o equinoctial_a be_v so_o swift_a it_o be_v a_o cause_n that_o the_o ayâ—e_n move_v under_o it_o according_a to_o this_o motion_n which_o be_v from_o east_n to_o west_n draw_v after_o it_o the_o vapour_n and_o exhalation_n that_o rise_v of_o either_o side_n the_o equinoctial_a or_o burn_a zone_n encounter_v the_o course_n and_o motion_n of_o the_o zone_n be_v force_v by_o the_o repercussion_n to_o return_v almost_o to_o the_o contrary_a whence_o grow_v the_o southweast_n wind_n so_o ordinary_a in_o those_o part_n even_o as_o we_o see_v in_o the_o course_n of_o water_n the_o which_o if_o they_o be_v encounter_v by_o other_o of_o more_o force_n return_v in_o a_o manner_n back_o so_o it_o seem_v to_o be_v like_a in_o vapour_n and_o exhalation_n whereby_o it_o grow_v that_o the_o wind_n do_v turn_v and_o separate_v themselves_o from_o one_o part_n to_o another_o these_o westerly_a wind_n do_v common_o raiâ—â—_n in_o a_o mean_a altitude_n which_o be_v from_o twenty_o and_o seeven_a to_o thirty_o and_o seven_o degree_n though_o they_o be_v not_o so_o certain_a nor_o so_o regular_a as_o the_o brise_n that_o be_v in_o a_o less_o altitude_n the_o reason_n be_v for_o that_o the_o south-west_n wind_n be_v no_o cause_n of_o this_o proper_a and_o equal_a motion_n of_o the_o heaven_n as_o the_o brise_n be_v be_v near_o to_o the_o line_n but_o as_o i_o have_v say_v they_o be_v more_o ordinary_a and_o often_o more_o furious_a and_o tempestuous_a but_o pass_v into_o a_o great_a altitude_n as_o of_o forty_o degree_n there_o be_v as_o small_a assurance_n of_o wind_n at_o sea_n as_o at_o land_n for_o sometime_o the_o east_n or_o north_n wind_n blow_v and_o sometime_o the_o south_n or_o west_n whereby_o it_o happen_v their_o navigation_n be_v more_o uncertain_a and_o more_o dangerous_a of_o the_o exception_n to_o the_o foresay_a rule_n and_o of_o the_o wind_n and_o calm_n both_o at_o land_n and_o at_o sea_n chap._n 8._o that_o which_o we_o have_v speak_v of_o wind_n which_o blow_v ordinary_o within_o and_o without_o the_o zone_n must_v be_v understand_v of_o the_o main_a sea_n and_o in_o the_o great_a gulf_n for_o at_o land_n it_o be_v otherwise_o where_o we_o find_v all_o sort_n of_o wind_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o inequality_n which_o be_v betwixt_o the_o mountain_n and_o the_o valley_n the_o great_a number_n of_o river_n and_o lake_n and_o the_o divers_a situation_n of_o country_n whence_o the_o gross_a and_o thick_a vapour_n arise_v which_o be_v move_v from_o the_o one_o part_n or_o the_o other_o according_a to_o the_o diversity_n of_o their_o beginning_n which_o cause_n these_o divers_a wind_n the_o motion_n of_o the_o air_n cause_v by_o the_o heaven_n have_v not_o power_n enough_o to_o draw_v and_o move_v they_o with_o it_o and_o this_o variety_n of_o wind_n be_v not_o only_o find_v at_o land_n but_o also_o upon_o the_o sea_n coast_n which_o be_v under_o the_o burn_a zone_n for_o that_o there_o be_v foreign_a or_o land_n wind_n which_o come_v from_o the_o land_n and_o many_o which_o blow_v from_o the_o sea_n the_o which_o wind_n from_o the_o sea_n be_v common_o more_o wholesome_a and_o more_o pleasant_a than_o those_o of_o the_o land_n which_o be_v contrariwise_o troublesome_a and_o unwholesome_a although_o it_o be_v the_o difference_n of_o the_o coast_n that_o cause_v this_o diversity_n common_o the_o land_n wind_v blow_n from_o midnight_n to_o the_o sun_n rise_v and_o the_o sea_n wind_n until_o sun_n set_v the_o reason_n perhaps_o may_v be_v that_o the_o earth_n as_o a_o gross_a substance_n fume_n more_o whenas_o the_o sun_n shine_v not_o upon_o it_o even_o as_o green_a wood_n or_o scarce_o dry_a smoke_v most_o when_o the_o flame_n be_v quench_v but_o the_o sea_n which_o be_v compound_v of_o more_o subtle_a part_n engender_v no_o fume_n but_o when_o it_o be_v hot_a even_o as_o straw_n or_o hay_o be_v moist_a and_o in_o small_a quantity_n breed_v smoke_n when_o it_o be_v burn_v and_o when_o the_o flame_n fail_v the_o fume_n sudden_o cease_v whatsoever_o it_o be_v it_o be_v certain_a that_o the_o land_n wind_fw-mi blow_n by_o night_n and_o that_o of_o the_o sea_n by_o day_n so_o that_o even_o as_o there_o be_v often_o contrary_a violent_a and_o tempestuous_a wind_n upon_o the_o sea_n coast_n so_o do_v we_o see_v very_o great_a calm_n some_o man_n of_o great_a experience_n report_n that_o have_v sail_v many_o great_a passage_n at_o sea_n under_o the_o line_n yet_o do_v they_o never_o see_v any_o calm_n but_o that_o they_o always_o make_v way_n little_a or_o much_o the_o air_n be_v move_v by_o the_o celestial_a motion_n which_o be_v sufficient_a to_o guide_v a_o ship_n blow_v in_o poop_n as_o it_o do_v i_o have_v already_o say_v that_o a_o ship_n of_o lima_n go_v to_o maniâ—â—a_n sail_v two_o thousand_o seven_o hundred_o league_n always_o under_o the_o line_n or_o not_o above_o twelve_o degree_n from_o it_o and_o that_o in_o the_o month_n of_o february_n and_o march_n whenas_o the_o sun_n be_v there_o for_o zenith_n and_o in_o all_o this_o space_n they_o find_v no_o calm_n but_o always_o a_o fresh_a gale_n so_o as_o in_o two_o month_n they_o perform_v this_o great_a voyage_n but_o in_o the_o burn_a zone_n and_o without_o it_o you_o shall_v usual_o see_v great_a calm_n upon_o the_o coast_n where_o the_o vapour_n come_v from_o the_o land_n or_o main_a land_n and_o therefore_o storm_n and_o tempest_n and_o the_o sudden_a motion_n of_o the_o air_n be_v more_o certain_a and_o ordinary_a upon_o the_o coast_n whereas_o the_o vapour_n come_v from_o the_o land_n then_o in_o full_a sea_n i_o mean_v under_o the_o burn_a zone_n for_o without_o it_o and_o at_o sea_n there_o be_v both_o calm_n and_o whirlwind_n notwithstanding_o sometime_o betwixt_o the_o two_o tropicke_n yea_o under_o the_o line_n you_o shall_v have_v great_a rain_n and_o sudden_a shower_n yea_o far_o into_o the_o sea_n for_o the_o work_n whereof_o the_o vapour_n and_o exhalation_n of_o the_o sea_n be_v sufficient_a which_o move_v sometime_o hasty_o in_o the_o air_n cause_n thunder_n and_o whirlwind_n but_o this_o be_v more_o ordinary_a near_o to_o the_o land_n and_o upon_o the_o land_n when_o i_o sail_v from_o peru_n to_o new_a spain_n i_o observe_v that_o all_o the_o time_n we_o be_v upon_o the_o coast_n of_o peru_n our_o voyage_n be_v as_o it_o be_v ordinary_a very_o calm_a and_o easy_a by_o reason_n of_o the_o southern_a wind_n that_o blow_v have_v always_o a_o before_o wind_n return_v from_o spain_n and_o new_a spain_n as_o we_o pass_v the_o gulf_n launch_v far_o into_o the_o sea_n almost_o under_o the_o line_n we_o find_v the_o season_n cool_v quiet_a and_o pleasant_a with_o a_o full_a wind_n but_o come_v near_o to_o nicaragua_n and_o to_o all_o that_o coast_n we_o have_v contrary_a wind_n with_o great_a store_n of_o rain_n and_o fog_n all_o this_o navigation_n be_v under_o the_o burn_a zone_n for_o from_o twelve_o degree_n to_o the_o south_n which_o be_v lima_n we_o sail_v to_o the_o seventeen_o which_o be_v gautulco_n a_o port_n of_o
lie_v all_o to_o the_o north_n and_o by_o that_o land_n thereafter_o discover_v a_o sea_n on_o the_o other_o side_n the_o which_o they_o call_v the_o south_n sea_n for_o that_o they_o decline_v until_o they_o have_v pass_v the_o line_n and_o have_v lose_v the_o north_n or_o pole_n arctic_a they_o call_v it_o south_n for_o this_o cause_n they_o have_v call_v all_o that_o ocean_n the_o south_n sea_n which_o lie_v on_o the_o other_o side_n of_o the_o east_n indies_n although_o a_o great_a part_n of_o it_o be_v seat_v to_o the_o north_n as_o all_o the_o coast_n of_o new_a spain_n nuaragna_n guatimala_n and_o panama_n they_o say_v that_o he_o that_o first_o discover_v this_o sea_n be_v call_v blasconune_n of_o bilbo_n the_o which_o he_o do_v by_o that_o part_n which_o we_o now_o call_v main_a land_n where_o it_o grow_v narrow_a and_o the_o two_o sea_n approach_v so_o near_o the_o one_o to_o the_o other_o that_o there_o be_v but_o seven_o league_n of_o distance_n for_o although_o they_o make_v the_o way_n eighteen_o from_o nombre_fw-fr de_fw-fr dios_fw-es to_o panama_n yet_o be_v it_o with_o turn_v to_o seek_v the_o commodity_n of_o the_o way_n but_o draw_v a_o direct_a line_n the_o one_o sea_n shall_v not_o be_v find_v more_o distant_a from_o the_o other_o some_o have_v discourse_v and_o propound_v to_o cut_v through_o this_o passage_n of_o seven_o league_n and_o to_o join_v one_o sea_n to_o the_o other_o to_o make_v the_o passage_n from_o peru_n more_o commodious_a and_o easy_a for_o that_o these_o eighteen_o league_n of_o land_n betwixt_o nombre_fw-fr de_fw-fr dios_n and_o panama_n be_v more_o painful_a and_o chargeable_a than_o 2300._o by_o sea_n whereupon_o some_o will_v say_v it_o be_v a_o mean_n to_o drown_v the_o land_n one_o sea_n be_v low_a than_o another_o herodoâ—us_fw-la as_o in_o time_n past_a we_o find_v it_o write_v that_o for_o the_o same_o consideration_n they_o give_v over_o the_o enterprise_n to_o win_v the_o red_a sea_n into_o nile_n in_o the_o time_n of_o king_n sesostris_n and_o since_o in_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o othoman_o but_o for_o my_o part_n joviuâ—_n i_o hold_v such_o discourse_n and_o proposition_n for_o vain_a although_o this_o inconvenient_a shall_v not_o happen_v the_o which_o i_o will_v not_o hold_v for_o assure_a i_o believe_v there_o be_v no_o human_a power_n able_a to_o beat_v and_o break_v down_o those_o strong_a and_o impenetrable_a mountain_n which_o god_n have_v place_v betwixt_o the_o two_o sea_n and_o have_v make_v they_o most_o hard_a rock_n to_o withstand_v the_o fury_n of_o two_o sea_n and_o although_o it_o be_v possible_a to_o man_n yet_o in_o my_o opinion_n they_o shall_v fear_v punishment_n from_o heaven_n in_o seek_v to_o correct_v the_o work_n which_o the_o creator_n by_o his_o great_a providence_n have_v ordain_v and_o dispose_v in_o the_o frame_n of_o this_o universal_a world_n leave_v this_o discourse_n of_o open_v the_o land_n and_o join_v both_o sea_n together_o there_o be_v yet_o another_o less_o rash_a but_o very_o difficult_a and_o dangerous_a to_o search_v out_o whether_o these_o two_o great_a gulf_n do_v join_v in_o any_o other_o part_n of_o the_o world_n which_o be_v the_o enterprise_n of_o fernando_n magellan_n a_o portugal_n gentleman_n who_o great_a courage_n and_o constancy_n in_o the_o research_n of_o this_o subject_n and_o happy_a success_n in_o the_o find_n thereof_o give_v the_o name_n of_o eternal_a memory_n to_o this_o straight_a which_o just_o they_o call_v by_o the_o name_n of_o the_o discoverer_n magellan_n of_o which_o straight_o we_o will_v entreat_v a_o little_a as_o of_o one_o of_o the_o great_a wonder_n of_o the_o world_n some_o have_v believe_v that_o this_o straight_a which_o magellan_n have_v discover_v in_o the_o south_n sea_n be_v none_o or_o that_o it_o be_v straighten_v as_o don_n alonso_n d'_fw-fr arsille_n write_v in_o his_o auracane_n and_o at_o this_o day_n there_o be_v some_o that_o say_v there_o be_v no_o such_o straight_o but_o that_o they_o be_v land_n betwixt_o the_o sea_n and_o land_n for_o that_o the_o main_a land_n end_n there_o at_o the_o end_n whereof_o be_v all_o land_n beyond_o the_o which_o the_o one_o sea_n join_v full_o with_o the_o other_o or_o to_o speak_v better_a it_o be_v all_o one_o sea_n but_o in_o turth_o it_o be_v most_o certain_a there_o be_v a_o straight_a and_o a_o long_a and_o stretch_v out_o land_n on_o either_o side_n although_o it_o have_v not_o yet_o be_v know_v how_o far_o it_o stretch_v of_o the_o one_o side_n of_o the_o straight_a towards_o the_o south_n after_o magellan_n a_o ship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o plaisance_n pass_v the_o straight_a don_n guiâ—ieres_n carvaial_a who_o mast_n they_o say_v be_v yet_o at_o lima_n at_o the_o entry_n of_o the_o palace_n they_o go_v afterward_o coast_v along_o the_o south_n to_o discover_v the_o straight_a by_o the_o commandment_n of_o don_n garcia_n of_o mendoce_n than_o governor_n of_o chille_n according_a to_o that_o which_o captain_n ladrillero_n find_v it_o and_o pass_v it_o i_o have_v read_v the_o discourse_n and_o report_n he_o make_v where_o he_o say_v that_o he_o do_v not_o hazard_v himself_o to_o land_n in_o the_o straight_a but_o have_v discover_v the_o north_n sea_n he_o return_v back_o for_o the_o roughness_n of_o the_o time_n winter_n be_v now_o come_v which_o cause_v the_o wave_n come_v from_o the_o north_n to_o grow_v great_a and_o swell_a and_o the_o sea_n continual_o foam_v with_o rage_n in_o our_o time_n francis_n drake_n a_o englishman_n pass_v this_o straight_a after_o he_o captain_n sarmiento_n pass_v it_o on_o the_o south_n side_n and_o last_o in_o the_o year_n 1587._o other_o englishman_n pass_v it_o by_o the_o instruction_n of_o drake_n which_o at_o this_o time_n run_v along_o all_o the_o coast_n of_o peru._n and_o for_o that_o the_o report_n which_o the_o master_n pilot_n that_o pass_v it_o make_v seem_v notable_a unto_o i_o i_o will_v here_o set_v it_o down_o of_o the_o straight_a of_o magellan_n and_o how_o it_o be_v pass_v on_o the_o south_n side_n chap._n 11._o in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n god_n one_o thousand_o five_o hundred_o seaventy_n nine_o francis_n drake_n have_v pass_v the_o straits_n that_o run_v alonge_v the_o coast_n of_o chille_n and_o all_o peru_n and_o take_v the_o ship_n of_o saint_n jean_n d'_fw-fr anthona_n where_o there_o be_v a_o great_a number_n of_o bar_n of_o silver_n the_o viceroy_n don_n francis_n of_o toledo_n arm_v and_o send_v forth_o two_o good_a ship_n to_o discover_v the_o straight_a appoint_v peter_n sarmiento_n for_o captain_n a_o man_n learn_v in_o astrology_n they_o part_v from_o callao_n of_o lima_n in_o the_o begin_n of_o october_n and_o forasmuch_o as_o upon_o that_o coast_n there_o blow_v a_o contrary_a wind_n from_o the_o south_n they_o take_v the_o sea_n and_o have_v sail_v little_a above_o thirty_o day_n with_o a_o favourable_a wind_n they_o come_v to_o the_o same_o altitude_n of_o the_o straight_a but_o for_o that_o it_o be_v very_o hard_o to_o discover_v they_o approach_v near_o unto_o the_o land_n where_o they_o enter_v into_o a_o great_a bay_n in_o the_o which_o there_o be_v a_o archipelague_n of_o land_n sarimento_n grow_v obstinate_a that_o this_o be_v the_o straight_a and_o stay_v a_o whole_a month_n to_o find_v it_o out_o by_o diverse_a way_n creep_v up_o to_o the_o high_a mountain_n but_o see_v they_o can_v not_o discover_v it_o at_o the_o instance_n of_o such_o as_o be_v in_o the_o army_n they_o return_v to_o sea_n the_o same_o day_n the_o weather_n grow_v rough_a with_o the_o which_o they_o run_v their_o course_n in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o night_n the_o admiral_n light_n fail_v so_o as_o the_o other_o ship_n never_o see_v they_o after_o the_o day_n follow_v the_o force_n of_o the_o wind_n continue_v still_o be_v a_o â—ide_v wind_n the_o admiralles_n ship_n discover_v a_o open_n which_o make_v land_n think_v good_a to_o enter_v there_o for_o shelter_n until_o the_o tempest_n be_v pass_v the_o which_o succeed_v in_o such_o sort_n as_o have_v discover_v this_o vent_n they_o find_v that_o it_o run_v more_o and_o more_o into_o the_o land_n and_o conjecture_v that_o it_o shall_v be_v the_o straight_a which_o they_o seek_v they_o take_v the_o height_n of_o the_o sun_n where_o they_o find_v themselves_o in_o fifty_o degree_n and_o a_o half_a which_o be_v the_o very_a height_n of_o the_o straight_a and_o to_o be_v the_o better_o assure_v they_o thrust_v out_o their_o brigandine_n which_o have_v run_v many_o league_n into_o this_o arm_n of_o the_o sea_n without_o see_v any_o end_n they_o find_v it_o to_o be_v the_o very_o straight_o and_o for_o that_o they_o have_v order_n to_o pass_v it_o they_o plant_v a_o high_a cross_n there_o with_o letter_n thereon_o
that_o the_o 30._o league_n to_o the_o south_n run_v betwixt_o the_o rock_n and_o most_o high_a mountain_n who_o top_n be_v continual_o cover_v with_o snow_n so_o as_o they_o seem_v by_o reason_n of_o their_o great_a height_n to_o be_v join_v together_o which_o make_v the_o entry_n of_o the_o straight_a to_o the_o south_n so_o hard_o to_o discover_v in_o these_o 30._o league_n the_o sea_n be_v very_o deep_a and_o without_o bottom_n yet_o may_v they_o fasten_v their_o ship_n to_o the_o land_n the_o bank_n be_v straight_o and_o uneven_a but_o in_o the_o 70._o league_n towards_o the_o north_n they_o find_v ground_n and_o of_o either_o side_n there_o be_v large_a plain_n the_o which_o they_o call_v caâ—â—naâ—_n many_o great_a river_n of_o fair_a and_o clear_a water_n run_v into_o this_o straight_a and_o thereabouts_o be_v great_a and_o wonderful_a forest_n whereas_o they_o find_v some_o tree_n of_o excellent_a wood_n and_o sweet_a the_o which_o be_v not_o know_v in_o these_o part_n whereofsuch_o as_o pass_v from_o thence_o to_o peru_n bring_v some_o to_o show_v there_o be_v many_o meadow_n within_o the_o land_n and_o many_o land_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o straight_a the_o indian_n that_o inhabit_v on_o the_o south_n side_n be_v little_a and_o coward_n those_o that_o dwell_v on_o the_o north_n part_n be_v great_a and_o valiant_a they_o bring_v some_o into_o spain_n which_o they_o have_v take_v they_o find_v piece_n of_o blue_a cloth_n and_o other_o mark_n and_o sign_n that_o some_o man_n of_o europe_n have_v pass_v there_o the_o indian_n â—â—luted_v our_o man_n with_o the_o name_n of_o jesia_n they_o be_v good_a archer_n and_o goâ—_n clad_v in_o wild_a beast_n skin_n whereof_o there_o be_v great_a abundance_n the_o water_n of_o the_o straight_a rise_n and_o fall_v as_o the_o tide_n and_o they_o may_v visible_o see_v the_o tide_n come_v of_o the_o one_o side_n of_o the_o north_n sea_n and_o of_o the_o other_o from_o the_o south_n whereas_o they_o meet_v the_o which_o as_o i_o have_v say_v be_v thirty_o league_n from_o the_o south_n and_o three_o score_n and_o ten_o from_o the_o north._n and_o although_o it_o seem_v there_o shall_v be_v more_o danger_n then_o in_o all_o the_o rest_n yet_o whenas_o captain_n sarmiâ—nto_n his_o ship_n whereof_o i_o speak_v pass_v it_o they_o have_v no_o great_a storm_n but_o find_v far_o less_o difficulty_n than_o they_o expect_v for_o then_o the_o time_n be_v very_o calm_a and_o pleasant_a and_o moreover_o the_o wave_n from_o the_o north_n sea_n come_v break_v by_o reason_n of_o the_o great_a length_n of_o three_o score_n and_o ten_o league_n and_o the_o wave_n from_o the_o south_n sea_n be_v not_o rage_v by_o reason_n of_o the_o great_a depth_n in_o which_o depth_n the_o wave_n break_v and_o be_v swallow_v up_o it_o be_v true_a that_o in_o winter_n the_o straight_o be_v not_o navigable_a by_o reason_n of_o the_o tempest_n and_o rage_a of_o the_o sea_n in_o that_o season_n some_o ship_n which_o have_v attempt_v to_o pass_v the_o straight_a in_o winter_n have_v perish_v one_o only_a ship_n pass_v it_o on_o the_o south_n side_n which_o be_v the_o captain_n i_o make_v mention_n of_o i_o be_v full_o instruct_v of_o all_o that_o i_o have_v speak_v by_o the_o pilot_n thereof_o call_v hernando_n alonse_n and_o have_v see_v the_o true_a description_n of_o the_o straight_o they_o make_v in_o pass_v it_o whereof_o they_o carry_v the_o copy_n to_o the_o king_n of_o spain_n and_o the_o original_n to_o their_o viceroy_n of_o peru._n of_o the_o ebb_a and_o flow_v of_o the_o indian_a ocean_n chap._n 14._o one_o of_o the_o mostadmirable_a secret_n of_o nature_n be_v the_o ebb_a and_o flow_v of_o the_o sea_n not_o only_o for_o this_o strange_a property_n of_o rise_v and_o fall_v but_o much_o more_o for_o the_o difference_n there_o be_v thereof_o in_o diverse_a sea_n yea_o in_o diverse_a coast_n of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o sea_n there_o be_v some_o sea_n that_o have_v no_o daily_a flow_v nor_o ebb_v as_o we_o see_v in_o the_o inner_a mediterranean_a which_o be_v the_o thyrene_n sea_n and_o yet_o it_o flow_v and_o ebb_v every_o day_n in_o the_o upper_a mediterranean_a sea_n which_o be_v that_o of_o venice_n and_o just_o give_v cause_n of_o admiration_n that_o these_o two_o sea_n be_v mediterranean_n and_o that_o of_o venice_n be_v no_o great_a than_o the_o other_o yet_o have_v it_o his_o ebb_a and_o flow_v as_o the_o ocean_n and_o that_o other_o sea_n of_o italy_n none_o at_o all_o there_o be_v some_o mediterranean_a sea_n that_o apparent_o rise_v and_o fall_v every_o month_n and_o other_o that_o neither_o rise_n in_o the_o day_n nor_o in_o the_o month_n there_o be_v other_o sea_n as_o the_o spanish_a ocean_n that_o have_v their_o flux_n and_o reflux_n every_o day_n and_o beside_o that_o they_o have_v it_o monthly_o which_o come_v twice_o that_o be_v to_o say_v at_o the_o entry_n and_o at_o the_o full_a of_o every_o moon_n which_o they_o call_v spring_n tide_n to_o say_v that_o any_o sea_n have_v this_o daily_a ebb_a and_o flow_v and_o not_o monthly_o i_o know_v not_o any_o it_o be_v strange_a the_o difference_n we_o find_v of_o this_o subject_n at_o the_o indies_n for_o there_o be_v some_o place_n whereas_o the_o sea_n do_v daily_o rise_v &_o fall_v two_o league_n as_o at_o panama_n and_o at_o a_o high_a water_n it_o rise_v much_o more_o there_o be_v other_o place_n where_o it_o do_v rise_v and_o fall_v so_o little_a that_o hardly_o can_v you_o find_v the_o difference_n it_o be_v ordinary_a in_o the_o ocean_n sea_n to_o have_v a_o daily_a flow_a and_o ebb_v and_o that_o be_v twice_o in_o a_o natural_a day_n and_o ever_o it_o fall_v three_o quarter_n of_o a_o hour_n soon_o one_o day_n then_o another_o according_a to_o the_o course_n of_o the_o moon_n so_o as_o the_o tide_n fall_v not_o always_o in_o one_o hour_n of_o the_o day_n some_o will_v say_v that_o this_o flux_n and_o reflux_n proceed_v from_o the_o local_a motion_n of_o the_o water_n of_o the_o sea_n so_o as_o the_o water_n that_o rise_v on_o the_o one_o side_n fall_v on_o the_o other_o that_o be_v opposite_a unto_o it_o so_o that_o it_o be_v full_a sea_n on_o the_o one_o side_n when_o as_o it_o be_v a_o low_a water_n on_o the_o opposite_a as_o we_o see_v in_o a_o kettle_n full_a of_o water_n when_o we_o move_v it_o when_o it_o lean_v to_o the_o one_o side_n the_o water_n increase_v and_o on_o the_o other_o it_o diminish_v other_o affirm_v that_o the_o sea_n rise_v in_o all_o part_n at_o one_o time_n and_o decrease_v at_o one_o instant_a as_o the_o boil_a of_o a_o pot_n come_v out_o of_o the_o centre_n it_o extend_v itself_o on_o all_o part_n and_o when_o it_o cease_v it_o fall_v likewise_o on_o all_o part_n this_o second_o opinion_n be_v true_a and_o in_o my_o judgement_n certain_a and_o try_v not_o so_o much_o for_o the_o reason_n which_o the_o philosopher_n give_v in_o their_o meteor_n as_o for_o the_o certain_a experience_n we_o may_v make_v for_o to_o satisfy_v myself_o upon_o this_o point_n and_o question_n i_o demand_v particular_o of_o the_o say_a pilot_n how_o he_o find_v the_o tide_n in_o the_o straight_o and_o if_o the_o tide_n of_o the_o south_n sea_n do_v fall_v whenas_o those_o of_o the_o north_n do_v rise_v and_o contrariwise_o this_o question_n be_v true_a why_o the_o increase_n of_o the_o sea_n in_o one_o place_n be_v the_o decrease_n thereof_o in_o another_o as_o the_o first_o opinion_n hold_v he_o answer_v that_o it_o be_v not_o so_o but_o they_o may_v see_v plain_o that_o the_o tide_n of_o the_o north_n and_o south_n sea_n rise_v at_o one_o instant_a so_o as_o the_o wave_n of_o one_o sea_n encounter_v with_o the_o other_o and_o at_o one_o instant_a likewise_o they_o begin_v to_o retire_v every_o one_o into_o his_o sea_n say_v that_o the_o rise_n and_o fall_v be_v daily_o see_v and_o that_o the_o encounter_n of_o the_o tide_n as_o i_o have_v say_v be_v at_o three_o score_n and_o ten_o league_n to_o the_o north_n sea_n and_o thirty_o to_o the_o south_n whereby_o we_o may_v plain_o gather_v that_o the_o ebb_a and_o flow_v of_o the_o ocean_n be_v no_o pure_a local_a motion_n but_o rather_o a_o alteration_n whereby_o all_o water_n real_o rise_v and_o increase_v at_o one_o instat_fw-la and_o in_o other_o they_o diminiâ—h_v as_o the_o boil_a of_o a_o pot_n whereof_o i_o have_v speak_v it_o be_v impossible_a to_o comprehend_v this_o point_n by_o experience_n if_o it_o be_v not_o in_o the_o straight_a where_o all_o the_o ocean_n both_o on_o the_o one_o side_n &_o on_o the_o other_o join_v together_o for_o none_o but_o angel_n can_v see_v it_o and_o judge_v of_o the_o opposite_a part_n for_o
experience_n that_o the_o course_n of_o river_n be_v turn_v the_o well_n have_v be_v dry_v up_o until_o they_o return_v to_o their_o ordinary_a course_n and_o they_o give_v this_o reason_n for_o a_o material_a cause_n of_o this_o effect_n but_o they_o have_v another_o efficient_a which_o be_v no_o less_o considerable_a and_o that_o be_v the_o great_a height_n of_o the_o sierre_n which_o come_v along_o the_o coast_n shadow_n the_o lanos_fw-la so_o as_o it_o suffer_v no_o wind_n to_o blow_v from_o the_o land_n but_o above_o the_o top_n of_o these_o mountain_n by_o mean_n whereof_o there_o rain_v no_o wind_n but_o that_o from_o the_o sea_n which_o find_v no_o opposite_a do_v not_o press_v nor_o strain_n forth_o the_o vapour_n which_o rise_v to_o engender_v rain_n so_o as_o the_o shadow_n of_o the_o mountain_n keep_v the_o vapour_n from_o thicken_a and_o converte_n they_o all_o into_o mist_n there_o be_v some_o experience_n agree_v with_o this_o discourse_n for_o that_o it_o rain_v upon_o some_o small_a hill_n along_o the_o coast_n which_o be_v least_o shadow_v as_o the_o rock_n of_o atico_fw-la and_o arequipa_n it_o have_v rain_v in_o some_o year_n whenas_o the_o northern_a or_o easterly_a wind_n have_v blow_v yea_o all_o the_o time_n they_o have_v continue_v as_o it_o happen_v in_o seventy_o eight_o upon_o the_o lanâ—s_n of_o trugillo_fw-la where_o it_o rain_v abundant_o the_o which_o they_o have_v not_o see_v in_o many_o age_n before_o moreover_o it_o rain_v upon_o the_o same_o coast_n in_o place_n whereas_o the_o easterly_a or_o northern_a wind_n be_v ordinary_a as_o in_o guayaquil_n and_o in_o place_n whereas_o the_o land_n rise_v much_o and_o turn_v from_o the_o shadow_n of_o the_o mountain_n as_o in_o those_o that_o be_v beyond_o ariqua_n some_o discourse_n in_o this_o manner_n but_o let_v every_o one_o think_v as_o he_o please_v it_o be_v most_o certain_a that_o come_v from_o the_o mountain_n to_o the_o valley_n they_o do_v usual_o see_v as_o it_o be_v two_o heaven_n one_o clear_a and_o bright_a above_o and_o the_o other_o obscure_a and_o as_o it_o be_v a_o grey_a veil_n spread_v underneath_o which_o cover_v all_o the_o coast_n and_o although_o it_o rain_v not_o yet_o this_o mist_n be_v wonderful_a profitable_a to_o bring_v forth_o grass_n and_o to_o raise_v up_o and_o nourish_v the_o seed_n for_o although_o they_o have_v plenty_n of_o water_n which_o they_o draw_v from_o the_o pool_n and_o lake_n yet_o this_o moisture_n from_o heaven_n have_v such_o a_o virtue_n that_o cease_v to_o fall_v upon_o the_o earth_n it_o breed_v a_o great_a discommodity_n and_o defect_n of_o grain_n and_o seed_n and_o that_o which_o be_v more_o worthy_a of_o admiration_n the_o dry_a and_o barren_a sand_n be_v by_o this_o dew_n so_o beautify_v with_o grass_n and_o flower_n as_o it_o be_v a_o please_a and_o agreeable_a sight_n and_o very_o profitable_a for_o the_o feed_n of_o cattle_n as_o we_o see_v in_o the_o mountain_n call_v sandie_n near_o to_o the_o city_n of_o king_n of_o the_o property_n of_o new_a spain_n of_o the_o land_n and_o of_o other_o land_n chap._n 22._o new_a spain_n pass_v all_o other_o province_n in_o pasture_n which_o breed_v infinite_a troop_n of_o horse_n cow_n sheep_n and_o other_o cattle_n it_o abound_v in_o fruit_n and_o all_o kind_n of_o grain_n to_o conclude_v it_o be_v a_o country_n the_o best_a furnish_v and_o most_o accomplish_a at_o the_o indies_n yet_o peru_n do_v surpass_v it_o in_o one_o thing_n which_o be_v wine_n for_o that_o there_o grow_v store_n and_o good_a and_o they_o daily_o multiply_v and_o increase_v the_o which_o do_v grow_v in_o very_o hot_a valley_n where_o there_o be_v watering_n and_o although_o there_o be_v vine_n in_o new_a spain_n yet_o the_o grape_n come_v not_o to_o his_o maturity_n fit_a to_o make_v wine_n the_o reason_n be_v for_o that_o it_o rain_v there_o in_o julie_n and_o august_n whenas_o the_o grape_n ripen_v and_o therefore_o it_o come_v not_o to_o his_o perfection_n and_o if_o any_o one_o through_o curiosity_n will_v take_v the_o pain_n to_o make_v wine_n it_o shall_v be_v like_a to_o that_o of_o genua_n and_o lombardie_n which_o be_v very_o small_a and_o sharp_a have_v a_o taste_n like_o unto_o verivice_n the_o land_n which_o they_o call_v barlovente_n which_o be_v hispaniola_n cuba_n port_n ricco_fw-it &_o other_o there_o about_o be_v beautify_v with_o many_o green_a pasture_n and_o abound_v in_o cattle_n as_o neat_a and_o swine_n which_o be_v become_v wild_a the_o wealth_n of_o these_o land_n be_v their_o sugar-worke_n and_o hide_n there_o be_v much_o cassia_n fistula_n &_o ginger_n it_o be_v a_o thing_n incredible_a to_o see_v the_o multitude_n of_o these_o marchandize_v bring_v in_o one_o fleet_n be_v in_o a_o manner_n impossible_a that_o all_o europe_n shall_v waste_v so_o much_o they_o likewise_o bring_v wood_n of_o a_o excellent_a quality_n and_o colour_n as_o ebony_n &_o other_o which_o serve_v for_o building_n and_o joiner_n there_o be_v much_o of_o that_o wood_n which_o they_o call_v lignum_fw-la sanctum_fw-la or_o guage_n fit_a to_o cure_v the_o pox_n all_o these_o land_n and_o other_o there_o about_o which_o be_v many_o have_v a_o goodly_a and_o pleasant_a aspect_n for_o that_o throughout_o the_o year_n they_o be_v beautify_v with_o grass_n &_o green_a tree_n so_o as_o they_o can_v discern_v when_o it_o be_v autumn_n or_o summer_n by_o reason_n of_o continual_a moisture_n join_v to_o the_o heat_n of_o the_o burn_a zone_n and_o although_o this_o land_n be_v of_o a_o great_a circuit_n yet_o be_v there_o few_o dwelling_n for_o that_o of_o itself_o it_o engender_v great_a arcabutos_n as_o they_o call_v they_o which_o be_v grove_n or_o very_o thick_a coppese_n and_o on_o the_o plain_n there_o be_v many_o marsh_n and_o bog_n they_o give_v yet_o another_o notable_a reason_n why_o they_o be_v so_o small_o people_v for_o that_o there_o have_v remain_v few_o natural_a indian_n through_o the_o inconsiderateness_n and_o disorder_n of_o the_o first_o conqueror_n that_o people_v it_o and_o therefore_o for_o the_o most_o part_n they_o use_v negro_n but_o they_o cost_v dear_a be_v very_o fit_a to_o till_o the_o land_n there_o grow_v neither_o bread_n nor_o wine_n in_o these_o land_n for_o that_o the_o too_o great_a fertility_n and_o the_o vice_n of_o the_o soil_n suffer_v they_o not_o to_o seed_n but_o cast_v all_o forth_o in_o grass_n very_o uneaqual_o there_o be_v no_o olive_n tree_n at_o the_o least_o they_o bear_v no_o olive_n but_o many_o green_a leaf_n pleasant_a to_o the_o view_n which_o bear_v no_o fruit_n the_o bread_n they_o use_v be_v of_o cacave_n whereof_o we_o shall_v hereafter_o speak_v there_o be_v gold_n in_o the_o river_n of_o these_o land_n which_o some_o draw_v forth_o but_o in_o small_a quantity_n i_o be_v little_o less_o than_o a_o year_n in_o these_o island_n and_o as_o it_o have_v be_v tell_v i_o of_o the_o main_a land_n of_o the_o indies_n where_o i_o have_v not_o be_v as_o in_o florida_n nicaraqua_n guatimala_n and_o other_o it_o be_v in_o a_o manner_n of_o this_o temper_n as_o i_o have_v describe_v yet_o have_v i_o not_o set_v down_o every_o particular_a of_o nature_n in_o these_o province_n of_o the_o firm_a land_n have_v no_o perfect_a knowledge_n thereof_o the_o country_n which_o do_v most_o resemble_v spain_n and_o the_o region_n of_o europe_n in_o all_o the_o west_n indies_n be_v the_o realm_n of_o chille_n which_o be_v without_o the_o general_a rule_n of_o these_o other_o province_n be_v seat_v without_o the_o burn_a zone_n and_o the_o tropic_n of_o capricorn_n this_o land_n of_o itself_o be_v cool_v and_o fertile_a and_o bring_v forth_o all_o kind_n of_o fruit_n that_o be_v in_o spain_n it_o yield_v great_a abundance_n of_o bread_n and_o wine_n and_o abound_v in_o pasture_n and_o cattle_n the_o air_n be_v wholesome_a and_o clear_a temperate_a betwixt_o heat_n and_o cold_a winter_n and_o summer_n be_v very_o distinct_a and_o there_o they_o find_v great_a store_n of_o very_o fine_a gold_n yet_o this_o land_n be_v poor_a and_o final_o people_v by_o reason_n of_o their_o continual_a war_n with_o the_o auricanos_n and_o their_o associate_n be_v a_o rough_a people_n and_o friend_n to_o liberty_n of_o the_o unknown_a land_n and_o the_o diversity_n of_o a_o whole_a day_n betwixt_o they_o of_o the_o east_n and_o the_o west_n chap._n 23._o there_o be_v great_a conjecture_n that_o in_o the_o temperate_a zone_n at_o the_o antarctic_a pole_n there_o be_v great_a and_o fertile_a land_n but_o to_o this_o day_n they_o be_v not_o discover_v neither_o do_v they_o know_v any_o other_o land_n in_o this_o zone_n but_o that_o of_o chille_n and_o some_o part_n of_o that_o land_n which_o run_v from_o ethiopia_n to_o the_o cape_n of_o good_a hope_n as_o
have_v be_v say_v in_o the_o first_o book_n neither_o be_v it_o know_v if_o there_o be_v any_o habitation_n in_o the_o other_o two_o zone_n of_o the_o pole_n and_o whether_o the_o land_n continue_v and_o stretch_v to_o that_o which_o be_v towards_o the_o antarctic_a or_o south_n pole_n neither_o do_v we_o know_v the_o land_n that_o lie_v beyond_o the_o straight_a of_o magellan_n for_o that_o the_o great_a height_n yet_o discover_v be_v in_o fifty_o â—ix_n degree_n as_o have_v be_v former_o say_v and_o towards_o the_o arctic_a or_o northern_a pole_n it_o be_v not_o know_v how_o far_o the_o land_n extende_v which_o run_v beyond_o the_o cape_n of_o mendocin_n and_o the_o caliphorne_n nor_o the_o bound_n and_o end_n of_o florida_n neither_o yet_o how_o far_o it_o extende_v to_o the_o west_n of_o late_o they_o have_v discover_v a_o new_a land_n which_o they_o call_v new_a mexico_n where_o they_o say_v be_v much_o people_n that_o speak_v the_o mexicaine_n tongue_n the_o philippines_n and_o the_o follow_a land_n as_o some_o report_n that_o know_v it_o by_o experience_n run_v above_o nine_o hundred_o league_n but_o to_o entreat_v of_o china_n cochinchina_n syam_n and_o other_o region_n which_o be_v of_o the_o east_n indies_n be_v contrary_a to_o my_o purpose_n which_o be_v only_o to_o discourse_v of_o the_o west_n nay_o they_o be_v ignorant_a of_o the_o great_a part_n of_o america_n which_o lie_v betwixt_o peru_n and_o bresill_n although_o the_o bound_n be_v know_v of_o all_o side_n wherein_o there_o be_v diversity_n of_o opinion_n some_o say_v it_o be_v a_o drown_a land_n full_a of_o lake_n and_o watery_a place_n other_o affirm_v there_o be_v great_a and_o flourish_a kingdom_n imagine_v there_o be_v the_o paytiti_n the_o dorado_n and_o the_o caesar_n where_o they_o say_v be_v wonderful_a thing_n i_o have_v hear_v one_o of_o our_o company_n say_v a_o man_n worthy_a of_o credit_n that_o he_o have_v see_v great_a dwelling_n there_o and_o the_o way_n as_o much_o beat_v as_o those_o betwixt_o salamanca_n and_o villadillit_n the_o which_o he_o do_v see_v whenas_o peter_n d'orsua_n and_o after_o those_o that_o succeed_v he_o make_v their_o entry_n and_o discovery_n by_o the_o great_a river_n of_o amazon_n who_o believe_v that_o the_o dorado_n which_o they_o seek_v be_v far_o off_o care_v not_o to_o inhabit_v there_o and_o after_o go_v both_o without_o the_o dorado_n which_o they_o can_v not_o find_v and_o this_o great_a province_n which_o they_o leave_v to_o speak_v the_o truth_n the_o habitation_n of_o america_n be_v to_o this_o day_n unknown_a except_o the_o extremity_n which_o be_v peru_n bresill_n and_o that_o part_n where_o the_o land_n begin_v to_o straighten_v which_o be_v the_o river_n of_o silver_n then_o tucuman_a which_o make_v the_o round_a to_o chille_n and_o charcâ—_n of_o late_o we_o have_v understand_v by_o letter_n from_o some_o of_o we_o which_o go_v to_o s._n croix_n in_o the_o sierre_n that_o they_o go_v discover_v of_o great_a province_n and_o dwelling_n betwixt_o bresill_n and_o peru._n time_n will_v reveile_v they_o for_o as_o at_o this_o day_n the_o care_n and_o courage_n of_o man_n be_v great_a to_o compass_v the_o world_n from_o one_o part_n to_o another_o so_o we_o may_v believe_v that_o as_o they_o have_v discover_v that_o which_o be_v now_o know_v they_o may_v likewise_o lay_v open_a that_o which_o readiness_n to_o the_o end_n the_o gospel_n may_v be_v preach_v to_o the_o whole_a world_n see_v the_o two_o crown_n of_o portugal_n and_o caâ—â—ille_n have_v meet_v by_o the_o east_n and_o west_n join_v their_o discovery_n together_o which_o in_o truth_n be_v a_o matter_n to_o be_v observe_v that_o the_o one_o be_v come_v to_o china_n and_o jappan_n by_o the_o east_n and_o the_o other_o to_o the_o philippines_n which_o be_v neighbour_n and_o almost_o join_v unto_o china_n by_o the_o west_n for_o from_o the_o land_n of_o lusson_n which_o be_v the_o chief_a of_o the_o philippines_n in_o the_o which_o be_v the_o city_n of_o mamillâ—_n unto_o macan_a which_o be_v in_o the_o i_o will_v of_o cauton_n be_v but_o four_o score_n or_o a_o hundred_o league_n and_o yet_o we_o find_v it_o strange_a that_o notwithstanding_o thâ—â—_n small_a distance_n from_o the_o one_o to_o the_o other_o yet_o according_a to_o their_o account_n there_o be_v a_o day_n difference_n betwixt_o they_o so_o as_o it_o be_v sunday_n at_o macan_a whenas_o it_o be_v but_o saturday_n at_o mamille_n and_o so_o of_o the_o rest_n those_o of_o macan_a and_o of_o china_n have_v one_o day_n advance_v before_o the_o philippines_n it_o happen_v to_o father_n aloâ—â—â—_n sanches_n of_o who_o mention_n be_v make_v before_o that_o part_v from_o the_o philippines_n he_o arrive_v at_o macan_a the_o second_o day_n of_o may_n according_a to_o their_o computation_n and_o go_v to_o say_v the_o mass_n of_o s._n athanasius_n he_o find_v they_o do_v celebrate_v the_o feast_n of_o the_o invention_n of_o the_o holy_a cross_n for_o that_o they_o do_v then_o reckon_v the_o three_o of_o may_n the_o like_a happen_v unto_o he_o in_o another_o voyage_n beyond_o it_o some_o have_v find_v this_o alteration_n and_o diversity_n strange_a suppose_v that_o the_o fault_n proceed_v from_o the_o one_o or_o the_o other_o the_o which_o be_v not_o so_o but_o it_o be_v a_o true_a and_o well_o observe_v computation_n for_o according_a to_o the_o difference_n of_o way_n where_o they_o have_v be_v we_o must_v necessary_o say_v that_o when_o they_o meet_v there_o must_v be_v difference_n of_o a_o day_n the_o reason_n be_v for_o that_o sail_v from_o west_n to_o east_n they_o always_o gain_v of_o the_o day_n find_v the_o sun_n rise_v soon_o and_o contrariwise_o those_o that_o sail_n from_o east_n to_o west_n do_v always_o loose_v of_o the_o day_n for_o that_o the_o sun_n rise_v late_a unto_o they_o and_o as_o they_o approach_v near_o the_o east_n or_o the_o west_n they_o have_v the_o day_n long_o or_o short_a in_o peru_n which_o be_v westward_o in_o respect_n of_o spain_n they_o be_v above_o six_o hour_n behind_o so_o as_o when_o it_o be_v noon_n in_o spain_n it_o be_v morning_n at_o peru_n and_o when_o it_o be_v morning_n here_o it_o be_v midnight_n there_o i_o have_v make_v certain_a proof_n thereof_o by_o the_o computation_n of_o eclipse_n of_o the_o sun_n and_o moon_n now_o that_o the_o portugall_n have_v make_v their_o navigation_n from_o west_n to_o east_n and_o the_o castillan_n from_o east_n to_o west_n when_o they_o come_v to_o join_v and_o meet_v at_o the_o philippines_n and_o macan_a the_o one_o have_v gain_v twelve_o hour_n and_o the_o other_o have_v lose_v as_o much_o so_o as_o at_o one_o instant_a and_o in_o one_o time_n they_o find_v the_o difference_n of_o twenty_o hour_n which_o be_v a_o whole_a day_n so_o as_o necessary_o the_o one_o be_v at_o the_o three_o of_o may_n whenas_o the_o other_o account_n but_o the_o second_o and_o whenas_o the_o one_o do_v fast_o for_o easter_n eve_n the_o other_o eat_v flesh_n for_o the_o day_n of_o the_o resurrection_n and_o if_o we_o will_v imagine_v that_o they_o pass_v far_o turn_v once_o again_o about_o the_o world_n use_v the_o same_o computation_n when_o they_o shall_v return_v to_o join_v together_o they_o shall_v find_v by_o the_o same_o account_n two_o day_n difference_n for_o as_o i_o have_v say_v those_o that_o go_v to_o the_o sun_n rise_v account_n the_o day_n soon_o for_o that_o the_o sun_n rise_v to_o they_o soon_o and_o those_o that_o go_v to_o the_o set_n account_n the_o day_n late_a for_o that_o it_o go_v from_o they_o late_a final_o the_o diversity_n of_o the_o noon_n tide_n cause_v the_o divers_a reckon_n of_o the_o day_n and_o now_o for_o as_o much_o as_o those_o that_o do_v sail_n from_o east_n to_o west_n change_v their_o noon_n tide_v without_o perceive_v it_o and_o yet_o still_o follow_v the_o same_o computation_n they_o do_v when_o they_o part_v of_o necessity_n have_v make_v the_o compass_n of_o the_o world_n they_o must_v find_v the_o want_n of_o a_o whole_a day_n in_o their_o computation_n of_o the_o volcans_n or_o vent_v of_o fire_n chap._n 24._o although_o we_o find_v vent_n of_o fire_n in_o other_o place_n as_o mount_v aetna_n and_o wesuvio_n which_o now_o they_o call_v mount_n sâ—ma_n yet_o be_v that_o notable_a which_o be_v find_v at_o the_o indies_n ordinary_o these_o volcans_n be_v rock_n or_o pike_n of_o most_o high_a mountain_n which_o raise_v themselves_o above_o the_o top_n of_o all_o other_o mountain_n upon_o their_o top_n they_o have_v a_o plain_a and_o in_o the_o midst_n thereof_o a_o pit_n or_o great_a mouth_n which_o descend_v even_o unto_o the_o foot_n thereof_o a_o thing_n very_o terrible_a to_o behold_v out_o of_o these_o mouth_n there_o issue_v smoke_n and_o sometime_o
land_n make_v restitution_n cast_v his_o cape_n point_n and_o tongue_n far_o into_o the_o sea_n pierce_v into_o the_o bowel_n thereof_o in_o some_o part_n one_o element_n end_n and_o another_o begin_v yield_v by_o degree_n one_o unto_o another_o in_o some_o place_n where_o they_o join_v it_o be_v exceed_o deep_a as_o in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o south_n sea_n and_o in_o those_o of_o the_o north_n whereas_o the_o ship_n ride_v close_o to_o the_o land_n and_o although_o they_o sound_v three_o score_n and_o ten_o yea_o four_o score_n fathom_n yet_o do_v they_o find_v no_o bottom_n which_o make_v man_n conjecture_v that_o these_o be_v pike_n or_o point_n of_o land_n which_o rise_v up_o from_o the_o bottom_n a_o matter_n worthy_a of_o great_a admiration_n hereupon_o a_o very_a expert_a pilot_n say_v unto_o i_o that_o the_o land_n which_o they_o call_v of_o woolve_n and_o other_o that_o lie_v at_o the_o entry_n of_o the_o coast_n of_o new_a spain_n be_v call_v cocos_fw-la be_v of_o this_o manner_n moreover_o there_o be_v a_o place_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o great_a ocean_n without_o the_o view_n of_o land_n and_o many_o league_n from_o it_o where_o be_v see_v as_o it_o be_v two_o tower_n or_o pike_n of_o a_o very_a high_a elevate_a rock_n rise_v out_o of_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o sea_n and_o yet_o join_v unto_o it_o they_o find_v no_o bottom_n no_o man_n can_v yet_o perfect_o comprehend_v nor_o conceive_v the_o full_a and_o perfect_a form_n of_o the_o land_n at_o the_o indies_n the_o bound_n be_v not_o whole_o discover_v to_o this_o day_n yet_o we_o may_v guess_v that_o it_o be_v proportion_v like_o a_o heart_n with_o the_o lung_n the_o broad_a of_o this_o heart_n be_v from_o bresill_n to_o peru_n the_o point_n at_o the_o straight_a of_o magellan_n and_o the_o top_n where_o it_o end_v be_v the_o firm_a land_n and_o there_o the_o continent_n begin_v by_o little_a and_o little_a to_o extend_v itself_o until_o we_o come_v to_o the_o height_n of_o florida_n and_o the_o upper_a land_n which_o be_v not_o yet_o well_o discover_v we_o may_v understand_v other_o particularity_n of_o this_o land_n at_o the_o indies_n by_o the_o commentary_n which_o the_o spaniard_n have_v write_v of_o their_o success_n and_o discovery_n and_o amongst_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o peregrination_n which_o i_o have_v write_v which_o in_o truth_n be_v strange_a and_o may_v give_v a_o great_a light_n this_o in_o my_o opinion_n may_v suffice_v at_o this_o time_n to_o give_v some_o knowledge_n of_o thing_n at_o the_o indies_n touch_v the_o common_a element_n of_o the_o which_o all_o part_n of_o the_o world_n be_v fame_v the_o four_o book_n of_o the_o natural_a and_o moral_a history_n of_o the_o indies_n of_o three_o kind_n of_o mixture_n or_o compound_n of_o the_o which_o i_o must_v entreat_v in_o this_o history_n chap._n 1._o have_v entreat_v in_o the_o former_a book_n of_o that_o which_o concern_v the_o element_n and_o the_o simple_n of_o the_o indies_n in_o this_o present_a book_n we_o will_v discourse_v of_o mixture_n and_o compound_n seem_v fit_a for_o the_o subject_n we_o shall_v treat_v of_o and_o although_o there_o be_v many_o other_o sundry_a kind_n yet_o we_o will_v reduce_v this_o matter_n into_o three_o which_o be_v metal_n plant_n and_o beast_n metal_n be_v as_o plant_n hide_v and_o bury_v in_o the_o bowel_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o have_v some_o conformity_n in_o themselves_o in_o the_o form_n and_o manner_n of_o their_o production_n for_o that_o we_o see_v and_o discover_v even_o in_o they_o branches_z and_o as_o it_o be_v a_o body_n from_o whence_o they_o grow_v and_o proceed_v which_o be_v the_o great_a vein_n and_o the_o less_o so_o as_o they_o have_v a_o knit_n in_o themselves_o and_o it_o seem_v proper_o that_o these_o minerales_fw-la grow_v like_a unto_o plant_n not_o that_o they_o have_v any_o inward_a vegitative_a life_n be_v only_o proper_a to_o plant_n but_o they_o be_v engender_v in_o the_o bowel_n of_o the_o earth_n by_o the_o virtue_n and_o force_n of_o the_o sun_n and_o other_o planet_n and_o in_o long_a continuance_n of_o time_n they_o increase_v and_o multiply_v after_o the_o manner_n of_o plant_n and_o even_o as_o metal_n be_v plant_n hide_v in_o the_o earth_n so_o we_o may_v say_v that_o plant_n be_v live_a creature_n fix_v in_o one_o place_n who_o life_n be_v maintain_v by_o the_o nourishment_n which_o nature_n furnish_v from_o their_o first_o begnning_n but_o live_v creature_n surpass_v plant_n in_o that_o they_o have_v a_o more_o perfect_a be_v and_o therefore_o have_v need_n of_o a_o more_o perfect_a food_n and_o nourishment_n for_o the_o search_n whereof_o nature_n have_v give_v they_o a_o move_a and_o feel_v to_o discover_v and_o discern_v it_o so_o as_o the_o rough_a and_o barren_a earth_n be_v as_o a_o substance_n and_o nutriment_n for_o metal_n and_o that_o which_o be_v fertile_a and_o better_o season_v a_o nourishment_n for_o plant_n the_o same_o plant_n serve_v as_o a_o nourishment_n for_o live_a creature_n and_o the_o plant_n and_o live_a creature_n together_o as_o a_o nourishment_n for_o man_n the_o inferior_a nature_n always_o serve_v for_o the_o maintenance_n and_o sustentation_n of_o the_o superior_a and_o the_o less_o perfect_a yield_v unto_o the_o more_o perfect_a whereby_o we_o may_v see_v how_o much_o it_o want_v that_o gold_n and_o silver_n and_o other_o thing_n which_o man_n so_o much_o esteem_v by_o their_o covetousness_n shall_v be_v the_o happiness_n of_o man_n whereunto_o he_o shall_v tend_v see_v they_o be_v so_o many_o degree_n in_o quality_n inferior_a to_o man_n who_o have_v be_v create_v and_o make_v only_o to_o be_v a_o subject_a to_o serve_v the_o universal_a creator_n of_o all_o thing_n as_o his_o proper_a end_n and_o perfect_a rest_n and_o to_o which_o man_n all_o other_o thing_n in_o this_o world_n be_v not_o propound_v or_o leave_v but_o to_o gain_v this_o last_o end_n who_o so_o will_v consider_v of_o thing_n create_v and_o discourse_n according_a to_o this_o philosophy_n may_v draw_v some_o fruit_n from_o the_o knowledge_n and_o consideration_n thereof_o make_v use_n of_o they_o to_o know_v and_o glorify_v their_o author_n but_o he_o that_o will_v pass_v on_o far_a to_o the_o knowledge_n of_o their_o property_n and_o profit_n and_o will_v curious_o search_v they_o out_o he_o shall_v find_v in_o these_o creature_n that_o which_o the_o wiseman_n say_v that_o they_o be_v snare_n and_o pitfalle_v to_o the_o foot_n of_o fool_n &_o ignorant_a into_o the_o which_o they_o fall_v and_o loose_v themselves_o daily_o 14._o to_o this_o intent_n therefore_o and_o that_o the_o creator_n may_v be_v glorify_v in_o his_o creature_n i_o pretend_v to_o speak_v of_o some_o thing_n in_o this_o book_n whereof_o there_o be_v many_o at_o the_o indies_n worth_n the_o report_n touch_v metal_n plant_n and_o beast_n which_o be_v proper_a and_o peculiar_a in_o those_o part_n but_o for_o that_o it_o be_v a_o great_a work_n to_o treat_v thereof_o exact_o and_o require_v great_a learning_n and_o knowledge_n yea_o much_o more_o leisure_n than_o i_o have_v my_o intent_n be_v only_o to_o treat_v of_o some_o thing_n succinct_o the_o which_o i_o have_v observe_v as_o well_o by_o experience_n as_o the_o report_n of_o man_n of_o credit_n touch_v these_o three_o thing_n which_o i_o have_v propound_v leave_v to_o man_n more_o curious_a and_o diligent_a to_o treat_v more_o ample_o of_o these_o matter_n of_o the_o abundance_n and_o great_a quantity_n of_o mettle_n at_o the_o west_n indies_n chap._n 2._o the_o wisdom_n of_o god_n have_v make_v metal_n for_o physic_n and_o for_o defence_n for_o ornament_n and_o for_o instrument_n for_o the_o work_n of_o man_n of_o which_o four_o thing_n we_o may_v easy_o yield_v example_n but_o the_o principal_a end_n of_o metal_n and_o the_o last_o thereof_o be_v for_o that_o the_o life_n of_o man_n have_v not_o only_o need_v of_o nourishment_n as_o the_o beast_n but_o also_o he_o must_v work_v and_o labour_n according_a unto_o the_o reason_n and_o capacity_n which_o the_o creator_n have_v give_v he_o and_o as_o man_n understanding_n do_v apply_v itself_o to_o divers_a art_n and_o faculty_n so_o the_o same_o author_n have_v give_v order_n that_o he_o shall_v find_v matter_n and_o subject_n to_o diverse_a art_n for_o the_o conservation_n reparation_n surety_n ornament_n and_o exaltation_n of_o his_o work_n the_o diversity_n therefore_o of_o metal_n which_o the_o creator_n have_v shut_v up_o in_o the_o closert_n and_o concavity_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v such_o and_o so_o great_a that_o man_n draw_v profit_n and_o commodity_n from_o every_o one_o of_o they_o some_o serve_v for_o cure_v of_o disease_n other_o for_o arm_n and_o for_o defence_n against_o the_o enemy_n some_o be_v for_o ornament_n
and_o beautify_v of_o our_o person_n and_o house_n and_o other_o be_v fit_a to_o make_v vessel_n and_o yron-worke_n with_o divers_a fashion_n of_o instrument_n which_o the_o industry_n of_o man_n have_v find_v out_o and_o put_v in_o practice_n but_o above_o all_o the_o use_n of_o metal_n which_o be_v simple_a and_o natural_a the_o communication_n and_o commerce_n of_o man_n have_v find_v out_o one_o which_o be_v the_o use_n of_o money_n the_o which_o as_o the_o philosopher_n say_v be_v the_o measure_n of_o all_o thing_n 5._o and_o although_o natural_o and_o of_o itself_o it_o be_v but_o one_o only_a thing_n yet_o in_o value_n and_o estimation_n we_o may_v say_v that_o it_o be_v all_o thing_n money_n be_v unto_o we_o as_o it_o be_v meat_n clothing_n house_n horse_n and_o general_o whatsoever_o man_n have_v need_n of_o by_o this_o mean_v all_o obey_v to_o money_n and_o as_o the_o wise_a man_n say_v to_o find_v a_o invention_n that_o one_o thing_n shall_v be_v all_o man_n guide_v or_o thrust_v forward_o by_o a_o natural_a instinct_n choose_v the_o thing_n most_o durable_a and_o most_o maniable_a which_o be_v mettle_n and_o among_o metal_n give_v they_o the_o pre-eminence_n in_o this_o invention_n of_o money_n which_o of_o their_o nature_n be_v most_o durable_a and_o incorruptible_a which_o be_v silver_n and_o gold_n the_o which_o have_v be_v in_o esteem_n not_o only_o among_o the_o hebrew_n assyrian_n greek_n roman_n and_o other_o nation_n of_o europe_n and_o asia_n but_o also_o among_o the_o most_o retire_v and_o barbarous_a nation_n of_o the_o world_n as_o by_o the_o indian_n both_o east_n and_o west_n where_o gold_n and_o silver_n be_v hold_v in_o great_a esteem_n employ_v it_o for_o the_o work_n of_o their_o temple_n and_o palace_n &_o for_o the_o attyre_n and_o ornament_n of_o king_n and_o great_a personage_n and_o although_o we_o have_v find_v some_o barbarian_n which_o know_v neither_o gold_n nor_o silver_n as_o it_o be_v report_v of_o those_o of_o florida_n which_o take_v the_o bag_n and_o sack_n wherein_o the_o silver_n be_v the_o which_o they_o cast_v upon_o the_o ground_n and_o leave_v as_o a_o thing_n unprofitable_a and_o pliny_n likewise_o write_v of_o the_o babitacques_n which_o abhor_a gold_n and_o therefore_o they_o bury_v it_o to_o the_o end_n that_o no_o man_n shall_v use_v it_o but_o at_o this_o day_n they_o find_v few_o of_o these_o floridiens_n or_o babitacques_n but_o great_a number_n of_o such_o as_o esteem_v seek_v and_o make_v account_n of_o gold_n and_o silver_n have_v no_o need_n to_o learn_v it_o of_o those_o that_o go_v from_o europe_n it_o be_v true_a their_o covetousness_n be_v not_o yet_o come_v to_o the_o height_n of_o we_o neither_o have_v they_o so_o much_o worship_v gold_n and_o silver_n although_o they_o be_v idolater_n as_o some_o blind_a christian_n who_o have_v commit_v many_o great_a outrage_n for_o gold_n and_o silver_n yet_o be_v it_o a_o thing_n very_o worthy_a consideration_n that_o the_o wisdom_n of_o the_o eternal_a lord_n will_v enrich_v those_o part_n of_o the_o world_n which_o be_v most_o remote_a and_o which_o be_v people_v with_o man_n of_o less_o civility_n and_o government_n plant_v there_o great_a store_n of_o mine_n and_o in_o the_o great_a abundance_n that_o ever_o be_v thereby_o to_o invite_v man_n to_o search_v out_o those_o land_n and_o to_o possess_v they_o to_o the_o end_n that_o by_o this_o occasion_n they_o may_v plant_v religion_n and_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o true_a god_n among_o those_o that_o know_v it_o not_o fulfil_v therein_o the_o prophecy_n of_o isaie_n 54._o say_n that_o the_o church_n shall_v stretch_v forth_o her_o bound_n not_o only_o to_o the_o right_n but_o also_o to_o the_o left_a which_o be_v understand_v as_o s._n augustine_n say_v that_o the_o gospel_n shall_v be_v spread_v abroad_o 31._o not_o only_o by_o those_o that_o sincere_o and_o with_o a_o true_a &_o perfect_a charity_n preach_v and_o declare_v it_o but_o also_o by_o those_o that_o publish_v it_o tend_v to_o temporal_a end_n whereby_o we_o see_v that_o the_o indian_a land_n be_v more_o abundant_a in_o mine_n and_o riches_n have_v be_v in_o our_o age_n best_o instruct_v in_o the_o christian_a religion_n the_o lord_n use_v our_o desire_n and_o inclination_n to_o serve_v his_o sovereign_a intention_n hereupon_o a_o wise_a man_n say_v that_o what_o a_o father_n do_v to_o marry_v his_o daughter_n well_o be_v to_o give_v she_o a_o great_a portion_n in_o marriage_n the_o like_a have_v god_n do_v for_o this_o land_n so_o rough_a and_o laboursome_a give_v it_o great_a riches_n in_o mine_n that_o by_o this_o mean_v it_o may_v be_v the_o more_o seek_v after_o at_o the_o west_n indies_n then_o there_o be_v great_a store_n of_o mine_n of_o all_o sort_n of_o metal_n as_o copper_n iron_n lead_v tin_n quickesilver_n silver_n and_o gold_n and_o among_o all_o the_o region_n and_o part_n of_o the_o indies_n the_o realm_n of_o peru_n abound_v most_o in_o these_o metal_n especial_o with_o gold_n silver_z quick_a silver_n or_o mercury_n whereof_o they_o have_v find_v great_a store_n and_o daily_o discover_v new_a mine_n and_o without_o doubt_n according_a to_o the_o quality_n of_o the_o earth_n those_o which_o be_v to_o discover_v be_v without_o comparison_n far_o more_o in_o number_n than_o those_o which_o be_v yet_o discover_v yea_o it_o seem_v that_o all_o the_o land_n be_v sow_v with_o these_o metal_n more_o than_o any_o other_o in_o the_o world_n that_o be_v yet_o know_v unto_o we_o or_o that_o ancient_a writer_n have_v make_v mention_n of_o of_o the_o quality_n and_o nature_n of_o the_o earth_n where_o the_o metal_n be_v find_v and_o that_o all_o these_o metal_n be_v not_o employ_v at_o the_o indies_n and_o how_o the_o indian_n use_v they_o chap._n 3._o the_o reason_n why_o there_o be_v so_o great_a abundance_n of_o metal_n at_o the_o indies_n especial_o at_o the_o west_n of_o peru_n as_o i_o have_v say_v be_v the_o will_n of_o the_o creator_n who_o have_v impart_v his_o gift_n as_o it_o please_v he_o but_o come_v to_o a_o natural_a and_o philosophical_a reason_n mund_o it_o be_v very_o true_a which_o philon_n a_o wise_a man_n write_v say_v that_o gold_n silver_z and_o metal_n grow_v natural_o in_o land_n that_o be_v most_o barren_a and_o unfruitefull_a and_o we_o see_v that_o in_o land_n of_o good_a temperature_n the_o which_o be_v fertile_a with_o grass_n and_o fruit_n there_o be_v seldom_o find_v any_o mine_n for_o that_o nature_n be_v content_v to_o give_v they_o vigour_n to_o bring_v forth_o fruit_n more_o necessary_a for_o the_o preservation_n and_o maintenance_n of_o the_o life_n of_o beast_n and_o man_n 9_o and_o contrariwise_o to_o land_n that_o be_v very_o rough_a dry_a and_o barren_a as_o in_o the_o high_a mountain_n and_o inaccessible_a rock_n of_o a_o rough_a temper_n they_o find_v mine_n of_o silver_n of_o quickesilver_n and_o of_o gold_n and_o all_o those_o riches_n which_o be_v come_v into_o spain_n since_o the_o west_n indies_n be_v discover_v have_v be_v draw_v out_o of_o such_o place_n which_o be_v rough_a and_o full_a bare_a and_o fruitless_a yet_o the_o taste_n of_o this_o money_n make_v these_o place_n please_v and_o agreeable_a yea_o well_o inhabit_v with_o number_n of_o people_n and_o although_o there_o be_v as_o i_o have_v say_v many_o mine_n of_o all_o kind_n of_o metal_n as_o at_o the_o indies_n yet_o they_o use_v none_o but_o those_o of_o gold_n and_o silver_n and_o as_o much_o quickesilver_n as_o be_v necessary_a to_o refine_v their_o gold_n and_o silver_n they_o carry_v iron_n thither_o from_o spain_n and_o china_n as_o for_o copper_n the_o indian_n have_v draw_v of_o it_o and_o use_v it_o for_o their_o arm_n the_o which_o be_v not_o usual_o of_o iron_n but_o of_o copper_n since_o the_o spaniard_n possess_v the_o indies_n they_o have_v draw_v very_o little_a neither_o do_v they_o take_v the_o pain_n to_o seek_v out_o these_o mine_n although_o there_o be_v many_o busy_v themselves_o in_o the_o search_n of_o rich_a and_o more_o precious_a metal_n wherein_o they_o spend_v their_o time_n &_o labour_n they_o use_v no_o other_o metal_n as_o copper_n and_o iron_n but_o only_o that_o which_o be_v send_v they_o from_o spain_n or_o that_o which_o remain_v of_o the_o refine_n of_o gold_n and_o silver_n we_o find_v not_o that_o the_o indian_n in_o former_a time_n use_v gold_n silver_z or_o any_o other_o mettle_n for_o money_n and_o for_o the_o price_n of_o thing_n but_o only_o for_o ornament_n as_o have_v be_v say_v whereof_o there_o be_v great_a quantity_n in_o their_o temple_n palace_n and_o tomb_n with_o a_o thousand_o kind_n of_o vessel_n of_o gold_n and_o silver_n which_o they_o have_v they_o use_v no_o gold_n nor_o silver_n to_o traffic_v or_o
earth_n and_o stone_n where_o it_o engender_v they_o purge_v and_o purify_v it_o seven_o time_n for_o in_o effect_v it_o pass_v their_o hand_n seven_o time_n yea_o often_o until_o it_o remain_v pure_a and_o fine_a so_o be_v it_o in_o the_o word_n of_o god_n where_o the_o soul_n must_v be_v so_o purify_v that_o shall_v enjoy_v the_o heavenly_a perfection_n of_o their_o engine_n to_o grind_v the_o mettle_n and_o of_o their_o trial_n of_o silver_n chap._n 13._o to_o conclude_v this_o subject_n of_o silver_n and_o of_o metal_n there_o remain_v yet_o two_o thing_n to_o speak_v of_o the_o one_o be_v of_o their_o engine_n and_o mill_n the_o other_o of_o their_o essay_n or_o trial_n i_o have_v say_v before_o how_o they_o grind_v their_o metal_n for_o the_o receve_n of_o the_o quicksilver_n which_o be_v do_v with_o diverse_a instrument_n and_o engine_n some_o with_o horse_n like_v unto_o hand-mille_n other_o like_o water-mill_n of_o which_o two_o sort_n there_o be_v great_a number_n but_o for_o that_o the_o water_n they_o do_v use_v common_o be_v but_o of_o rain_n whereof_o they_o have_v not_o sufficient_a but_o three_o month_n in_o the_o year_n december_n january_n and_o february_n for_o this_o reason_n they_o have_v make_v lake_n and_o stand_a pool_n which_o contain_v inâ—circuite_n about_o a_o thousand_o and_o six_o hundred_o rod_n and_o in_o depth_n three_o stade_n there_o be_v seven_o with_o their_o sluice_n so_o as_o when_o they_o have_v need_n of_o any_o water_n they_o raise_v up_o a_o sluice_n from_o whence_o run_v a_o little_a stream_n of_o water_n the_o which_o they_o stop_v upon_o holy-day_n and_o when_o the_o lake_n and_o pool_n do_v fill_v and_o that_o the_o year_n abound_v with_o rain_n their_o grind_n do_v then_o continue_v six_o or_o seven_o month_n so_o as_o even_o for_o silver_n sake_n man_n desire_v a_o good_a year_n of_o rain_n in_o potozi_n as_o they_o do_v in_o other_o place_n for_o bread_n there_o be_v some_o other_o engine_n in_o tarapaya_n which_o be_v a_o valley_n three_o or_o four_o league_n distant_a from_o potozi_n whereas_o there_o run_v a_o river_n as_o in_o other_o part_n the_o difference_n of_o these_o engine_n be_v that_o some_o go_v with_o six_o pestle_n some_o with_o twelve_o and_o other_o with_o fourteen_o they_o grind_v and_o beat_v the_o mettle_n in_o mortar_n labour_v day_n and_o night_n and_o from_o thence_o they_o carry_v it_o to_o be_v sift_v upon_o the_o bank_n of_o the_o brook_n of_o potozi_n there_o be_v forty_o eight_o water-mill_n of_o eight_o ten_o and_o twelve_o pestell_n and_o four_o on_o the_o other_o side_n which_o they_o call_v tanacognugno_fw-la in_o the_o city_n of_o tarapaya_n there_o be_v two_o and_o twenty_o engine_n all_o upon_o the_o water_n beside_o there_o be_v thirty_o go_v with_o horse_n in_o potozi_n and_o many_o other_o in_o diversâ—partes_v so_o great_a the_o desire_n of_o man_n be_v to_o get_v silver_n which_o be_v try_v by_o deputy_n appoint_v by_o the_o king_n to_o give_v the_o alloy_n to_o every_o piece_n they_o carry_v the_o bar_n of_o silver_n unto_o the_o assay_v master_n who_o give_v to_o every_o one_o his_o number_n for_o that_o they_o carry_v many_o at_o once_o he_o cut_n a_o small_a piece_n of_o every_o one_o the_o which_o he_o weigh_v just_o and_o put_v they_o into_o a_o cruset_n which_o be_v a_o small_a vessel_n make_v of_o burn_a bone_n beat_v after_o he_o place_v every_o crusible_a in_o his_o order_n in_o the_o furnace_n give_v they_o a_o violent_a fire_n than_o the_o mettle_n melt_v and_o that_o which_o be_v lead_v go_v into_o smoke_n and_o the_o copper_n and_o tin_n dissolve_v the_o silver_n remain_v most_o fine_a of_o the_o colour_n of_o fire_n it_o be_v a_o strange_a thing_n that_o be_v thus_o refine_v although_o it_o be_v liquid_a and_o melt_a yet_o it_o never_o spill_v be_v the_o mouth_n of_o the_o crusible_a turn_v downwards_o but_o it_o remain_v fix_v without_o the_o loss_n of_o a_o drop_n the_o assay_v master_n know_v by_o the_o colour's_n and_o other_o sign_n when_o it_o be_v refine_v then_o do_v he_o draw_v the_o crusibles_n from_o the_o fire_n and_o weigh_v every_o piece_n curious_o observe_v what_o every_o one_o want_n of_o his_o weight_n for_o that_o which_o be_v of_o high_a alloy_n waste_v but_o little_a and_o that_o which_o be_v base_a diminish_v much_o &_o according_a to_o the_o waste_n he_o see_v what_o alloy_n he_o bear_v according_a to_o the_o which_o he_o mark_n every_o bar_n punctual_o their_o balance_n and_o weight_n be_v so_o delicate_a and_o their_o grain_n so_o small_a as_o they_o can_v take_v they_o up_o with_o the_o hand_n but_o with_o a_o small_a pair_n of_o pincer_n and_o this_o trial_n they_o make_v by_o candle_n light_n that_o no_o air_n may_v move_v the_o balance_n for_o of_o this_o little_a the_o price_n of_o the_o whole_a bar_n depend_v in_o truth_n it_o be_v a_o very_a delicate_a thing_n and_o require_v a_o great_a dexterity_n 17.27_o which_o the_o holy_a scripture_n use_v in_o many_o place_n to_o show_v how_o god_n prove_v his_o choose_a and_o to_o note_v the_o difference_n of_o the_o merit_n of_o soul_n whereas_o god_n give_v the_o title_n of_o a_o assay-maister_n to_o the_o prophet_n jeremie_n that_o he_o may_v try_v and_o declare_v the_o spiritual_a virtue_n of_o man_n and_o of_o his_o work_n which_o be_v the_o proper_a work_n of_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n be_v he_o that_o weigh_v the_o soul_n of_o man_n 1._o we_o will_v rest_v content_a with_o what_o we_o have_v speak_v touch_v silver_n metal_n and_o mine_n and_o will_v pass_v to_o the_o two_o other_o mixture_n the_o which_o be_v plant_n and_o beast_n of_o emerald_n chap._n 14._o it_o shall_v not_o be_v from_o the_o purpose_n to_o speak_v something_o of_o emerald_n both_o for_o that_o it_o be_v a_o precious_a thing_n as_o gold_n &_o silver_n as_o also_o for_o that_o they_o take_v their_o beginning_n from_o mine_n and_o metal_n 3_o as_o pliny_n report_v the_o emerald_n have_v be_v in_o old_a time_n in_o great_a esteem_n as_o the_o same_o author_n write_v giving_z it_o the_o three_o place_n among_o all_o jewel_n and_o precious_a stone_n that_o be_v next_o to_o the_o diamond_n and_o pearl_n at_o this_o day_n they_o do_v not_o so_o much_o esteem_v the_o emerald_n nor_o the_o pearl_n for_o the_o great_a abundance_n be_v bring_v of_o these_o two_o sort_n from_o the_o indies_n only_o the_o diamond_n hold_v the_o principality_n the_o which_o can_v not_o be_v take_v from_o it_o next_o the_o ruby_n come_v in_o price_n and_o other_o stone_n which_o they_o hold_v more_o precious_a than_o the_o emerald_n man_n be_v so_o desirous_a of_o singularity_n &_o rare_a thing_n that_o what_o they_o see_v to_o be_v common_a they_o do_v not_o esteem_v they_o report_v of_o a_o spaniard_n who_o be_v in_o italy_n when_o the_o indies_n be_v first_o discover_v show_v aâ—_n emerald_n to_o a_o lapidary_n who_o ask_v he_o the_o value_n thereof_o after_o he_o have_v well_o view_v it_o be_v of_o a_o excellent_a lustre_n and_o form_n he_o prize_v it_o at_o a_o hundred_o ducat_n he_o than_o show_v he_o a_o other_o great_a than_o it_o which_o he_o value_v at_o three_o hundred_o ducat_n the_o spaniard_n drink_v with_o this_o discourse_n carry_v he_o to_o his_o lodging_n show_v he_o a_o casket_n full_a the_o italian_a see_v so_o great_a a_o number_n of_o emerald_n say_v unto_o he_o sir_n these_o be_v well_o worth_a a_o crown_n a_o piece_n the_o like_a have_v happen_v both_o at_o the_o indies_n and_o in_o spain_n where_o the_o stone_n have_v lose_v their_o estimation_n for_o the_o great_a abundance_n they_o find_v of_o they_o there_o pliny_n report_v many_o excellency_n of_o the_o emerald_n among_o the_o which_o he_o say_v 5_o that_o there_o be_v nothing_o more_o please_v nor_o more_o healthful_a for_o the_o sight_n wherein_o he_o have_v reason_n but_o his_o authority_n import_v little_a see_v there_o be_v such_o store_n 35_o it_o be_v report_v that_o lelia_n a_o roman_a dame_n bestow_v upon_o a_o scoffion_n and_o a_o garment_n embroider_v with_o pearl_n and_o emerald_n 400000._o ducat_n the_o which_o at_o this_o day_n may_v be_v do_v with_o less_o than_o forty_o thousand_o ducat_n yea_o two_o such_o in_o diverse_a part_n of_o the_o indies_n and_o the_o king_n of_o mexico_n do_v much_o esteem_v they_o some_o do_v use_v to_o pierce_v their_o nostril_n and_o hang_v therein_o a_o excellent_a emerald_n they_o hang_v they_o on_o the_o visage_n of_o their_o idol_n the_o great_a store_n be_v find_v in_o the_o new_a kingdom_n of_o grenado_n and_o peru_n near_o unto_o manta_n and_o port_n vieil_n there_o be_v towards_o that_o place_n a_o soil_n which_o they_o call_v the_o land_n of_o emerald_n for_o the_o knowledge_n they_o have_v
many_o place_n yea_o in_o many_o part_n there_o be_v raze_n find_v as_o good_a as_o the_o best_a in_o spain_n as_o well_o for_o pass_v of_o a_o carrier_n and_o for_o pomp_n as_o also_o for_o travel_v and_o therefore_o they_o use_v horse_n most_o common_o although_o there_o be_v no_o want_n of_o moil_n whereof_o there_o be_v many_o especial_o where_o they_o make_v their_o carriage_n by_o land_n there_o be_v no_o great_a number_n of_o ass_n have_v no_o great_a use_n for_o they_o neither_o for_o travel_n nor_o service_n there_o be_v some_o few_o caâ—mells_n i_o have_v see_v some_o in_o peru_n that_o be_v bring_v from_o the_o canary_n and_o have_v multiply_v there_o alittle_o in_o s._n dominique_n dog_n have_v so_o multiply_v in_o number_n and_o bigness_n as_o at_o this_o day_n it_o be_v the_o scourge_n and_o affliction_n of_o that_o island_n for_o they_o eat_v the_o sheep_n and_o go_v in_o troop_n through_o the_o field_n such_o that_o kill_v they_o be_v reward_v like_o to_o they_o that_o kill_v woolve_n in_o spain_n at_o the_o first_o there_o be_v no_o dog_n at_o the_o indies_n but_o some_o beast_n like_v unto_o little_a dog_n the_o which_o the_o indian_n call_v alco_n and_o therefore_o they_o call_v all_o dog_n that_o go_v from_o spain_n by_o the_o same_o name_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o resemblance_n that_o be_v betwixt_o they_o the_o indian_n do_v so_o love_v these_o little_a dog_n that_o they_o will_v spare_v their_o meat_n to_o feed_v they_o so_o as_o when_o they_o travel_v in_o the_o country_n they_o carry_v they_o with_o they_o upon_o their_o shoulder_n or_o in_o their_o bosom_n and_o when_o they_o be_v sick_a they_o keep_v they_o with_o they_o without_o any_o use_n but_o only_o for_o company_n of_o some_o beast_n of_o europe_n which_o the_o spaniard_n find_v at_o the_o indies_n and_o how_o they_o shall_v pass_v thither_o chap._n 34._o it_o be_v certain_a that_o they_o have_v carry_v from_o spain_n all_o these_o beast_n whereof_o i_o have_v speak_v of_o which_o kind_n there_o be_v none_o at_o the_o indies_n when_o they_o be_v first_o discover_v about_o a_o hundred_o year_n since_o for_o beside_o that_o it_o may_v be_v well_o approve_v by_o witness_n at_o this_o day_n live_v it_o be_v also_o a_o sufficient_a argument_n to_o see_v that_o the_o indian_n in_o their_o tongue_n have_v no_o proper_a word_n to_o signify_v these_o beast_n but_o they_o use_v the_o same_o spanish_a name_n although_o they_o be_v corrupt_v for_o be_v ignorant_a of_o the_o thing_n they_o take_v the_o word_n common_a to_o those_o place_n from_o whence_o they_o come_v i_o have_v find_v this_o a_o good_a rule_n to_o discern_v what_o thing_n the_o indian_n have_v before_o the_o spaniard_n come_v there_o and_o what_o they_o have_v not_o for_o they_o give_v name_n to_o those_o they_o have_v and_o know_v before_o and_o have_v give_v new_a name_n to_o these_o that_o be_v new_o come_v unto_o they_o which_o common_o be_v the_o same_o spanish_a name_n although_o they_o pronounce_v they_o after_o their_o manner_n as_o for_o a_o horse_n wine_n and_o wheat_n they_o find_v of_o some_o sort_n of_o beast_n that_o be_v in_o europe_n &_o be_v not_o carry_v thither_o by_o the_o spaniard_n there_o be_v lion_n tiger_n bear_n boar_n fox_n and_o other_o fierce_a &_o wild_a beast_n whereof_o we_o have_v treat_v in_o the_o first_o book_n so_o as_o it_o be_v not_o likely_a they_o shall_v pass_v to_o the_o indies_n by_o sea_n be_v impossible_a to_o swim_v the_o ocean_n and_o it_o be_v a_o folly_n to_o imagine_v that_o man_n have_v embark_v they_o with_o they_o it_o follow_v therefore_o that_o this_o world_n join_v with_o the_o new_a in_o some_o part_n by_o which_o these_o beast_n may_v pass_v 6._o and_o so_o by_o little_a and_o little_o multiply_v this_o world_n the_o lion_n which_o i_o have_v see_v be_v not_o red_a neither_o have_v they_o such_o hair_n as_o they_o usual_o paint_v they_o with_o they_o be_v grey_a and_o not_o so_o furious_a as_o they_o seem_v in_o picture_n the_o indian_n assemble_v in_o troop_n to_o hunt_v the_o lion_n and_o make_v as_o it_o be_v a_o circle_n which_o they_o do_v call_v chaco_n wherewith_o they_o environ_v they_o and_o after_o they_o kill_v they_o with_o stone_n staves_z and_o other_o weapon_n these_o lion_n use_v to_o climb_v tree_n where_o be_v mount_v the_o indian_n kill_v they_o with_o lance_n and_o crossbows_z but_o more_o easy_o with_o harquebuss_n the_o tiger_n be_v more_o fierce_a and_o cruel_a and_o be_v more_o dangerous_a to_o meet_v because_o they_o break_v forth_o and_o assail_v man_n in_o treason_n they_o be_v spot_v as_o the_o historiographer_n describe_v they_o i_o have_v hear_v some_o report_n that_o these_o tiger_n be_v very_o fierce_a against_o the_o indian_n yet_o will_v they_o not_o adventure_v at_o all_o upon_o the_o spaniard_n or_o very_o little_a and_o that_o they_o will_v choose_v a_o indian_a in_o the_o midst_n of_o many_o spaniard_n and_o carry_v he_o away_o the_o bear_n which_o in_o cusco_n they_o call_v otoioncos_fw-la be_v of_o the_o same_o kind_n that_o we_o be_v and_o keep_v in_o the_o ground_n there_o be_v few_o swarm_n of_o bee_n for_o that_o their_o honniecombe_n be_v find_v in_o tree_n or_o under_o the_o ground_n and_o not_o in_o hive_n as_o in_o castille_n the_o honey_n comhe_n which_o i_o have_v see_v in_o the_o province_n of_o charcas_n which_o they_o call_v chiguanas_n be_v of_o a_o grey_a colour_n have_v little_a juice_n and_o be_v more_o like_a unto_o sweet_a straw_n than_o to_o honey_n comb_n they_o say_v the_o bee_n be_v little_a like_a unto_o fly_n and_o that_o they_o swarm_v under_o the_o earth_n the_o honey_n be_v sharp_a and_o black_a yet_o in_o some_o place_n there_o be_v better_a and_o the_o comb_v better_a fashion_v as_o in_o the_o province_n of_o tucuman_a in_o chille_n and_o in_o carthagene_n i_o have_v not_o see_v nor_o hear_v speakâ—_n of_o wild_a boar_n but_o of_o fox_n and_o other_o wild_a beast_n that_o eat_v their_o cattle_n and_o foul_a there_o be_v more_o than_o their_o shepherd_n will_v willing_o have_v beside_o these_o beast_n that_o be_v furious_a and_o hurtful_a there_o be_v other_o that_o be_v profitable_a and_o have_v not_o be_v transport_v by_o the_o spaniard_n as_o stags_n and_o diere_z whereof_o there_o be_v groâ—t_a abundance_n in_o all_o the_o forest_n but_o the_o great_a part_n be_v a_o kind_n of_o diere_z without_o horn_n at_o the_o least_o i_o have_v never_o see_v nor_o hear_v speak_v of_o other_o and_o all_o be_v without_o horn_n like_v unto_o corcos_fw-la it_o seem_v not_o hard_a to_o believe_v but_o be_v almost_o certain_a that_o all_o these_o beast_n for_o their_o lightness_n and_o be_v natural_o wild_a have_v pass_v from_o one_o world_n to_o a_o other_o by_o some_o part_n where_o they_o join_v see_v that_o in_o the_o great_a land_n far_o from_o the_o main_a land_n i_o have_v not_o hear_v that_o there_o be_v any_o though_o i_o have_v make_v diligent_a inquiry_n of_o fowl_n which_o be_v here_o and_o be_v at_o the_o indies_n and_o how_o they_o can_v pass_v thither_o chap._n 35._o we_o may_v more_o easy_o believe_v the_o same_o of_o bird_n and_o that_o there_o be_v of_o the_o same_o kind_n that_o we_o have_v as_o partridge_n turtle_n pigeon_n stockdove_n quail_n and_o many_o sort_n of_o falcon_n which_o they_o send_v from_o new_a spain_n and_o peru_n to_o the_o nobleman_n of_o spain_n for_o they_o make_v great_a account_n of_o they_o there_o be_v also_o heron_n and_o eagle_n of_o diverse_a kind_n and_o there_o be_v no_o doubt_n but_o these_o bird_n &_o such_o like_a have_v soon_o pass_v thither_o than_o lion_n tiger_n and_o stags_n there_o be_v likewise_o at_o the_o indies_n great_a number_n of_o parrot_n especial_o upon_o the_o andes_n of_o peru_n and_o in_o the_o land_n of_o port_n ricco_fw-it and_o saint_n dominique_n where_o they_o flee_v by_o flock_n as_o pigeon_n do_v here_o to_o conclude_v bird_n with_o their_o wing_n may_v go_v where_o they_o will_v and_o true_o many_o kind_n may_v well_o pass_v the_o gulf_n see_v it_o be_v certain_a as_o pliny_n affirm_v 23._o that_o there_o be_v many_o that_o pass_v the_o sea_n and_o go_v into_o strange_a region_n although_o i_o have_v not_o read_v that_o any_o fowl_n have_v pass_v by_o flight_n so_o great_a a_o gulf_n as_o be_v the_o indian_a ocean_n yet_o hold_v i_o it_o not_o altogether_o impossible_a see_v the_o common_a opinion_n of_o mariner_n that_o you_o shall_v find_v they_o two_o hundred_o league_n and_o more_o from_o the_o land_n and_o as_o aristotle_n do_v teach_v that_o bird_n endure_v the_o water_n easy_o have_v little_a respiration_n as_o we_o see_v in_o sea_n foul_a which_o dive_v and_o remain_v long_o under_o the_o
he_o that_o they_o be_v more_o than_o man_n for_o that_o nothing_o may_v hurt_v they_o notwithstanding_o all_o their_o conjuration_n and_o enchantment_n then_o moteçuma_n advise_v he_o of_o another_o policy_n that_o feign_v to_o be_v very_o well_o content_v with_o their_o come_n he_o command_v all_o his_o country_n to_o serve_v these_o celestial_a god_n that_o be_v come_v into_o his_o land_n the_o whole_a people_n be_v in_o great_a heaviness_n and_o amazement_n and_o often_o news_n come_v that_o the_o spaniard_n inquire_v for_o the_o king_n of_o his_o manner_n of_o life_n of_o his_o house_n &_o mean_n he_o be_v exceed_o vex_v herewith_o some_o of_o the_o people_n &_o other_o negromancier_n advise_v he_o to_o hide_v himself_o offer_v to_o place_v he_o whereas_o no_o creature_n shall_v ever_o find_v he_o this_o seem_v base_a unto_o he_o and_o therefore_o he_o resolve_v to_o attend_v they_o although_o it_o be_v die_v in_o the_o end_n he_o leave_v his_o house_n and_o royal_a palace_n to_o lodge_v in_o other_o leave_v they_o for_o these_o god_n as_o he_o say_v of_o the_o spaniard_n entry_n into_o mexico_n chap._n 25._o i_o pretend_v not_o to_o entreat_v of_o the_o act_n and_o deed_n of_o the_o spaniard_n who_o conquer_v new_a spain_n nor_o the_o strange_a adventure_n which_o happen_v unto_o they_o nor_o of_o the_o courage_n and_o invincible_a valour_n of_o their_o captain_n don_n fernando_n cortes_n for_o that_o there_o be_v many_o history_n and_o relation_n thereof_o as_o those_o which_o fernando_n cortes_n himself_o do_v write_v to_o the_o emperor_n charles_n the_o five_o although_o they_o be_v in_o a_o plain_a stile_n and_o far_o from_o arrogancy_n the_o which_o do_v give_v a_o sufficient_a testimony_n of_o what_o do_v pass_v wherein_o he_o be_v worthy_a of_o eternal_a merry_a but_o only_o to_o accomplish_v my_o intention_n i_o be_o to_o relate_v what_o the_o indian_n report_n of_o this_o action_n the_o which_o have_v not_o to_o this_o day_n be_v write_v in_o our_o vulgar_a tongue_n moteçuma_n therefore_o have_v notice_n of_o this_o captain_n victory_n that_o he_o advance_v for_o his_o conquest_n that_o he_o be_v confederate_a and_o join_v with_o they_o of_o tlascalla_n his_o capital_a enemy_n and_o that_o he_o have_v severe_o punish_v they_o of_o cholola_n his_o friend_n he_o study_v how_o to_o deceive_v he_o or_o else_o to_o try_v he_o in_o send_v a_o principal_a man_n unto_o he_o attire_v with_o the_o like_a ornament_n and_o royal_a ensign_n the_o which_o shall_v take_v upon_o he_o to_o be_v moteçuma_n which_o fiction_n be_v discover_v to_o the_o marquis_n by_o they_o of_o tlascalla_n who_o do_v accompany_v he_o he_o send_v he_o back_o after_o a_o mild_a and_o gentle_a reprehension_n in_o seek_v so_o to_o deceive_v he_o whereupon_o moteçuma_n be_v so_o confound_v that_o for_o the_o fear_n thereof_o he_o return_v to_o his_o first_o imagination_n and_o practice_n to_o force_v the_o christian_n to_o retire_v by_o the_o invocation_n of_o conjurer_n and_o witch_n and_o therefore_o he_o assemble_v a_o great_a number_n than_o before_o threaten_v they_o that_o if_o they_o return_v without_o effect_v what_o he_o have_v give_v they_o in_o charge_n not_o any_o one_o shall_v escape_v whereunto_o they_o all_o promise_v to_o obey_v and_o for_o this_o cause_n all_o the_o devil_n officer_n go_v to_o the_o way_n of_o chalco_n by_o the_o which_o the_o spaniard_n shall_v pass_v when_o mount_v to_o the_o top_n of_o a_o hill_n tezcalipuca_n one_o of_o their_o principal_a god_n appear_v unto_o they_o as_o come_v from_o the_o spaniard_n camp_n in_o the_o habit_n of_o chalcas_n who_o have_v his_o pap_n bind_v about_o eight_o fold_n with_o a_o cord_n of_o reed_n he_o come_v like_o a_o man_n beside_o himself_o out_o of_o his_o wit_n and_o drink_v with_o rage_n &_o fury_n be_v come_v to_o this_o troop_n of_o witch_n and_o conjurer_n he_o stay_v and_o speak_v to_o they_o in_o great_a choler_n why_o come_v you_o hither_o what_o do_v moteçuma_n pretend_v to_o do_v by_o your_o mean_n he_o have_v advise_v himself_o too_o late_o for_o it_o be_v now_o determine_v that_o his_o kingdom_n and_o honour_n shall_v be_v take_v from_o he_o with_o all_o that_o he_o possess_v for_o punishment_n of_o the_o great_a tyrannic_n he_o have_v commit_v against_o his_o subject_n have_v govern_v not_o like_o a_o lord_n but_o like_o a_o traitor_n and_o tyrant_n the_o enchanter_n and_o conjurer_n hear_v these_o word_n know_v it_o be_v their_o idol_n and_o humble_v themselves_o before_o he_o they_o present_o build_v he_o a_o altar_n of_o stone_n in_o the_o same_o place_n cover_v it_o with_o flower_n which_o they_o gather_v thereabouts_o but_o he_o contrariwise_o make_v no_o account_n of_o these_o thing_n begin_v again_o to_o chide_v they_o say_v what_o come_v you_o hither_o to_o do_v o_o you_o traitor_n return_v present_o and_o behold_v mexico_n that_o you_o may_v understand_v what_o shall_v become_v thereof_o and_o they_o say_v that_o turn_v towards_o mexico_n to_o behold_v it_o they_o do_v see_v it_o flame_v on_o fire_n then_o the_o devil_n vanish_v away_o and_o they_o not_o dare_v to_o pass_v any_o far_a give_v notice_n thereof_o to_o moteçâ—ma_n whereat_o he_o remain_v long_o without_o speak_v look_v heavy_o on_o the_o ground_n then_o he_o say_v what_o shall_v we_o do_v if_o god_n and_o our_o friend_n leave_v we_o and_o contrariwise_o they_o help_v and_o favour_v our_o enemy_n i_o be_o now_o resolute_a and_o we_o ought_v all_o to_o resolve_v in_o this_o point_n that_o happen_v what_o may_v we_o must_v not_o fly_v nor_o hide_v ourselves_o or_o show_v any_o sign_n of_o cowardice_n i_o only_o pity_v the_o age_a and_o infant_n who_o have_v neither_o foot_n nor_o hand_n to_o defend_v themselves_o have_v speak_v this_o he_o hold_v his_o peace_n be_v transport_v into_o a_o ecstasy_n in_o the_o end_n the_o marquis_n approach_v to_o mexico_n moteçuma_n resolve_v to_o make_v of_o necessity_n a_o virtue_n go_v three_o or_o four_o league_n out_o of_o the_o city_n to_o receive_v he_o with_o a_o great_a maâ—â—â—ty_n carry_v upon_o the_o shoulder_n of_o four_o nobleman_n under_o a_o rich_a canopy_n of_o gold_n and_o feather_n when_o they_o meet_v moteçuma_n descend_v and_o they_o salute_v one_o another_o very_o courteous_o don_n fernando_n cortes_n say_v unto_o he_o that_o he_o shall_v not_o care_v for_o any_o thing_n and_o that_o he_o come_v not_o to_o take_v away_o his_o real_a i_o noâ—_n to_o diminish_v his_o authority_n moteçuma_n lodge_v cortes_n and_o his_o companion_n in_o his_o royal_a palace_n the_o which_o be_v very_o stately_a and_o he_o himself_o lodge_v in_o other_o private_a house_n this_o night_n the_o soldier_n for_o joy_n discharge_v their_o artillery_n wherewith_o the_o indian_n be_v much_o trouble_v be_v unaccustomed_a to_o hear_v such_o music_n the_o day_n follow_v cortes_n cause_v motâ—çuma_n and_o all_o the_o noble_n of_o his_o court_n to_o assemble_v in_o a_o great_a hall_n where_o be_v set_v in_o a_o high_a chair_n he_o say_v unto_o they_o that_o he_o be_v servant_n to_o a_o great_a prince_n who_o have_v send_v they_o into_o these_o country_n to_o do_v good_a work_n and_o that_o have_v find_v they_o of_o tlâ—scalla_n to_o be_v his_o friend_n who_o complain_v of_o wrong_n and_o greevance_n do_v unto_o they_o daily_o by_o they_o of_o mexico_n he_o will_v understand_v which_o of_o they_o be_v in_o the_o blame_n and_o reconcile_v they_o that_o hereafter_o they_o may_v no_o more_o afflict_v and_o war_v one_o against_o another_o and_o in_o the_o mean_a time_n he_o and_o his_o brother_n which_o be_v the_o spaniard_n will_v remain_v still_o there_o without_o hurt_v they_o but_o contrariwise_o they_o will_v help_v they_o all_o they_o can_v he_o labour_v to_o make_v they_o all_o understand_v this_o discourse_n use_v his_o interpterer_n &_o truchman_n the_o which_o be_v understand_v by_o the_o king_n and_o the_o other_o mexicane_a lord_n they_o be_v wonderful_o well_o satisfy_v and_o show_v great_a sign_n of_o love_n to_o cortes_n &_o his_o company_n many_o hold_v opinion_n that_o if_o they_o have_v continue_v the_o course_n they_o begin_v that_o day_n they_o may_v easy_o have_v dispose_v of_o the_o king_n &_o his_o kingdom_n and_o give_v they_o the_o law_n of_o christ_n without_o any_o great_a effusion_n of_o blood_n but_o the_o judgement_n of_o god_n be_v great_a and_o the_o sin_n of_o both_o party_n be_v infinite_a so_o as_o not_o have_v follow_v this_o course_n the_o business_n be_v defer_v yet_o in_o the_o end_n god_n show_v mercy_n to_o this_o nation_n impart_v unto_o they_o the_o light_n of_o his_o holy_a gospel_n after_o he_o have_v show_v his_o judgement_n and_o punish_v they_o that_o have_v deserve_v it_o and_o odious_o offend_v his_o divine_a reverence_n so_o it_o be_v that_o by_o
will_v favour_v their_o cause_n and_o party_n even_o for_o the_o good_a of_o the_o infidel_n who_o shall_v be_v convert_v unto_o the_o holy_a gospel_n by_o this_o mean_n for_o the_o way_n of_o god_n be_v high_a and_o their_o path_n admirable_a of_o the_o manner_n how_o the_o divine_a providence_n dispose_v of_o the_o indies_n to_o give_v a_o entry_n to_o christian_a religion_n chap._n 28._o i_o will_v make_v a_o end_n of_o this_o history_n of_o the_o indies_n show_v the_o admirable_a mean_n whereby_o god_n make_v a_o passage_n for_o the_o gospel_n in_o those_o part_n the_o which_o we_o ought_v well_o to_o consider_v of_o and_o acknowledge_v the_o providence_n and_o bounty_n of_o the_o creator_n every_o one_o may_v understand_v by_o the_o relation_n and_o discourse_n i_o have_v write_v in_o these_o book_n as_o well_o at_o peru_n as_o in_o new_a spain_n whenas_o the_o christian_n first_o set_v footing_n that_o these_o kingdom_n and_o monarchy_n be_v come_v to_o the_o height_n and_o period_n of_o their_o power_n the_o inguas_fw-la of_o peru_n possess_v from_o the_o realm_n of_o chille_n beyond_o quitto_n which_o be_v a_o thousand_o league_n be_v most_o abundant_a in_o gold_n silver_z sumptuous_a service_n and_o other_o thing_n as_o also_o in_o mexico_n moteçuma_n command_v from_o the_o north_n ocean_n sea_n unto_o the_o south_n be_v fear_v and_o worship_v not_o as_o a_o man_n but_o rather_o as_o a_o god_n then_o be_v it_o that_o the_o most_o high_a lord_n have_v determine_v that_o that_o stone_n of_o daniel_n which_o dissolve_v the_o realm_n and_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n shall_v also_o dissolve_v those_o of_o this_o new_a world_n and_o as_o the_o law_n of_o christ_n come_v whenas_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n be_v at_o her_o greatness_n so_o do_v it_o happen_v at_o the_o west_n indies_n wherein_o we_o see_v the_o just_a providence_n of_o our_o lord_n for_o be_v then_o in_o the_o world_n i_o mean_v in_o europe_n but_o one_o head_n and_o temporal_a lord_n as_o the_o holy_a doctor_n do_v note_n whereby_o the_o gospel_n may_v more_o easy_o beimpart_v to_o so_o many_o people_n and_o nation_n even_o so_o have_v it_o happen_v at_o the_o indies_n where_o have_v give_v the_o knowledge_n of_o christ_n to_o the_o monarch_n of_o so_o many_o kingdom_n it_o be_v a_o mean_n that_o afterward_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o gospel_n be_v impart_v to_o all_o the_o people_n yea_o there_o be_v herein_o a_o special_a thing_n to_o be_v observe_v that_o as_o the_o lord_n of_o cusco_n and_o mexico_n conquer_v new_a land_n so_o they_o bring_v in_o their_o own_o language_n for_o although_o there_o be_v as_o at_o this_o day_n great_a diversity_n of_o tongue_n yet_o the_o courtly_a speech_n of_o cusco_n do_v and_o do_v at_o this_o day_n run_v above_o a_o thousand_o league_n and_o that_o of_o mexico_n do_v not_o extend_v far_o less_o which_o have_v not_o be_v of_o small_a importance_n but_o have_v much_o profit_v in_o make_v the_o preach_v easy_a at_o such_o a_o time_n when_o as_o the_o preacher_n have_v not_o the_o gift_n of_o many_o tongue_n as_o in_o old_a time_n he_o that_o will_v know_v what_o a_o help_v it_o have_v be_v for_o the_o conversion_n of_o this_o people_n in_o these_o two_o great_a empire_n and_o the_o great_a difficulty_n they_o have_v find_v to_o reduce_v those_o indian_n to_o christ_n which_o acknowledge_v no_o sovereign_a lord_n let_v he_o go_v to_o florida_n bresill_n the_o andes_n and_o many_o other_o place_n where_o they_o have_v not_o prevail_v so_o much_o by_o their_o preach_n in_o fifty_o year_n as_o they_o have_v do_v in_o peru_n and_o new_a spain_n in_o less_o than_o five_o if_o they_o will_v impute_v the_o cause_n to_o the_o riches_n of_o the_o country_n i_o will_v not_o altogether_o deny_v it_o yet_o be_v it_o impossible_a to_o have_v so_o great_a wealth_n and_o to_o be_v able_a to_o preserve_v it_o if_o there_o have_v not_o be_v a_o monarchy_n this_o be_v also_o a_o work_n of_o god_n in_o this_o age_n when_o as_o the_o preacher_n of_o the_o gospel_n be_v so_o cold_a and_o without_o zeal_n and_o merchant_n with_o the_o heat_n of_o covetousness_n and_o desire_n of_o command_n search_n and_o discover_v new_a people_n whether_o we_o pass_v with_o our_o commodity_n for_o as_o saint_n austin_n say_v the_o prophecy_n of_o esaie_n be_v fulfil_v in_o that_o the_o church_n of_o christ_n be_v extend_v 36._o not_o only_o to_o the_o right_a hand_n but_o also_o to_o the_o left_a which_o be_v as_o he_o declare_v by_o human_a and_o earthly_a mean_n which_o they_o seek_v more_o common_o than_o jesus_n christ._n it_o be_v also_o a_o great_a providence_n of_o our_o lord_n that_o whenas_o the_o first_o spaniard_n arrive_v there_o they_o find_v aid_v from_o the_o indian_n themselves_o by_o reason_n of_o their_o partiality_n and_o great_a division_n this_o be_v well_o know_v in_o peru_n that_o the_o division_n betwixt_o the_o two_o brother_n atahulpa_fw-la and_o guasca_n the_o great_a king_n guanacapa_n their_o father_n be_v new_o dead_a give_v entry_n to_o the_o marquis_n don_n francis_n pizarre_o and_o to_o the_o spaniard_n for_o that_o either_o of_o they_o desire_v his_o alliance_n be_v busy_v in_o war_n one_o against_o the_o other_o the_o like_a experience_n have_v be_v in_o new_a spain_n that_o the_o aid_n of_o those_o of_o the_o province_n of_o tlascalla_n by_o reason_n of_o their_o continual_a hatred_n against_o the_o mexicaines_n give_v the_o victory_n and_o siegniory_n of_o mexico_n to_o the_o marquis_n fernando_n cortes_n and_o his_o man_n and_o without_o they_o it_o have_v be_v impossible_a to_o have_v win_v it_o yea_o to_o have_v maintain_v themselves_o within_o the_o country_n they_o be_v much_o deceive_v that_o so_o little_a esteem_n the_o indian_n and_o judge_v that_o by_o the_o advantage_n the_o spaniard_n have_v over_o they_o in_o their_o person_n horse_n and_o arm_n both_o offensive_a and_o deffencive_a they_o may_v easy_o conquer_v any_o land_n or_o nation_n of_o the_o indies_n chille_n stand_v yet_o or_o to_o say_v better_o aranco_n and_o tuâ—â—â—pel_n which_o be_v two_o city_n where_o our_o spaniard_n can_v not_o yet_o win_v one_o foot_n of_o ground_n although_o they_o have_v make_v war_n there_o above_o five_o and_o twenty_o year_n without_o spare_v of_o any_o cost_n for_o this_o barbarous_a nation_n have_v once_o lose_v the_o apprehension_n of_o horse_n and_o shot_n and_o know_v that_o the_o spaniard_n fall_v as_o well_o as_o other_o man_n with_o the_o blow_n of_o a_o stone_n or_o of_o a_o dart_n they_o hazard_v themselves_o desperate_o enter_v the_o pike_n upon_o any_o enterprise_n how_o many_o year_n have_v they_o levy_v man_n in_o new_a spain_n to_o send_v against_o the_o chychymequos_n which_o be_v a_o small_a number_n of_o naked_a indian_n arm_v only_o with_o bow_n and_o arrow_n yet_o to_o this_o day_n they_o can_v not_o be_v vanquish_v but_o contrariwise_o from_o day_n to_o day_n they_o grow_v more_o desperate_a and_o resolute_a but_o what_o shall_v we_o say_v of_o the_o chucos_n of_o the_o chiraguanas_n of_o the_o piscocones_n and_o all_o the_o other_o people_n of_o the_o andes_n have_v not_o all_o the_o flower_n of_o peru_n be_v there_o bring_v with_o they_o so_o great_a provision_n of_o arm_n and_o man_n as_o we_o have_v see_v what_o do_v they_o with_o what_o victory_n return_v they_o sure_o they_o return_v very_o happy_a in_o save_v of_o their_o life_n have_v lose_v their_o baggage_n and_o almost_o all_o their_o horse_n let_v no_o man_n think_v speak_v of_o the_o indian_n that_o they_o be_v man_n of_o nothing_o but_o if_o they_o think_v so_o let_v they_o go_v and_o make_v trial_n we_o must_v then_o attribute_v the_o glory_n to_o who_o it_o appertain_v that_o be_v principal_o to_o god_n and_o to_o his_o admirable_a disposition_n for_o if_o moteçuma_n in_o mexiço_n and_o the_o ingua_n in_o peru_n have_v be_v resolute_a to_o resist_v the_o spaniard_n and_o to_o stop_v their_o entry_n cortes_n and_o pizarre_n have_v prevail_v little_a in_o their_o land_n although_o they_o be_v excellent_a captain_n it_o have_v also_o be_v a_o great_a help_n to_o induce_v the_o indian_n to_o receive_v the_o law_n of_o christ_n the_o subjection_n they_o be_v in_o to_o their_o king_n and_o lord_n and_o also_o the_o servitude_n and_o slavery_n they_o be_v hold_v in_o by_o the_o devil_n tyranny_n and_o insupportable_a yoke_n this_o be_v a_o excellent_a disposition_n of_o the_o divine_a wisdom_n the_o which_o draw_v profit_n from_o ill_a to_o a_o good_a end_n and_o receive_v his_o good_a from_o a_o other_o ill_a which_o it_o have_v not_o sow_v it_o be_v most_o certain_a that_o no_o people_n of_o the_o west_n indies_n have_v be_v more_o apt_a to_o receive_v the_o gospel_n than_o those_o which_o be_v most_o subject_a to_o
discourse_n upon_o the_o discovery_n of_o magellan_n by_o sarmiento_n 154_o division_n of_o peru_n into_o lanos_fw-la sierres_fw-la &_o andes_n 184_o division_n of_o the_o people_n 456_o division_n of_o the_o city_n of_o mâ—xico_n into_o four_o quarter_n make_v by_o the_o commandment_n of_o their_o god_n 512_o divination_n practise_v by_o the_o indian_n and_o how_o 406_o divorce_n practise_v among_o the_o mexicaines_n and_o how_o 409_o death_n the_o punishment_n of_o virgin_n that_o be_v incontinent_a 367_o death_n of_o chimalpopoca_n the_o young_a king_n of_o mexico_n slay_v treacherous_o by_o the_o tapanecanâ—_n 526_o death_n of_o moâ—esuma_n the_o lâ—st_o king_n of_o mexico_n 576_o doctor_n of_o the_o holy_a church_n not_o to_o be_v reprooved_a differ_v in_o opinion_n of_o philosophy_n 2_o dog_n as_o dangerous_a as_o wolf_n 301_o dog_n dangerous_a in_o the_o land_n of_o cuba_n hispaniola_n and_o other_o 70_o drake_n a_o englishman_n do_v pass_v the_o straight_a of_o magellan_n in_o our_o time_n &_o other_o since_o 154_o duck_n in_o great_a abundance_n in_o the_o lake_n of_o titicaca_fw-la and_o how_o they_o do_v hunt_v they_o 171_o drought_n follow_v not_o the_o nearness_n of_o the_o sun_n 85_o e._n eagle_n upon_o a_o tunall_n the_o arm_n of_o mexico_n and_o why_o 513_o earthquake_n very_o strange_a and_o the_o cause_n 197_o earth_n how_o it_o be_v sustain_v 10_o the_o earth_n under_o the_o pole_n antarctic_a be_v not_o all_o cover_v with_o water_n 18_o the_o earth_n in_o longitude_n be_v all_o of_o one_o temperature_n but_o not_o in_o latitude_n 29_o the_o earth_n with_o the_o water_n make_v one_o globe_n ibid._n eclipse_n of_o the_o moon_n a_o certain_a proof_n of_o the_o roundness_n of_o the_o heaven_n 6_o effect_n natural_a proceed_v from_o contrary_a cause_n 96_o element_n participate_v with_o the_o motion_n of_o the_o first_o mover_n 138_o electour_n of_o the_o king_n of_o mexico_n be_v common_o his_o kinsman_n 485_o election_n of_o the_o king_n of_o mexico_n &_o the_o feast_n at_o their_o instalment_n ibid._n election_n of_o the_o first_o kâ—_n of_o mexico_n 515_o entry_n of_o the_o spaniard_n into_o new_a spain_n in_o the_o year_n 1518._o 558_o entry_n of_o cortes_n into_o mexico_n 574_o error_n of_o imagination_n 23_o esaies_n passage_n expound_v by_o the_o exemplification_n of_o the_o gospel_n 208_o emeraulde_n more_o esteem_v in_o former_a time_n then_o now_o 249_o exercise_n wherein_o they_o instruct_v their_o youth_n 487_o explication_n of_o a_o passage_n of_o saint_n paul_n against_o the_o roundness_n of_o the_o earth_n 14_o explication_n of_o the_o 110_o psalm_n upon_o the_o same_o subject_n 15_o f._n familiar_a reason_n to_o teach_v a_o indian_a that_o the_o sun_n be_v no_o god_n â—42_n fast_v of_o the_o indian_n before_o the_o feaâ—â—_n of_o ita_fw-la not_o accompany_v with_o their_o wife_n 374_o a_o father_n lose_v his_o child_n be_v hold_v for_o a_o great_a sinner_n hâ—_n will_v kill_v his_o child_n to_o save_v his_o own_o life_n 399_o fertility_n unfruitefull_a in_o the_o island_n of_o new_a spainâ—_n 187_o feast_n of_o merchant_n make_v with_o many_o sport_n 424_o feast_n of_o the_o idol_n of_o tlascalla_n 355_o feast_n for_o to_o have_v rain_n 411_o feast_n for_o every_o month_n 412_o fâ—re_v draw_v out_o of_o two_o stick_n rubbd_v one_o against_o another_o by_o the_o indian_n 119_o fire_n in_o hell_n different_a from_o we_o 195_o fire_n from_o heaven_n consume_v for_o their_o sin_n 63_o fish_n fly_v 165_o fountain_n cast_v up_o hot_a water_n the_o which_o turn_v into_o a_o rock_n 173_o fig_n tree_n whereof_o the_o one_o half_a carry_v fruit_n at_o one_o season_n the_o other_o at_o another_o 297_o flower_n of_o europe_n grow_v best_a at_o the_o indies_n 283_o â—loridians_n have_v no_o knowledge_n of_o gold_n 207_o flow_v and_o ebb_v of_o the_o sea_n be_v no_o local_a motion_n but_o a_o alteration_n and_o feruâ—â—_n of_o the_o water_n 162_o flow_v and_o ebb_v of_o the_o sea_n divers_a ibid._n fountain_n of_o salt_n in_o cuscâ—_n 174_o forest_n wonderful_a thick_a at_o the_o indies_n 291_o forest_n of_o orange_n tree_n at_o the_o indies_n 294_o form_n of_o that_o which_o be_v discover_v at_o peru._n 201_o frâ—â—ciâ—_n hâ—â—nandes_n the_o author_n of_o a_o rarâ—_n book_n of_o plant_n rooteâ—_n and_o physical_a herb_n at_o the_o indies_n â—90_n fruit_n of_o europe_n much_o increase_v aâ—_n the_o indies_n 294_o g._n garlic_n much_o esteem_v aâ—_n thâ—_n indieâ—_n 261_o gardinâ—_n upon_o the_o water_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o a_o lake_n 172_o garden_n artificial_o make_v upon_o the_o water_n tâ—_n remove_v where_o they_o please_v 519_o â—_z come_v in_o ancient_a time_n to_o peru._n 62_o gold_n find_v in_o three_o sort_n 212_o gold_n of_o caravana_n most_o famous_a at_o pâ—ru_n 214_o gold_n and_o silver_n esteem_v throughout_o the_o whole_a world_n 206_o gold_n &_o silver_n serve_v the_o indian_n but_o for_o ornament_n 209_o gold_n why_o esteem_v above_o other_o metal_n 212_o gold_n how_o refine_v into_o powder_n 214_o gum_n with_o physical_a and_o odoriferous_a oil_n with_o their_o name_n 287_o gonzales_n pziarre_o vanquish_v and_o defeat_v his_o cruelty_n against_o the_o indian_n 475_o governor_n of_o province_n how_o establish_v by_o the_o inguas_fw-la 455_o guacas_n or_o sanctuary_n very_o well_o maintain_v 463_o guancos_fw-la and_o vicunaâ—_n wild_a goat_n 70_o guayaquil_n a_o indian_a oak_n and_o very_o sweet_a 292_o guayavo_n a_o indian_a fruit_n 277_o guaynacapa_n the_o great_a and_o valiant_a ingua_n and_o his_o life_n he_o be_v worship_v as_o a_o god_n in_o his_o life_n 479_o guayras_n furnace_n to_o refine_v gold_n 233_o gospel_n preach_v to_o the_o indian_n when_o their_o empire_n be_v at_o the_o high_a even_o aâ—_n to_o the_o roman_n 583_o h._n hatunâ—â—squi_n ayâ—â—râ—y_o the_o sixâ—_o mâ—neth_v of_o the_o indian_n which_o answer_v unto_o may_n 413_o heart_n of_o man_n pull_v out_o and_o sacrifice_v how_o that_o ceremony_n begin_v 509_o hair_n of_o the_o â—_z horrible_o long_a and_o anoint_a with_o resin_n 403_o heaven_n be_v round_o and_o turnâ—â—_n upon_o two_o pole_n prove_v more_o by_o experience_n than_o demonstration_n 5_o heaven_n no_o far_o from_o the_o earth_n of_o the_o one_o side_n than_o of_o the_o other_o 18_o hen_n find_v at_o the_o indies_n at_o the_o fâ—â—st_a discovery_n which_o they_o call_v gualpa_n and_o their_o egg_n ponto_n 306_o hercules_n pillar_n the_o limit_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n &_o of_o the_o old_a world_n 27_o hypocrisy_n of_o mâ—tesuma_n last_o king_n of_o mâ—xico_n 554_o history_n of_o the_o indies_n not_o to_o be_v contemn_v and_o why_o 495_o history_n of_o mâ—xico_n keep_v in_o the_o library_n of_o vatican_n 550_o history_n of_o mexico_n how_o frame_v 446_o horse_n goodly_a and_o strong_a at_o the_o indies_n 301_o horseshoe_n of_o silver_n for_o want_n of_o yâ—on_n 212_o house_n admirable_o fill_v with_o all_o sort_n of_o beast_n like_v to_o another_o noes_n ark_n 484_o humour_n of_o the_o jew_n contrary_a to_o that_o of_o the_o indian_n 76_o i._n jealousy_n of_o the_o indies_n one_o against_o a_o other_o for_o renoun_n of_o valour_n 472_o idleness_n banish_v by_o the_o inguas_fw-la as_o dangerous_a for_o the_o subject_n 457_o idol_n carry_v by_o four_o priest_n for_o a_o guide_n whenas_o the_o mexicaines_n do_v seek_v a_o new_a land_n like_o to_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n 504_o idol_n of_o the_o king_n inguas_fw-la reverence_v as_o themselves_o 356_o island_n of_o suâ—atra_n now_o call_v taprobaâ—a_n 37_o island_n â—tlâ—nâ—ikâ—_n of_o plaâ—â—_n a_o mere_a fabâ—e_n 72_o island_n of_o faggot_n make_v with_o exceed_a labour_n to_o pass_v a_o army_n upon_o the_o sea_n 550_o island_n very_o far_o from_o the_o firm_a land_n noâ—_n inhabit_v â—9_n iâ—nmortalitie_n of_o the_o soul_n believe_v by_o the_o indies_n 347_o indies_n what_o it_o signify_v and_o what_o we_o understand_v by_o that_o word_n 47_o west_n indies_n most_o popular_a governement_n in_o the_o which_o there_o be_v but_o two_o kingdom_n 453_o indian_n not_o great_o desirous_a of_o silver_n 76_o indian_n have_v live_v in_o troop_n as_o those_o do_v of_o florida_n brâ—sill_n and_o other_o place_n 80_o indian_n good_a swimmer_n 168_o indian_n have_v no_o proper_a word_n to_o signify_v god_n 334_o the_o indian_n know_v all_o art_n necessary_a for_o man_n life_n without_o any_o need_n one_o of_o another_o 466_o infant_n sacrifice_v to_o the_o sun_n 336_o inguas_fw-la king_n of_o peru_n worship_v after_o their_o death_n 344_o the_o inguas_fw-la empery_n continue_a above_o 300._o year_n 471_o inguas_fw-la marry_v their_o sister_n 455_o inundation_n of_o nile_n a_o natural_a thing_n though_o it_o seem_v supernatural_a 88_o justice_n by_o who_o execute_v in_o mexico_n 486_o indian_a book_n how_o they_o can_v be_v make_v without_o letter_n 440_o justice_n severe_o execute_v by_o motesuma_n the_o last_o king_n of_o mexico_n
570_o integrity_n of_o woman_n great_o honour_v by_o the_o mexicaines_n 409_o invention_n of_o jupanguy_a ingua_n to_o deprive_v his_o father_n and_o brother_n of_o the_o kingdom_n 476_o l._n lake_n exceed_v hot_a in_o the_o midst_n of_o a_o cold_a land_n 171_o lake_n of_o mexico_n have_v two_o kind_n of_o water_n 172_o lake_n on_o the_o top_n of_o mountain_n and_o how_o they_o grow_v 171_o lactantiâ—_n laugh_v at_o the_o perepatetik_n touch_v the_o heaven_n 2_o lactantius_n confute_v touch_v the_o antipode_n 21_o ladder_n of_o leather_n to_o come_v out_o of_o the_o mine_n 230_o land_n of_o excellent_a temperature_n not_o yet_o discover_v 190_o lawyer_n have_v err_v 432_o liberality_n of_o autzol_n the_o eight_o king_n of_o mexico_n 551_o litter_n of_o massy_a gold_n 212_o lion_n of_o peru_n unlike_a to_o they_o of_o afftrike_v 70_o the_o indian_n hunt_v they_o 303_o m._n malaca_n former_o call_v the_o golden_a châ—rsonesus_n 37_o mamacoâ—as_o ancient_a woman_n as_o it_o be_v mother_n to_o the_o virgin_n seclude_v 366_o mamey_n a_o fruit_n like_o unto_o peach_n 276_o manati_n a_o monstrous_a fish_n that_o feed_v in_o the_o field_n it_o be_v like_a to_o flesh_n when_o you_o eat_v it_o 164_o mandarins_n indian_a officer_n how_o hard_o it_o be_v to_o be_v capable_a of_o those_o office_n 440_o mangocapa_n the_o fiâ—â—t_n ingua_n and_o what_o they_o fain_o of_o he_o 474_o maguey_a a_o tree_n of_o wonder_n and_o to_o what_o use_v it_o serve_v 273_o mandarin_n tongue_n be_v the_o write_n of_o the_o indian_n and_o be_v do_v by_o character_n 441_o many_o rare_a thing_n in_o nature_n know_v more_o by_o chance_n than_o by_o industry_n 63_o man_n blood_n drink_v by_o the_o slave_n that_o shall_v be_v sacrifice_v 425_o marriage_n of_o the_o indian_n how_o celebrate_v 408_o marriage_n among_o the_o indian_n defend_v only_o in_o the_o first_o degree_n 469_o marriage_n of_o the_o inguas_fw-la with_o their_o sister_n unlawful_a 170_o mark_n of_o some_o navigation_n of_o the_o ancient_n 61_o matin_n at_o midnight_n practise_v by_o the_o devil_n minister_n 365_o may_n indian_a corn_n how_o they_o eat_v it_o and_o make_v drink_v thereof_o 253_o mechoacanes_n enimâ—es_n to_o the_o mexican_n and_o why_o 506_o man_n how_o they_o may_v pass_v to_o the_o indies_n 51_o and_o how_o they_o may_v people_n it_o 7â—_n man_n and_o woman_n sacrifice_v at_o the_o death_n of_o the_o inguas_fw-la to_o serve_v he_o in_o the_o other_o world_n 346_o man_n make_v god_n and_o then_o sacrifice_v 357_o man_n be_v sacrifice_v eat_v by_o the_o priest_n 385_o mineral_n imitate_v plant_n in_o their_o manner_n of_o grow_v 203_o mine_n some_o wander_a some_o fix_v 217_o mine_n in_o old_a time_n very_o rich_a yet_o nothing_o near_o to_o they_o of_o potozi_n 224_o mine_n exceed_v painful_a 228_o mine_n of_o quickesilver_n in_o spain_n 238_o middle_a region_n of_o the_o air_n cold_a and_o why_o 108_o milles_n to_o grind_v metal_n 246_o mettle_n poor_a and_o rich_a what_o they_o be_v 217_o mettle_n the_o near_a that_o it_o be_v to_o the_o superficies_n of_o thâ—_n earth_n the_o rich_a 229_o metal_n why_o create_v 205_o metal_n be_v noâ—_n find_v but_o in_o barren_a ground_n 209_o mâ—xi_n chief_a of_o the_o people_n that_o come_v from_o mexico_n from_o who_o they_o take_v their_o name_n 506_o mexico_n a_o city_n build_v in_o a_o lake_n 170_o mockery_n of_o the_o mexicains_n against_o the_o tlatelulcos_n afret_n they_o have_v vanquish_v they_o 548_o month_n at_o the_o indies_n of_o twenty_o day_n 434_o morning_n most_o pleasant_a in_o europe_n and_o most_o troublesome_a in_o peru._n 113_o mulberry_n tree_n plant_v in_o new_a spain_n have_v great_o profit_v for_o silkworm_n 298_o mutton_n or_o sheep_n of_o peru_n serve_v â—or_a assâ—s_n to_o carry_v their_o burden_n profitable_a above_o all_o other_o beast_n 319_o n._n navatalcas_n people_n that_o reform_v new_a spain_n 498_o navigation_n at_o this_o day_n very_o easy_a 56_o navigation_n of_o solomon_n what_o it_o may_v be_v 60_o new_a spain_n what_o it_o be_v 187_o new_a world_n lie_v almost_o all_o under_o the_o burn_a zone_n 82_o night_n in_o summer_n very_o fresh_a at_o peru_n in_o respect_n of_o europe_n 112_o night_n of_o six_o month_n under_o the_o pole_n 29_o night_n how_o it_o come_v 6_o nobility_n of_o mexico_n murder_v in_o dance_v by_o the_o spaniard_n 576_o nostril_n of_o the_o king_n of_o mexico_n pierce_v to_o hang_v a_o emerald_n 545_o nut_n at_o the_o indies_n unpleasant_a call_v by_o they_o imprison_v 280_o o._n objection_n against_o aristoâ—lâ—_n not_o resolve_v 28_o occasion_n of_o war_n betwixt_o the_o tapâ—necans_n and_o mexican_n 526_o ocean_n at_o the_o indies_n divide_v into_o the_o north_n and_o south_n sea_n 207_o ointment_n which_o the_o indian_n do_v use_v to_o make_v themselves_o fit_v to_o speak_v with_o the_o devil_n the_o which_o make_v they_o cruel_a and_o without_o fear_n 403_o ophir_n be_v at_o the_o east_n indies_n 41_o opinion_n of_o some_o that_o the_o earthly_a paradise_n be_v under_o the_o equinoctial_a not_o without_o reâ—son_n 114_o order_n of_o priest_n in_o mexico_n and_o their_o ordinary_a office_n 365_o orde_n of_o knight_n in_o mexico_n and_o the_o mark_n they_o carry_v 488_o oration_n of_o the_o mexicains_n to_o the_o king_n of_o culhuacan_a 516_o oration_n that_o a_o old_a man_n make_v to_o acamaâ—â—xtlâ—_n first_o king_n of_o mexico_n 517_o oration_n of_o a_o mexicaine_n knight_n to_o retain_v the_o people_n incense_v for_o the_o murder_n of_o their_o king_n 526_o oration_n of_o a_o old_a mexicaine_n for_o the_o election_n of_o a_o new_a king_n 527_o oration_n of_o the_o k._n of_o tescuco_n make_v to_o moteçuma_n upon_o his_o election_n 555_o p._n pachacamac_n the_o great_a sanctuary_n of_o the_o indies_n 334_o pacos_n wilful_a beast_n and_o how_o they_o be_v govern_v 319_o palace_n of_o recreation_n and_o affliction_n 563_o palisadoe_n horrible_a to_o behold_v all_o of_o dead_a man_n head_n 362_o papas_n root_n whereof_o some_o indian_n make_v a_o bread_n call_v cugno_fw-la 186_o papas_n a_o kind_n of_o bread_n 259_o papas_n in_o mexico_n be_v the_o sovereign_a priest_n of_o the_o idol_n 365_o paraguâ—y_n a_o river_n in_o america_n which_o overflow_v like_a unto_o nile_n 88_o passage_n of_o pariacaca_fw-la very_o dangerous_a by_o reason_n of_o the_o wind_n 146_o passage_n of_o pariacaca_fw-la one_o of_o the_o high_a part_n of_o the_o earth_n ibid._n pâ—ste_v of_o may_n call_v by_o the_o indian_n the_o flesh_n of_o their_o god_n vuziliputzlâ—_n which_o they_o eat_v 393_o pasture_n at_o the_o indies_n lie_v common_a which_o make_v flesh_n good_a cheap_a 299_o palta_n a_o delicate_a fruit_n and_o good_a for_o the_o stomach_n 277_o paint_v the_o book_n of_o fool_n 439_o penance_n enjoin_v by_o the_o indian_a confessor_n 401_o partridge_n none_o in_o peru._n 70_o pericolâ—â—gero_n a_o very_a heavy_a beast_n 314_o parrot_n fly_v by_o stock_n like_a unto_o pigeon_n 70_o pearl_n in_o old_a time_n more_o esteem_v than_o now_o 251_o peru_n abound_v in_o wine_n 187_o peru_n abound_v more_o in_o gold_n and_o silver_n than_o all_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o indies_n 207_o peru_n what_o part_n of_o the_o world_n it_o be_v 183_o peru_n a_o name_n derive_v from_o a_o river_n of_o that_o country_n not_o of_o ophir_n as_o some_o think_v 42_o perusiens_n very_o careful_a to_o preserve_v their_o history_n by_o tradition_n without_o letter_n or_o character_n 449_o pleasant_a manner_n of_o fish_v at_o the_o indies_n 168_o pilot_n why_o at_o this_o day_n they_o sit_v on_o the_o poop_n and_o not_o on_o the_o prow_n as_o in_o old_a time_n 55_o physician_n in_o former_a time_n very_o cunning_a at_o the_o indies_n 289_o pine_n or_o pine_v apple_n at_o the_o indies_n 262_o pinchao_n a_o idol_n of_o the_o sun_n &_o with_o what_o be_v he_o be_v frame_v 361_o pleasant_a act_n of_o a_o portugal_n whereby_o he_o free_v himself_o from_o sacrifice_v 346_o plane_n bring_v forth_o fruit_n all_o the_o year_n 267_o plane_n leaf_n fit_a to_o write_v on_o 268_o planet_n move_v not_o of_o themselves_o in_o a_o corruptible_a body_n 7_o plant_n why_o they_o profit_v more_o at_o the_o indies_n than_o in_o europe_n 261_o plebeian_n exclude_v from_o the_o king_n presence_n and_o from_o all_o office_n by_o moteçuma_n 557_o pliny_n die_v in_o too_o curious_a a_o search_n 196_o pole_n at_o the_o south_n not_o mark_v by_o any_o sixed_a star_n 16_o pongo_n the_o most_o dangerous_a passage_n in_o the_o world_n upon_o the_o river_n of_o amazon_n 176_o portugal_n very_o expert_a in_o the_o art_n of_o navigation_n 17_o potâ—zi_n a_o mountain_n famous_a for_o the_o rich_a mine_n and_o how_o they_o be_v discover_v 219_o presage_n threaten_v the_o ruin_n of_o state_n not_o to_o be_v contemn_v as_o vain_a thing_n 560_o priest_n which_o every_o indian_a nobleman_n have_v like_a
unto_o almoner_n 349_o priest_n of_o idol_n how_o they_o consult_v with_o their_o god_n 360_o pretext_n of_o the_o inguas_fw-la to_o enlarge_v their_o dominion_n be_v religion_n which_o they_o hold_v for_o the_o best_a 472_o procession_n of_o the_o indian_n 394_o prodigious_a sight_n before_o the_o ruin_n of_o mexico_n 561_o profit_n which_o may_v be_v gather_v by_o the_o read_n of_o these_o excerable_a indian_a superstition_n 428_o property_n most_o rare_a of_o the_o adamant_n unknown_a to_o the_o ancients_n 55_o province_n next_o to_o mexico_n leave_v unconquered_a to_o exercise_v their_o youth_n and_o to_o take_v captain_n to_o sacrifice_v 541_o ptolâ—me_n and_o avicen_n hold_v the_o buâ—ning_a zone_n to_o be_v habitable_a 102_o punas_n a_o desert_n in_o peru_n where_o the_o air_n kill_v both_o man_n and_o beast_n 149_o pyramid_n of_o fire_n appear_v in_o the_o heaven_n for_o a_o whole_a year_n before_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o mexicain_n empire_n 561_o prâ—te_a jan_n country_n exceed_v hot_a 106_o q._n qvantitie_n of_o gold_n which_o come_v yearly_a from_o the_o indies_n into_o spain_n 215_o quetzalcoalt_n the_o merchant_n god_n and_o where_o he_o be_v worship_v 354_o quâ—ppos_n bow_n serve_v as_o register_n for_o the_o remember_n of_o that_o which_o pass_v in_o peru._n 449_o quickesilver_n fly_v from_o all_o metal_n except_o gold_n and_o silver_n 234_o quickesilver_n turn_v into_o smoke_n and_o again_o into_o quickesilver_n 235_o quickesilver_n heavy_a than_o any_o other_o mettle_n 236_o quickesilver_n how_o it_o be_v draw_v out_o of_o the_o mine_n 239_o r._n rain_v cause_v by_o the_o heat_n of_o the_o burn_a zone_n 89_o rayme_v the_o first_o month_n of_o the_o indian_n &_o it_o answ_v er_n with_o december_n 411_o our_o reason_n ignorant_a even_o of_o natural_a thing_n 59_o region_n very_o delightful_a at_o the_o indies_n 114_o region_n under_o the_o equinoctial_a very_o temperate_a 101_o religion_n serve_v the_o indian_n for_o a_o pâ—â—text_n to_o make_v war_n 80_o remedy_n against_o the_o alteration_n which_o the_o wind_n cause_v in_o pariacaca_fw-la 147_o riches_n of_o some_o land_n in_o new_a spain_n 187_o riches_n incredible_a of_o the_o perusiens_n when_o they_o be_v take_v by_o the_o spaniard_n 462_o rice_n very_o common_a at_o the_o indies_n 260_o river_n of_o amazon_n diverse_o call_v it_o be_v term_v the_o empress_n of_o all_o river_n 92_o river_n admirable_a under_o the_o burn_a zone_n 93_o river_n of_o amazon_n three_o score_n league_n wide_a at_o the_o mouth_n 92_o river_n of_o magdaleâ—ne_n call_v the_o great_a river_n run_v far_o into_o the_o sea_n and_o mingle_v not_o his_o water_n ibid._n river_n hill_n great_a stone_n and_o top_n of_o mountain_n worship_v by_o the_o indian_a 355_o roâ—kes_n râ—sing_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o sea_n and_o no_o bottom_n to_o be_v sound_a about_o they_o 202_o rose_n how_o they_o grow_v at_o the_o indies_n 283_o roundness_n of_o the_o heaven_n and_o the_o moâ—â—en_n thereof_o unknown_a to_o some_o doctor_n of_o the_o church_n 2_o root_n worship_v by_o the_o indian_n 341_o rooâ—es_n very_o profitable_a at_o the_o indies_n ibidem_fw-la a_o roll_n the_o maâ—ke_n of_o the_o king_n inguas_fw-la as_o here_o the_o sâ—â—pter_n and_o the_o crown_n 297_o ruin_n of_o a_o great_a village_n full_a of_o sorcerer_n 199_o s._n sacrifice_n of_o man_n how_o they_o be_v make_v 383_o sacrifice_n diverse_o make_v by_o the_o indian_n and_o upon_o divers_a occasion_n 376_o sacrifice_n usual_a with_o the_o indian_n in_o their_o necessity_n 480_o sainos_n strange_a beast_n to_o hunt_v and_o how_o they_o may_v be_v slay_v 312_o salsepareille_fw-fr good_a for_o the_o french_a disease_n 174_o science_n know_v by_o the_o chinois_n 444_o s._n croix_n of_o the_o sierre_n a_o province_n of_o charcas_n how_o it_o be_v convert_v to_o the_o faith_n 580_o sea_n hold_v by_o the_o ancient_n unnavigable_a beyond_o the_o straits_n of_o gâ—braltar_n 26_o sea_n some_o hot_a some_o cold_a 111_o sea-water_n refresh_v although_o it_o be_v salt_n 107_o silver_n why_o esteem_v above_o all_o other_o mettle_n next_o to_o gold_n 216_o silver_n more_o esteem_v in_o some_o place_n than_o gold_n 217_o sâ—lver_n how_o it_o be_v refine_v by_o fire_n &_o how_o by_o quickesilver_n 218_o silver_n of_o divers_a sort_n 232_o silver_n how_o it_o be_v try_v 247_o soccabon_n artificial_o invent_v to_o draw_v forth_o the_o mettle_n more_o easy_o 229_o the_o sun_n the_o near_a it_o be_v unto_o we_o the_o more_o it_o heat_n â—3_n the_o sun_n have_v contrary_a effect_n within_o the_o burn_a zone_n and_o without_o the_o tropicke_n 87_o the_o sun_n by_o his_o great_a force_n cause_v moisture_n under_o the_o equinoctial_a 95_o the_o sun_n worship_v common_o by_o the_o indian_n 335_o a_o sorceress_n sister_n to_o the_o idol_n which_o build_v the_o town_n of_o malâ—nalco_n where_o there_o be_v none_o but_o sorcerer_n 507_o spaniard_n bear_v at_o the_o indies_n call_v crollos_n 278_o spaniard_n hold_v for_o god_n 69_o spaniard_n call_v by_o the_o indian_n virachocas_n child_n of_o god_n and_o why_o 480_o spanish_a ship_n esteem_v by_o the_o indian_n for_o rock_n and_o why_o 69_o the_o spaniard_n one_o year_n with_o a_o other_o draw_v a_o million_o of_o silver_n from_o potozi_n 225_o spring_n of_o nile_n seek_v for_o by_o caesar._n 30_o spring_n some_o blue_a other_o red_a like_o blood_n 175_o snake_n the_o arm_n of_o the_o king_n of_o peru_n 338_o black_a spot_n in_o the_o milken_a way_n at_o the_o south_n 16_o star_n according_a to_o the_o doctor_n of_o the_o church_n move_v of_o themselves_o 2_o star_n worship_v by_o the_o indian_n for_o divers_a reason_n 336_o stone_n superstitious_o offer_v at_o passage_n to_o have_v fair_a way_n 341_o stone_n carve_v and_o cut_v like_o wood_n 173_o stone_n half_a gold_n half_a stone_n 212_o stone_n of_o a_o wonderful_a greatness_n artificial_o join_v together_o by_o the_o indian_n in_o their_o building_n without_o any_o mortar_n 459_o straight_o of_o magellan_n discover_v by_o a_o portugal_n and_o carry_v the_o same_o name_n 152_o straight_o at_o the_o arctic_a pole_n which_o they_o imagine_v to_o be_v in_o florida_n not_o yet_o discover_v 157_o straight_o of_o gibraltar_n call_v in_o old_a time_n the_o pillar_n of_o hâ—rcules_n 151_o stuff_v of_o three_o sort_n make_v of_o wool_n 465_o suâ—â—illes_n indian_n nosegays_a they_o love_v they_o great_o and_o present_v they_o to_o their_o guest_n 282_o superstition_n use_v at_o the_o carry_v of_o a_o stream_n through_o mexico_n 552_o t._n tobacco_n a_o plant_n use_v for_o a_o counterpoison_v 289_o taâ—bos_n '_o according_a to_o the_o opinion_n of_o the_o indian_n the_o most_o ancient_a race_n of_o man_n 79_o temperature_n quite_o contrary_a in_o less_o thaâ—_n fifty_o league_n 183_o temple_n at_o cusco_n like_v to_o the_o pantheon_n at_o rome_n 359_o tescalipuca_n the_o god_n of_o jubile_n at_o mexico_n and_o his_o ornament_n 353_o tharsis_n sometime_o signify_v the_o crisolite_n or_o jacinth_n sometimes_o the_o sea_n which_o be_v of_o that_o colour_n by_o the_o reverberation_n of_o the_o sun_n 46_o tharsis_n in_o the_o scripture_n be_v not_o tarso_n a_o city_n in_o cilicia_n 47_o tharsis_n and_o ophir_n general_a word_n in_o the_o scripture_n ibid._n tlasâ—altecas_n the_o six_o generation_n of_o the_o mavaâ—alcas_n they_o give_v entry_n to_o the_o spaniard_n 501_o tlacaellâ—c_n the_o most_o valiant_a captain_n the_o mexicaines_n have_v 530_o thanksgiving_n after_o a_o victory_n 574_o tiburon_n a_o very_a greedy_a fisâ—_n 165_o three_o kind_n of_o beast_n find_v at_o the_o indies_n 303_o three_o kind_n of_o land_n at_o the_o indies_n and_o their_o quality_n 178_o three_o thing_n ordinary_o use_v in_o all_o the_o indian_a ceremony_n 410_o three_o kind_n of_o government_n know_v at_o the_o indies_n 471_o tiger_n at_o peru_n more_o cruel_a to_o the_o indian_n than_o to_o the_o spaniard_n 70_o tiger_n may_v swim_v seven_o or_o eight_o league_n by_o sea_n ibid._n tooth_n of_o a_o giant_n of_o a_o exceed_a greatness_n 501_o tree_n of_o a_o wonderful_a greatness_n 291_o titâ—caca_fw-la a_o lake_n of_o wonder_a greatness_n 169_o the_o trinity_n imitate_v by_o the_o devil_n and_o worship_v by_o the_o indian_n in_o three_o image_n of_o the_o sun_n 412_o tunall_n a_o tree_n of_o a_o strange_a form_n fit_a for_o many_o use_n 274_o v._n valour_n of_o the_o indian_n 586_o valley_n hot_a than_o the_o mountain_n and_o why_o 108_o valley_n the_o best_a habitation_n of_o peru._n 185_o variety_n of_o temperature_n of_o land_n lie_v under_o the_o equinoctial_a 105_o vermâ—llion_n and_o quickesilver_n grow_v in_o the_o sâ—me_a stone_n 237_o victory_n of_o the_o mexican_n against_o the_o tapenecans_n 533_o vicugne_v a_o kind_n of_o wild_a sheep_n the_o flesh_n be_v good_a for_o the_o pain_n in_o the_o eâ—es_n 316_o vine_n without_o fruit_n in_o new_a spain_n 188_o vine_n in_o peru_n and_o
philosophy_n worthy_a of_o account_n the_o great_a part_n of_o plato_n interpreter_n affirm_v that_o it_o be_v a_o true_a history_n whatsoever_o critias_n report_v of_o the_o strange_a beginning_n of_o the_o atlantike_a island_n of_o the_o greatness_n thereof_o of_o the_o war_n they_o have_v against_o they_o of_o europe_n with_o many_o other_o thing_n that_o which_o give_v it_o the_o more_o credit_n of_o a_o true_a history_n be_v the_o word_n of_o critias_n who_o plato_n bring_v in_o in_o his_o time_n say_v that_o the_o subject_n he_o mean_v to_o treat_v of_o be_v of_o strange_a thing_n but_o yet_o true_a the_o other_o disciple_n of_o plato_n consider_v that_o this_o discourse_n have_v more_o show_n of_o a_o fable_n then_o of_o a_o true_a history_n say_v that_o we_o must_v take_v it_o as_o a_o allegory_n and_o that_o such_o be_v the_o intention_n of_o their_o divine_a philosopher_n of_o this_o opinion_n be_v procles_n and_o porphire_n yea_o and_o origen_n who_o so_o much_o regard_v the_o write_n of_o plato_n as_o when_o they_o speak_v thereof_o they_o seem_v to_o be_v the_o book_n of_o moses_n or_o of_o esdras_n and_o whereas_o they_o think_v the_o write_n of_o plato_n have_v no_o show_n of_o truth_n they_o say_v they_o be_v to_o be_v understand_v mystical_o and_o in_o allegory_n but_o to_o say_v the_o truth_n i_o do_v not_o so_o much_o respect_v the_o authority_n of_o plato_n who_o they_o call_v divine_a as_o i_o will_v believe_v he_o can_v write_v these_o thing_n of_o the_o atlantike_a island_n for_o a_o true_a history_n the_o which_o be_v but_o mere_a fable_n see_v he_o confess_v that_o he_o learn_v they_o of_o critias_n be_v a_o little_a child_n who_o among_o other_o song_n sing_v that_o of_o the_o atlantike_a island_n but_o whether_o that_o plato_n do_v write_v it_o for_o a_o true_a history_n or_o a_o fable_n for_o my_o part_n i_o believe_v that_o all_o which_o he_o have_v write_v of_o this_o island_n begin_v at_o the_o dialogue_n of_o time_n and_o continue_v to_o that_o of_o critias_n can_v be_v hold_v for_o true_a but_o among_o child_n and_o old_a folk_n who_o will_v not_o account_n it_o a_o fable_n to_o say_v that_o neptune_n fall_v in_o love_n with_o clite_n and_o have_v of_o she_o five_o pair_n of_o twin_n at_o one_o birth_n and_o that_o out_o of_o one_o mountain_n he_o draw_v three_o round_a ball_n of_o water_n and_o two_o of_o earth_n which_o do_v so_o well_o resemble_v as_o you_o will_v have_v judge_v they_o all_o one_o bowel_z what_o shall_v we_o say_v moreover_o of_o that_o temple_n of_o a_o thousand_o pace_n long_o and_o five_o hundred_o broad_a who_o wall_n without_o be_v all_o cover_v with_o silver_n the_o ceiling_n of_o gold_n and_o within_o ivory_n indent_a and_o inlay_v with_o gold_n silver_z and_o pearl_n in_o the_o end_n speak_v of_o the_o ruin_n thereof_o he_o conclude_v thus_o in_o his_o time_n in_o one_o day_n and_o one_o night_n come_v a_o great_a deluge_n whereby_o all_o our_o soldier_n be_v swallow_v by_o heap_n within_o the_o earth_n and_o in_o this_o sort_n the_o atlantike_a island_n be_v drown_v it_o vanish_v in_o the_o sea_n without_o doubt_v it_o fall_v out_o happy_o that_o this_o island_n vanish_v so_o sudden_o see_v it_o be_v big_a than_o asia_n and_o africa_n and_o that_o it_o be_v make_v by_o enchantment_n it_o be_v in_o likesort_v all_o one_o to_o say_v that_o the_o ruin_n of_o this_o so_o great_a a_o island_n be_v see_v in_o the_o bottom_n of_o the_o sea_n and_o that_o the_o mariner_n which_o see_v they_o can_v sail_v that_o way_n then_o he_o add_v for_o this_o cause_n unto_o this_o day_n that_o sea_n be_v not_o navigable_a by_o reason_n of_o the_o bank_n which_o by_o little_a &_o little_o be_v grow_v in_o that_o drown_a island_n i_o will_v willing_o demand_v what_o sea_n can_v swallow_v up_o so_o infinite_a a_o continent_n of_o land_n great_a than_o asia_n and_o africa_n who_o confine_n stretch_v unto_o the_o indies_n and_o to_o swallow_v it_o up_o in_o such_o sort_n as_o there_o shall_v at_o this_o day_n remain_v no_o sign_n nor_o mark_n thereof_o whatsoever_o see_v it_o be_v well_o know_v by_o experience_n that_o the_o mariner_n find_v no_o bottom_n in_o the_o sea_n where_o they_o say_v this_o island_n be_v notwithstanding_o it_o may_v seem_v indiscreet_a and_o far_o from_o reason_n to_o dispute_v serious_o of_o those_o thing_n which_o be_v report_v at_o pleasure_n or_o if_o we_o shall_v give_v that_o respect_n to_o the_o authority_n of_o plato_n as_o it_o be_v reason_n we_o must_v rather_o understand_v they_o to_o signify_v simple_o as_o in_o a_o picture_n the_o prosperity_n of_o a_o city_n and_o withal_o the_o ruin_n thereof_o for_o the_o argument_n they_o make_v to_o prove_v that_o this_o atlantike_a island_n have_v be_v real_o and_o indeed_o say_v that_o the_o sea_n in_o those_o part_n do_v at_o this_o day_n bear_v the_o name_n of_o atlantike_a be_v of_o small_a importance_n for_o that_o we_o know_v mount_n atlas_n 31_o whereof_o pliny_n say_v this_o sea_n take_v the_o name_n be_v upon_o the_o confine_n of_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n and_o the_o same_o pliny_n report_n that_o join_v to_o the_o say_a mount_n there_o be_v a_o island_n call_v atlantike_a which_o he_o report_v to_o be_v little_a and_o of_o small_a account_n that_o the_o opinion_n of_o many_o which_o hold_v that_o the_o first_o race_n of_o the_o indian_n come_v from_o the_o jew_n be_v not_o true_a chap._n 23._o now_o that_o we_o have_v show_v how_o unlikely_a it_o be_v that_o the_o first_o indian_n pass_v to_o the_o indies_n by_o the_o atlantike_a island_n there_o be_v other_o hold_v opinion_n that_o they_o take_v the_o way_n whereof_o esdras_n speak_v in_o his_o four_o book_n in_o this_o manner_n and_o whereas_o thou_o see_v that_o he_o gather_v a_o other_o peaceable_a troop_n unto_o he_o 13._o thou_o shall_v know_v those_o be_v the_o ten_o tribe_n which_o be_v carry_v away_o captive_n out_o of_o their_o own_o land_n in_o the_o time_n of_o king_n ozeas_n who_o salmanazar_n king_n of_o the_o assyrian_n take_v captive_n and_o lead_v they_o beyond_o the_o river_n so_o be_v they_o bring_v into_o a_o other_o land_n but_o they_o take_v this_o counsel_n to_o themselves_o to_o leave_v the_o multitude_n of_o the_o heathen_a and_o go_v forth_o into_o a_o far_a country_n where_o never_o mankind_n dwell_v that_o they_o may_v there_o observe_v their_o statute_n which_o they_o can_v not_o keep_v in_o their_o own_o land_n and_o they_o enter_v by_o the_o narrow_a passage_n of_o the_o river_n euphrates_n for_o then_o god_n show_v his_o wonder_n and_o stay_v the_o spring_n of_o the_o flood_n until_o they_o be_v pass_v over_o for_o the_o way_n unto_o that_o country_n be_v very_o long_o yea_o of_o a_o year_n and_o a_o half_a and_o this_o region_n be_v call_v arsareth_n then_o dwell_v they_o there_o until_o the_o latter_a time_n and_o when_o they_o come_v forth_o again_o the_o most_o mighty_a shall_v hold_v still_o the_o spring_n of_o the_o river_n again_o that_o they_o may_v go_v through_o for_o this_o cause_n see_v thou_o this_o multitude_n peaceable_a some_o will_v apply_v this_o text_n of_o esdras_n to_o the_o indies_n say_v they_o be_v guide_v by_o god_n whereas_o never_o mankind_n dwell_v and_o that_o the_o land_n where_o they_o dwell_v be_v so_o far_o off_o as_o it_o require_v a_o year_n and_o a_o half_a to_o perform_v the_o voyage_n be_v by_o nature_n very_o peaceable_a and_o that_o there_o be_v great_a sign_n and_o argument_n among_o the_o common_a sort_n of_o the_o indian_n to_o breed_v a_o belief_n that_o they_o be_v descend_v from_o the_o jew_n for_o common_o you_o shall_v see_v they_o fearful_a submiss_a ceremonious_a and_o subtle_a in_o lie_v and_o moreover_o they_o say_v their_o habit_n be_v like_a unto_o those_o the_o jew_n use_v for_o they_o wear_v a_o short_a coat_n or_o waistcoat_n and_o a_o cloak_n embroider_v all_o about_o they_o go_v barefooted_a or_o with_o sole_n tie_v with_o latcher_n over_o the_o foot_n which_o they_o call_v oiotas_n and_o they_o say_v that_o it_o appear_v by_o their_o history_n as_o also_o by_o their_o ancient_a picture_n which_o represent_v they_o in_o this_o fashion_n that_o this_o attire_n be_v the_o ancient_a habit_n of_o the_o hebrew_n and_o that_o these_o two_o kind_n of_o garment_n which_o the_o indian_n only_o use_v be_v use_v by_o samson_n which_o the_o scripture_n call_v tunicam_fw-la and_o sidonem_fw-la be_v the_o same_o which_o the_o indian_n term_v waistcoat_n and_o cloak_n but_o all_o these_o conjecture_n be_v light_a and_o rather_o against_o they_o then_o with_o they_o for_o we_o know_v well_o that_o the_o hebrew_n use_v letter_n whereof_o there_o be_v no_o show_n among_o the_o indian_n they_o be_v great_a
thing_n and_o worthy_a observation_n that_o the_o air_n be_v most_o clear_a and_o without_o rain_n under_o this_o burn_a zone_n whenas_o the_o sun_n be_v far_a off_o and_o contrariwise_o there_o be_v most_o rain_n snow_n and_o mist_n whenas_o the_o sun_n be_v near_a such_o as_o have_v not_o travel_v in_o this_o new_a world_n will_v happy_o think_v this_o incredible_a and_o it_o will_v seem_v strange_a even_o unto_o such_o as_o have_v be_v there_o if_o they_o have_v not_o well_o observe_v it_o but_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o will_v willing_o yield_v in_o note_v the_o certain_a experience_n of_o that_o which_o have_v be_v say_v of_o this_o part_n of_o peru_n which_o look_v to_o the_o southern_a or_o antarctic_a pole_n the_o sun_n be_v then_o far_a off_o when_o it_o be_v near_a unto_o europe_n that_o be_v in_o may_n june_n july_n and_o august_n whenas_o he_o make_v his_o course_n in_o the_o tropic_n of_o cancer_n during_o which_o month_n the_o air_n at_o peru_n be_v very_o clear_a and_o calm_a neither_o do_v there_o fall_v any_o snow_n or_o rain_n all_o their_o river_n fall_v much_o and_o some_o be_v dry_v up_o quite_o but_o as_o the_o year_n increase_v and_o the_o sun_n approach_v near_o unto_o the_o tropic_n of_o capricorn_n then_o begin_v it_o to_o rain_n and_o to_o snow_n and_o their_o river_n swell_v from_o october_n to_o december_n then_o after_o that_o the_o sun_n retire_v from_o capricorn_n whenas_o his_o beam_n reflect_v direct_o upon_o the_o head_n of_o they_o of_o peru_n then_o be_v the_o violence_n of_o their_o water_n great_a then_o be_v the_o time_n of_o rain_n snow_n and_o great_a overflowing_n of_o their_o river_n when_o as_o their_o heat_n be_v great_a that_o be_v from_o januarie_n to_o mid_a march_n this_o be_v so_o true_a and_o certain_a as_o no_o man_n may_v contradict_v it_o and_o at_o that_o time_n the_o contrary_n be_v find_v in_o the_o region_n of_o the_o pole_n arctic_n beyond_o the_o equinoctial_a which_o proceed_v from_o the_o same_o reason_n but_o let_v we_o now_o look_v into_o the_o temperature_n of_o panama_n &_o all_o that_o coast_n as_o well_o of_o new_a spain_n the_o land_n of_o barlovent_n cuba_n hispaniola_n jamaica_n as_o of_o s._n john_n the_o port_n ricco_fw-it we_o shall_v without_o doubt_n find_v that_o from_o the_o begin_n of_o november_n until_o april_n they_o have_v the_o air_n clear_a and_o bright_a the_o reason_n be_v for_o that_o the_o sun_n pass_v by_o the_o equinoctial_a to_o the_o tropic_n of_o capricorn_n retire_v from_o those_o region_n more_o than_o at_o any_o other_o time_n of_o the_o year_n and_o contrariwise_o they_o have_v violent_a shower_n and_o great_a swell_n of_o water_n whenas_o the_o sun_n return_n and_o be_v near_a unto_o they_o which_o be_v from_o june_n unto_o september_n for_o then_o his_o beam_n beat_v most_o upon_o they_o the_o like_a happen_v at_o the_o east_n indies_n as_o we_o learn_v daily_o by_o letter_n that_o come_v so_o as_o it_o be_v a_o general_a rule_n although_o in_o some_o place_n there_o be_v a_o exception_n that_o in_o the_o region_n of_o the_o south_n or_o burn_a zone_n which_o be_v all_o one_o the_o air_n be_v most_o clear_a and_o dry_a whenas_o the_o sun_n be_v far_a off_o and_o contrariwise_o when_o it_o approach_v there_o be_v great_a rain_n and_o humidity_n and_o even_o as_o the_o sun_n advance_v or_o retire_v little_a or_o much_o even_o so_o the_o earth_n abound_v or_o want_v water_n and_o moisture_n that_o in_o the_o region_n which_o be_v without_o the_o tropic_n there_o be_v great_a store_n of_o water_n whenas_o the_o sun_n be_v far_a off_o contrary_a to_o that_o under_o the_o burn_a zone_n chap._n 4._o in_o region_n which_o lie_v without_o the_o tropic_n we_o see_v the_o contrary_a to_o that_o which_o have_v be_v speak_v for_o that_o the_o rain_n be_v mingle_v with_o cold_a &_o the_o drought_n with_o heat_n the_o which_o be_v well_o know_v in_o all_o europe_n and_o the_o old_a world_n as_o we_o see_v in_o the_o same_o manner_n in_o the_o new_a world_n whereof_o the_o whole_a kingdom_n of_o chile_n be_v a_o witness_n which_o lie_v without_o the_o tropic_n of_o capricorn_n and_o in_o the_o same_o height_n with_o spain_n be_v subject_a to_o the_o same_o law_n of_o winter_n and_o summer_n but_o that_o winter_n be_v there_o whenas_o it_o be_v summer_n in_o spain_n be_v under_o divers_a pole_n so_o as_o when_o it_o be_v cold_a in_o these_o province_n the_o water_n be_v in_o great_a abundance_n which_o be_v when_o the_o sun_n be_v far_a off_o from_o the_o begin_n of_o april_n to_o the_o end_n of_o september_n final_o the_o disposition_n of_o season_n be_v like_a to_o that_o in_o europe_n which_o be_v that_o the_o heat_n and_o drought_n come_v whenas_o the_o sun_n return_n which_o be_v the_o cause_n that_o this_o realm_n of_o chile_n approach_v near_o the_o temperature_n of_o europe_n than_o any_o other_o of_o the_o indies_n as_o well_o in_o the_o fruit_n of_o the_o earth_n as_o in_o the_o body_n and_o spirit_n of_o man_n the_o like_a they_o report_v of_o that_o part_n which_o lie_v before_o the_o inner_a ethiopia_n that_o stretch_v out_o in_o manner_n of_o a_o point_n unto_o the_o cape_n bonne_fw-fr esperance_fw-fr or_o good_a hope_n the_o which_o they_o hold_v for_o a_o true_a cause_n of_o the_o inundation_n of_o nile_n which_o be_v in_o summer_n whereof_o the_o ancient_n have_v so_o much_o dispute_v for_o that_o in_o that_o region_n the_o winter_n and_o rain_n begin_v in_o april_n whenas_o the_o sun_n have_v pass_v aries_n and_o these_o water_n which_o partly_o grow_v from_o snow_n and_o partly_o from_o rain_n assemble_v and_o make_v great_a lake_n and_o pool_n from_o whence_o by_o good_a and_o true_a geography_n the_o river_n of_o nile_n proceed_v and_o by_o this_o mean_n go_v by_o little_a and_o little_o stretch_v out_o her_o course_n till_o that_o have_v run_v a_o long_a way_n it_o final_o in_o the_o time_n of_o summer_n overflow_v egypt_n which_o seem_v against_o nature_n and_o yet_o it_o be_v certain_o report_v for_o at_o what_o time_n it_o be_v summer_n in_o egypt_n lie_v under_o the_o tropic_n of_o cancer_n then_o be_v it_o winter_n at_o the_o springe_n of_o nile_n which_o be_v under_o the_o other_o tropic_n of_o capricorn_n there_o be_v in_o america_n a_o other_o inundation_n like_a to_o that_o of_o nile_n at_o paraguen_n or_o river_n de_fw-fr la_fw-fr plata_fw-la which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v as_o the_o river_n of_o silver_n the_o which_o receive_v yearly_o infinite_a water_n which_o fall_v from_o the_o mountain_n of_o perâ—_n do_v so_o terrible_o swell_v in_o her_o course_n and_o overflows_a that_o region_n as_o the_o inhabitant_n be_v force_v during_o those_o month_n to_o retire_v themselves_o into_o boat_n and_o canoe_n and_o to_o leave_v the_o dwell_n of_o the_o land_n that_o betwixt_o the_o two_o tropic_n the_o great_a abundance_n of_o rain_n be_v in_o summer_n with_o a_o discourse_n of_o winter_n and_o summer_n chap._n 5._o to_o conclude_v summer_n be_v always_o accompany_v with_o heat_n and_o drought_n in_o the_o two_o temperate_a zone_n and_o winter_n with_o cold_a and_o moistness_n but_o under_o the_o burn_a zone_n those_o quality_n be_v not_o alike_o for_o that_o rain_n accompany_v heat_n and_o drought_n follow_v the_o cold_a i_o understand_v by_o cold_a want_v of_o excessive_a heat_n so_o as_o winter_n be_v take_v in_o our_o europe_n for_o the_o cold_a and_o rainy_a season_n and_o summer_n for_o the_o hot_a and_o clear_a season_n ouâ—_n spaniard_n which_o live_v at_o peru_n and_o in_o new_a spain_n see_v these_o two_o quality_n not_o to_o concur_v together_o as_o in_o spain_n call_v that_o season_n winter_n wherein_o there_o be_v great_a abundance_n of_o rain_n and_o water_n and_o summer_n where_o there_o be_v little_a or_o nonâ—_n at_o all_o wherein_o they_o be_v plain_o deceive_v although_o they_o affirm_v by_o a_o general_a rule_n that_o in_o the_o mountain_n of_o peru_n it_o be_v summer_n from_o the_o month_n of_o april_n to_o september_n for_o that_o the_o rain_n cease_v in_o that_o season_n and_o that_o winter_n be_v from_o the_o month_n of_o september_n unto_o april_n for_o that_o the_o shower_n return_v then_o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v winter_n and_o summer_n at_o the_o same_o instant_n that_o in_o spain_n so_o as_o when_o the_o sunâ—e_n go_v direct_o over_o their_o head_n they_o then_o take_v it_o to_o be_v the_o depth_n of_o winter_n have_v great_a store_n of_o rain_n but_o it_o be_v worthy_a to_o be_v laugh_v at_o come_v from_o ignorant_a man_n and_o unlearned_a for_o even_o as_o the_o difference_n betwixt_o the_o day_n and_o night_n proceed_v from_o the_o presence_n or_o absence_n of_o the_o sun_n in_o our_o hemisphere_n according_a to_o
safe_a this_o lake_n contain_v almost_o four_o score_n league_n thirty_o five_o in_o length_n and_o fifteen_o in_o breadth_n at_o the_o large_a place_n there_o be_v many_o land_n which_o in_o old_a time_n be_v inhabit_v and_o till_v but_o now_o lie_v waste_n it_o bring_v forth_o a_o great_a abundance_n of_o reed_n which_o the_o indian_n call_v totora_n which_o serve_v they_o to_o a_o thousand_o use_n for_o it_o be_v meat_n for_o swine_n for_o horse_n and_o for_o man_n they_o make_v house_n therewith_o fire_n and_o bark_n to_o conclude_v the_o vros_n in_o this_o their_o totora_n find_v all_o they_o have_v need_n of_o these_o vros_n be_v such_o dull_a and_o brutish_a people_n as_o they_o esteem_v not_o themselves_o man_n it_o be_v report_v of_o they_o that_o be_v demand_v of_o what_o nation_n they_o be_v they_o answer_v they_o be_v not_o man_n but_o vros_n as_o it_o be_v some_o kind_n of_o beast_n there_o be_v whole_a village_n of_o these_o vros_n inhabit_v in_o the_o lake_n in_o their_o boat_n of_o totora_n the_o which_o be_v tie_v together_o and_o fasten_v to_o some_o rock_n and_o often_o time_n the_o whole_a village_n change_v from_o place_n to_o place_n so_o as_o he_o that_o will_v seek_v they_o now_o whereas_o they_o be_v yesterday_o shall_v find_v no_o show_n nor_o remainder_n of_o they_o or_o of_o their_o village_n the_o current_n or_o issue_n of_o this_o lake_n have_v run_v above_o fifty_o league_n make_v another_o lake_n but_o less_o than_o the_o first_o which_o they_o call_v paria_fw-la and_o contain_v in_o it_o some_o small_a land_n but_o they_o find_v no_o issue_n thereof_o some_o imagine_v it_o run_v under_o the_o ground_n &_o that_o it_o fall_v into_o the_o south_n sea_n give_v out_o that_o there_o be_v a_o branch_n of_o a_o river_n which_o they_o see_v rise_v and_o enter_v into_o the_o sea_n near_o the_o bank_n have_v no_o knowledge_n of_o the_o spring_n but_o contrariwise_o i_o believe_v that_o the_o water_n of_o this_o lake_n dissolve_v and_o be_v disperse_v within_o the_o lake_n itself_o through_o the_o heat_n of_o the_o sun_n this_o discourse_n seem_v sufficient_a to_o prove_v that_o the_o ancient_n have_v no_o reason_n to_o hold_v that_o the_o middle_a region_n be_v inhabitable_a for_o the_o defect_n of_o water_n see_v there_o be_v such_o store_n both_o from_o heaven_n and_o on_o the_o earth_n show_v the_o reason_n why_o the_o sun_n without_o the_o tropic_n cause_v great_a quantity_n of_o water_n when_o it_o be_v far_a off_o and_o contrariwise_o within_o they_o it_o breed_v most_o when_o it_o be_v near_o chap._n 7._o consider_v with_o myself_o often_o time_n what_o shall_v cause_v the_o equinoctial_a to_o be_v so_o moist_a as_o i_o have_v say_v to_o refute_v the_o opinion_n of_o the_o ancient_n i_o find_v no_o other_o reason_n but_o the_o great_a force_n of_o the_o sun_n in_o those_o part_n whereby_o it_o draw_v unto_o it_o a_o great_a abundance_n of_o vapour_n from_o out_o of_o the_o ocean_n which_o in_o those_o part_n be_v very_o great_a and_o spacious_a and_o have_v draw_v unto_o it_o this_o great_a abundance_n of_o vapour_n do_v sudden_o dissolve_v they_o into_o rain_n and_o it_o be_v approve_a by_o many_o try_a experience_n that_o the_o rain_n and_o great_a storm_n from_o heaven_n proceed_v from_o the_o violent_a heat_n of_o the_o sun_n first_o as_o we_o have_v say_v before_o it_o rain_v in_o those_o country_n whenas_o the_o sun_n cast_v his_o beam_n direct_o upon_o the_o earth_n at_o which_o time_n he_o have_v most_o force_n but_o when_o the_o sun_n retire_v the_o heat_n be_v moderate_a and_o then_o there_o fall_v no_o rain_n whereby_o we_o may_v conclude_v that_o the_o force_n and_o heat_n of_o the_o sun_n be_v the_o cause_n of_o rain_n in_o those_o country_n moreover_o we_o observe_v both_o in_o peru_n new_a spain_n and_o in_o all_o the_o burn_a zone_n that_o the_o rain_n do_v usual_o fall_v in_o afternoon_n when_o as_o the_o sunbeam_n be_v in_o their_o great_a force_n be_v strange_a to_o see_v it_o rain_n in_o the_o morning_n and_o therefore_o traveller_n foreseeing_a it_o begin_v their_o journey_n early_o that_o they_o may_v end_v and_o rest_n before_o noon_n for_o they_o hold_v that_o common_o it_o rain_v after_o noon_n such_o as_o have_v frequent_v and_o travel_v those_o country_n can_v sufficient_o speak_v thereof_o and_o there_o be_v that_o have_v make_v some_o abode_n there_o say_v that_o the_o great_a abundance_n of_o rain_n be_v when_o the_o moon_n be_v at_o the_o full_a but_o to_o say_v the_o truth_n i_o can_v never_o make_v sufficient_a proof_n thereof_o although_o i_o have_v observe_v it_o moreover_o the_o day_n the_o year_n and_o the_o month_n show_v the_o truth_n hereof_o that_o the_o violent_a heat_n of_o the_o sun_n cause_v the_o rain_n in_o the_o burn_a zone_n experience_n teach_v we_o the_o like_a in_o artificial_a thing_n as_o in_o a_o limbeck_n wherein_o they_o draw_v water_n from_o herb_n &_o flower_n for_o the_o vehemency_n of_o the_o fire_n force_v and_o drive_v up_o a_o abundance_n of_o vapour_n which_o be_v press_v and_o find_v no_o issue_n be_v convert_v into_o liquor_n and_o water_n the_o like_a we_o see_v in_o gold_n and_o silver_n which_o we_o refine_v with_o quickesilver_n the_o fire_n be_v small_a and_o slow_a we_o draw_v out_o almost_o nothing_o of_o the_o quickesilver_n but_o if_o it_o be_v quick_a and_o violent_a it_o do_v great_o evaporate_v the_o quicksilver_n which_o encounter_v the_o head_n above_o do_v present_o turn_v into_o liquor_n and_o begin_v to_o drop_v down_o even_o so_o the_o violent_a heat_n of_o the_o sun_n produce_v these_o two_o effect_n when_o it_o find_v matter_n dispose_v that_o be_v to_o draw_v up_o the_o vapour_n on_o high_a and_o to_o dissolve_v they_o present_o and_o turn_v they_o into_o rain_n when_o there_o be_v any_o obstacle_n to_o consume_v they_o and_o although_o these_o thing_n seem_v contrary_a that_o one_o sun_n within_o the_o burn_a zone_n be_v near_o shall_v cause_v rain_n and_o without_o the_o zone_n afar_o off_o shall_v breed_v the_o like_a effect_n so_o it_o be_v that_o all_o well_o consider_v there_o be_v no_o contrariety_n a_o thousand_o effect_n in_o natural_a cause_n proceed_v of_o contrary_a thing_n by_o divers_a mean_n we_o dry_a linen_n by_o the_o fire_n and_o in_o the_o air_n and_o yet_o the_o one_o heat_n and_o the_o other_o cool_v pasture_n be_v dry_v and_o harden_v by_o the_o sun_n and_o with_o the_o frost_n moderate_a exercise_n provoke_v sleep_v be_v too_o violent_a it_o hinder_v if_o you_o lay_v no_o wood_n on_o the_o fire_n it_o die_v if_o you_o lay_v on_o toâ—_n much_o it_o likewise_o quench_v for_o the_o only_a proportion_n entertain_v and_o make_v it_o to_o continue_v to_o well_o discern_v a_o thing_n it_o must_v not_o be_v too_o near_o the_o eye_n nor_o too_o far_o off_o but_o in_o a_o reasonable_a distance_n proportionable_a be_v too_o far_o off_o from_o any_o thing_n we_o lose_v the_o sight_n and_o too_o near_o likewise_o we_o can_v see_v it_o if_o the_o sun_n beam_n be_v weak_a they_o draw_v up_o no_o fog_n from_o the_o river_n if_o they_o be_v violent_a have_v draw_v up_o the_o vapour_n they_o present_o dissolve_v and_o consume_v they_o but_o if_o the_o heat_n be_v moderate_a it_o draw_v up_o and_o preserve_v it_o for_o this_o reason_n the_o vapour_n rise_v not_o common_o in_o the_o night_n nor_o at_o noon_n but_o in_o morning_n whenas_o the_o sun_n begin_v to_o enter_v into_o his_o force_n there_o be_v a_o thousand_o example_n of_o natural_a cause_n upon_o this_o subject_n which_o we_o see_v do_v often_o grow_v from_o contrary_a thing_n whereby_o we_o must_v not_o wonder_v if_o the_o sun_n be_v near_o engender_v rain_n and_o be_v far_o off_o work_v the_o like_a effect_n but_o be_v of_o a_o moderate_a and_o proportionable_a distance_n cause_v none_o at_o all_o yet_o there_o remain_v one_o doubt_n why_o the_o nearness_n of_o the_o sun_n cause_v the_o rain_n under_o the_o burn_a zone_n and_o without_o when_o it_o be_v far_o off_o in_o my_o opinion_n the_o reason_n be_v that_o in_o winter_n without_o the_o tropic_n the_o sun_n have_v not_o force_v sufficient_a to_o consume_v the_o vapour_n which_o rise_v from_o the_o land_n and_o sea_n for_o these_o vapour_n grow_v in_o great_a abundance_n in_o the_o cold_a region_n of_o the_o air_n where_o they_o be_v congeal_v and_o thicken_v by_o the_o extremity_n of_o the_o cold_a and_o after_o be_v press_v they_o dissolve_v and_o turn_v into_o water_n therefore_o in_o winter_n when_o the_o sun_n be_v far_a off_o the_o day_n short_a and_o the_o night_n long_o his_o heat_n have_v small_a force_n but_o when_o the_o sun_n approach_v which_o be_v in_o the_o summer_n time_n his_o force_n be_v
and_o pleasant_a it_o be_v certain_a that_o we_o do_v not_o participate_v of_o any_o of_o the_o element_n nor_o have_v not_o the_o use_n of_o any_o so_o often_o in_o our_o body_n as_o of_o the_o air_n it_o be_v that_o which_o inviron_v our_o body_n on_o all_o part_n which_o enter_v into_o our_o bowel_n and_o at_o every_o instant_n visit_v the_o heart_n and_o there_o engrave_v her_o property_n if_o the_o air_n be_v any_o thing_n corrupt_v it_o cause_v death_n if_o it_o be_v pure_a and_o healthful_a it_o augment_v the_o strength_n final_o we_o may_v say_v that_o the_o air_n alone_o be_v the_o life_n of_o man_n so_o as_o although_o we_o have_v good_n and_o riches_n if_o the_o air_n be_v troublesome_a and_o unwholesome_a we_o can_v live_v quiet_o nor_o with_o content_a but_o if_o the_o air_n be_v healthful_a pleasant_a and_o sweet_a although_o we_o have_v no_o other_o wealth_n yet_o do_v it_o yield_v content_a consider_v with_o myself_o the_o please_a temperature_n of_o many_o country_n at_o the_o indies_n where_o they_o know_v not_o what_o winter_n be_v which_o by_o his_o cold_n do_v freeze_v they_o nor_o summer_n which_o do_v trouble_v they_o with_o heat_n but_o that_o with_o a_o matte_n they_o preserve_v themselves_o from_o the_o injury_n of_o all_o weather_n and_o where_o they_o scarce_o have_v any_o need_n to_o change_v their_o garment_n throughout_o the_o year_n i_o say_v that_o often_o consider_v of_o this_o i_o find_v that_o if_o man_n at_o this_o day_n will_v vanquish_v their_o passion_n and_o free_v themselves_o from_o the_o snare_n of_o covetousness_n leave_v many_o fruitless_a and_o pernicious_a disseine_n without_o doubt_n they_o may_v live_v at_o the_o indies_n very_o pleasant_a and_o happy_o for_o that_o which_o other_o poet_n sing_v of_o the_o elisean_a field_n and_o of_o the_o famous_a tempe_n or_o that_o which_o plato_n report_v or_o feign_v of_o his_o atlantike_a island_n man_n shall_v find_v in_o these_o land_n if_o with_o a_o generous_a spirit_n they_o will_v choose_v rather_o to_o command_v their_o silver_n and_o their_o desire_n then_o to_o remain_v slave_n as_o they_o be_v that_o which_o we_o have_v hitherto_o discourse_v shall_v suffice_v touch_v the_o quality_n of_o the_o equinoctial_a of_o cold_a heat_n drought_n rain_n and_o the_o cause_n of_o temperature_n the_o particular_a discourse_n of_o wind_n water_n land_n metal_n plant_n and_o beast_n whereof_o there_o be_v great_a abundance_n at_o the_o indies_n shall_v remain_v for_o the_o other_o book_n for_o the_o difficulty_n of_o that_o which_o be_v handle_v in_o this_o though_o brief_o will_v happy_o seem_v too_o tedious_a a_o advertisement_n to_o the_o reader_n the_o reader_n must_v understand_v that_o i_o write_v the_o two_o first_o book_n in_o latin_a when_o i_o be_v at_o peru_n and_o therefore_o they_o speak_v of_o matter_n of_o the_o indies_n as_o of_o thing_n present_a be_v since_o return_v into_o spain_n i_o think_v good_a to_o translate_v they_o into_o our_o vulgar_a tongue_n and_o not_o to_o change_v my_o former_a manner_n of_o speeach_n but_o in_o the_o five_o follow_a book_n for_o that_o i_o make_v they_o in_o europe_n i_o have_v be_v force_v to_o change_v my_o stile_n and_o therein_o to_o treat_v of_o matter_n of_o the_o indies_n as_o of_o country_n and_o thing_n absent_a and_o for_o that_o this_o diversity_n of_o speech_n may_v with_o reason_n offend_v the_o reader_n i_o have_v think_v good_a to_o advertise_v he_o thereof_o the_o three_o book_n of_o the_o natural_a and_o moral_a history_n of_o the_o indies_n that_o the_o natural_a history_n of_o the_o indies_n be_v pleasant_a and_o agreeable_a chap._n 1._o every_o natural_a history_n be_v of_o itself_o please_v &_o very_o profitable_a to_o such_o as_o will_v raise_v up_o their_o discourse_n and_o contemplation_n on_o high_a in_o that_o it_o do_v move_v they_o to_o glorify_v the_o author_n of_o all_o nature_n as_o we_o sea_n the_o wise_a &_o holy_a man_n do_v 28.39_o special_o david_n in_o many_o psalm_n and_o job_n likewise_o treat_v of_o the_o secret_n of_o the_o creator_n whereas_o the_o same_o lord_n answer_v job_n so_o ample_o he_o that_o take_v delight_n to_o understand_v the_o wondrous_a work_n of_o nature_n shall_v taste_v the_o true_a pleasure_n &_o content_v of_o history_n &_o the_o more_o whenas_o he_o shall_v know_v they_o be_v not_o the_o simple_a work_n of_o man_n but_o of_o the_o creator_n himself_o &_o that_o he_o shall_v comprehend_v the_o natural_a cause_n of_o these_o work_n then_o shall_v he_o true_o occupy_v himself_o in_o the_o study_n of_o philosophy_n but_o he_o that_o shall_v raise_v his_o consideration_n high_o behold_v the_o great_a &_o first_o architect_n of_o all_o these_o marvell_n he_o shall_v know_v his_o wisdom_n and_o infinite_a greatness_n and_o we_o may_v say_v shall_v be_v divine_o employ_v and_o so_o the_o discourse_n of_o natural_a thing_n may_v serve_v for_o many_o good_a consideration_n although_o the_o feebleness_n and_o weakness_n of_o many_o appetite_n be_v common_o accustom_v to_o stay_v at_o thing_n less_o profitable_a which_o be_v the_o desire_n to_o know_v new_a thing_n call_v curiosity_n the_o discourse_n and_o history_n of_o natural_a thing_n at_o the_o indies_n beside_o the_o common_a content_n it_o give_v have_v yet_o another_o benefit_n which_o be_v to_o treat_v of_o thing_n a_o far_o off_o the_o great_a part_n whereof_o be_v unknown_a to_o the_o most_o excellent_a author_n of_o that_o profession_n which_o have_v be_v among_o the_o ancient_n and_o if_o we_o shall_v write_v these_o natural_a thing_n of_o the_o indies_n so_o ample_o as_o they_o require_v be_v so_o strange_a i_o doubt_v not_o but_o we_o may_v compile_v workse_v no_o less_o than_o those_o of_o pliny_n theophrastes_n and_o aristotle_n but_o i_o hold_v not_o myself_o sufficient_a and_o although_o i_o be_v yet_o be_v not_o my_o intent_n but_o to_o note_v some_o natural_a thing_n which_o i_o have_v see_v and_o know_v be_v at_o the_o indies_n or_o have_v receive_v from_o man_n worthy_a of_o credit_n the_o which_o seem_v rare_a to_o i_o and_o scarce_o know_v in_o europe_n by_o reason_n whereof_o i_o will_v pass_v over_o many_o of_o they_o brief_o either_o because_o they_o be_v write_v of_o by_o other_o or_o else_o require_v a_o long_a discourse_n than_o i_o can_v now_o give_v of_o the_o wind_n their_o difference_n property_n and_o cause_n in_o general_n chap._n 2._o have_v discourse_v in_o the_o two_o former_a book_n of_o that_o which_o concern_v the_o heaven_n and_o the_o habitation_n of_o the_o indies_n in_o general_a it_o behoove_v â—s_a now_o to_o treat_v of_o the_o three_o element_n air_n water_n and_o land_n and_o their_o compound_n which_o be_v metal_n plant_n and_o beast_n for_o as_o for_o the_o fire_n i_o see_v no_o special_a matter_n at_o the_o indies_n which_o be_v not_o in_o other_o region_n unless_o some_o will_v say_v that_o the_o manner_n to_o strike_v fire_n in_o rub_v two_o stone_n one_o against_o another_o as_o some_o indian_n use_n or_o to_o boil_v any_o thing_n in_o gourd_n cast_v a_o burn_a stone_n into_o it_o and_o other_o such_o like_a thing_n be_v remarkable_a whereof_o i_o have_v write_v what_o may_v be_v speak_v but_o of_o those_o which_o be_v in_o the_o vulcan_n and_o mouth_n of_o fire_n at_o the_o indies_n worthy_a doubtless_o to_o be_v observe_v i_o will_v speak_v in_o their_o order_n treat_v of_o the_o diversity_n of_o ground_n whereas_o they_o find_v these_o fire_n or_o vulcan_n therefore_o to_o begin_v with_o the_o wind_n i_o say_v that_o with_o good_a reason_n solomon_n in_o the_o great_a judgement_n which_o god_n have_v give_v he_o esteem_v much_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o wind_n and_o their_o property_n be_v very_o admirable_a for_o that_o some_o be_v moist_a other_o dry_a some_o unwholesome_a other_o find_v some_o hot_a other_o cold_a some_o calm_a and_o pleasant_a other_o rough_a and_o tempestuous_a some_o barren_a and_o other_o fertile_a with_o infinite_a other_o difference_n there_o be_v some_o wind_n which_o blow_v in_o certain_a region_n and_o be_v as_o it_o be_v lord_n thereof_o not_o addmit_v any_o entry_n or_o communication_n of_o their_o contrary_n in_o some_o part_n they_o blow_v in_o that_o sort_n as_o sometime_o they_o be_v conqueror_n sometime_o conquer_v often_o there_o be_v divers_a and_o contrary_a wind_n which_o do_v run_v together_o at_o one_o instant_a divide_v the_o way_n betwixt_o they_o sometime_o one_o blow_v above_o of_o one_o sort_n and_o another_o below_o of_o a_o other_o sort_n sometime_o they_o encounter_v violent_o one_o with_o another_o which_o put_v they_o at_o sea_n in_o great_a danger_n there_o be_v some_o wind_n which_o help_v to_o the_o generation_n of_o creature_n and_o other_o that_o hinder_v and_o be_v opposite_a there_o be_v a_o certain_a wind_n of_o such_o
new_a spain_n and_o i_o believe_v that_o such_o as_o have_v observe_v their_o navigation_n make_v under_o the_o burn_a zone_n shall_v find_v what_o i_o have_v say_v which_o may_v suffice_v for_o the_o wind_n which_o rain_n at_o sea_n under_o the_o burn_a zone_n of_o some_o mervellous_a effect_n of_o the_o wind_n which_o be_v in_o some_o part_n of_o the_o indies_n chap._n 9_o it_o be_v a_o very_a difficult_a matter_n to_o report_v particular_o the_o admirable_a effect_n which_o some_o wind_n cause_n in_o divers_a region_n of_o the_o world_n and_o to_o give_v a_o reason_n thereof_o there_o be_v wind_n which_o natural_o trouble_v the_o water_n of_o the_o sea_n and_o make_v it_o green_a and_o black_a other_o clear_a as_o crystal_n some_o comfort_n and_o make_v glad_a other_o trouble_v and_o breed_v heaviness_n such_o as_o nourish_v silkworm_n have_v great_a care_n to_o shut_v their_o window_n whenas_o the_o south-west_n wind_n do_v blow_n and_o to_o open_v they_o to_o the_o contrary_a have_v find_v by_o certain_a experience_n that_o their_o worm_n diminish_v and_o die_v with_o the_o one_o and_o fatten_v and_o become_v better_o with_o the_o other_o and_o who_o so_o will_v near_o observe_v it_o shall_v find_v in_o himself_o that_o the_o diversity_n of_o wind_n cause_n notable_a impression_n and_o change_n in_o the_o body_n principal_o in_o sick_a part_n and_o ill_o dispose_v when_o they_o be_v most_o tender_a and_o weak_a the_o holy_a scripture_n call_v one_o a_o burn_a wind_n 3._o another_o a_o wind_n full_a of_o dew_n and_o sweetness_n and_o it_o be_v no_o wonder_n if_o we_o see_v such_o notable_a effect_n of_o the_o wind_n in_o plant_n beast_n and_o man_n see_v that_o we_o see_v it_o visible_o in_o iron_n which_o be_v the_o hard_a of_o all_o metal_n i_o have_v see_v grate_v of_o iron_n in_o some_o part_n of_o the_o indies_n so_o rust_v and_o consume_v that_o press_v it_o betwixt_o your_o finger_n it_o dissolve_v into_o powder_n as_o if_o it_o have_v be_v hay_n or_o parch_a straw_n the_o which_o proceed_v only_o from_o the_o wind_n which_o do_v corrupt_v it_o have_v no_o mean_n to_o withstand_v it_o but_o leave_v apart_o many_o other_o great_a and_o notable_a effect_n i_o will_v only_o make_v mention_n of_o two_o the_o one_o although_o it_o cause_v pang_n grater_n then_o death_n itself_o yet_o do_v it_o not_o breed_v any_o further_a inconvenience_n the_o other_o take_v away_o life_n without_o feel_n of_o it_o the_o sickness_n of_o the_o sea_n wherewith_o such_o be_v trouble_v as_o first_o begin_v to_o go_v to_o sea_n be_v a_o matter_n very_o ordinary_a and_o yet_o if_o the_o nature_n thereof_o be_v unknown_a to_o man_n we_o shall_v take_v it_o for_o the_o pang_n of_o death_n see_v how_o it_o afflict_v and_o torment_n while_o it_o do_v last_o by_o the_o cast_n of_o the_o stomach_n pain_n of_o the_o head_n and_o other_o troublesome_a accident_n but_o in_o truth_n this_o sickness_n so_o common_a and_o ordinary_a happen_v unto_o man_n by_o the_o change_n of_o the_o air_n and_o sea_n for_o although_o it_o be_v true_a that_o the_o motion_n of_o the_o ship_n help_v much_o in_o that_o it_o move_v more_o or_o less_o and_o likewise_o the_o infection_n and_o ill_a favour_n of_o thing_n in_o the_o ship_n yet_o the_o proper_a and_o natural_a cause_n be_v the_o air_n and_o the_o vapour_n of_o the_o sea_n the_o which_o do_v so_o weaken_v and_o trouble_v the_o body_n and_o the_o stomach_n which_o be_v not_o accustom_v thereunto_o that_o they_o be_v wonderful_o move_v and_o change_v for_o the_o air_n be_v the_o element_n by_o which_o we_o live_v and_o breathe_v draw_v it_o into_o our_o entrails_n the_o which_o we_o bathe_v therewithal_o and_o therefore_o there_o be_v nothing_o that_o so_o sudden_o and_o with_o so_o great_a force_n do_v alter_v we_o as_o the_o change_n of_o the_o air_n we_o breathe_v as_o we_o see_v in_o those_o which_o die_v of_o the_o plague_n it_o be_v approve_v by_o many_o experience_n that_o the_o air_n of_o the_o sea_n be_v the_o chief_a cause_n of_o this_o strange_a indisposition_n the_o one_o be_v that_o when_o there_o blow_v from_o the_o sea_n a_o strong_a breath_n we_o see_v they_o at_o the_o land_n as_o it_o be_v sea_n sick_a as_o i_o myself_o have_v often_o find_v another_o be_v the_o far_o we_o go_v into_o the_o sea_n and_o retire_v from_o land_n the_o more_o we_o be_v touch_v and_o dazzle_v with_o this_o sickness_n another_o be_v that_o coast_v along_o any_o island_n and_o after_o launch_v into_o the_o main_a we_o shall_v there_o find_v the_o air_n more_o strong_a yet_o will_v i_o not_o deny_v but_o the_o motion_n and_o agitation_n may_v cause_v this_o sickness_n see_v that_o we_o see_v some_o be_v take_v therewith_o pass_v river_n in_o bark_n other_o in_o like_a sort_n go_v in_o coach_n and_o caross_n according_a to_o the_o divers_a complexion_n of_o the_o stomach_n as_o contrariwise_o there_o be_v some_o how_o boisterous_a and_o troublesome_a soever_o the_o sea_n be_v do_v never_o feel_v it_o wherefore_o it_o be_v a_o matter_n certain_a &_o try_v that_o the_o air_n of_o the_o sea_n do_v common_o cause_v this_o effect_n in_o such_o as_o new_o go_v to_o sea_n i_o think_v good_a to_o speak_v this_o to_o show_v a_o strange_a effect_n which_o happen_v in_o some_o part_n of_o the_o indies_n where_o the_o air_n &_o the_o wind_n that_o rain_v make_v man_n daisy_a not_o less_o but_o more_o than_o at_o sea_n some_o hold_v it_o for_o a_o fable_n other_o say_v it_o be_v a_o addition_n for_o my_o part_n i_o will_v speak_v what_o i_o have_v try_v there_o be_v in_o peru_n a_o high_a mountain_n which_o they_o call_v pariacaca_fw-la and_o have_v hear_v speak_v of_o the_o alteration_n it_o breed_v i_o go_v as_o well_o prepare_v as_o i_o can_v according_a to_o the_o instruction_n which_o be_v give_v i_o by_o such_o as_o they_o call_v vaguianos_n or_o expert_a man_n but_o notwithstanding_o all_o my_o provision_n when_o i_o come_v to_o mount_v the_o degree_n as_o they_o call_v they_o which_o be_v the_o top_n of_o this_o mountain_n i_o be_v sudden_o surprise_v with_o so_o mortal_a and_o strange_a a_o pang_n that_o i_o be_v ready_a to_o fall_v from_o the_o top_n to_o the_o ground_n and_o although_o we_o be_v many_o in_o company_n yet_o every_o one_o make_v haste_n without_o any_o tarry_n for_o his_o companion_n to_o free_v himself_o speedy_o from_o this_o ill_a passage_n be_v then_o alone_o with_o one_o indian_a who_o i_o entreat_v to_o help_v to_o stay_v i_o i_o be_v surprise_v with_o such_o pang_n of_o strain_v &_o cast_v as_o i_o think_v to_o cast_v up_o my_o heart_n too_o for_o have_v cast_v up_o meat_n sleugme_n &_o choler_n both_o yellow_a and_o green_a in_o the_o end_n i_o cast_v up_o blood_n with_o the_o strain_n of_o my_o stomach_n to_o conclude_v if_o this_o have_v continue_v i_o shall_v undoubted_o have_v die_v but_o this_o last_v not_o above_o three_o or_o four_o hour_n that_o we_o be_v come_v into_o a_o more_o convenient_a and_o natural_a temperature_n where_o all_o our_o companion_n be_v fouteteene_v or_o fifteen_o be_v much_o weary_v some_o in_o the_o passage_n demand_v confession_n think_v very_o to_o die_v other_o leave_v the_o ladder_n and_o go_v to_o the_o ground_n be_v overcome_v with_o cast_v and_o go_v to_o the_o stool_n and_o it_o be_v tell_v i_o that_o some_o have_v lose_v their_o life_n there_o with_o this_o accident_n i_o behold_v one_o that_o do_v beat_v himself_o against_o the_o earth_n cry_v out_o for_o the_o rage_n and_o grief_n which_o this_o passage_n of_o pariacaca_fw-la have_v cause_v but_o common_o it_o do_v no_o important_a harm_n only_o this_o pain_n and_o troublesome_a distaste_n while_o it_o endure_v and_o not_o only_o the_o passage_n of_o pariacaca_fw-la have_v this_o property_n but_o also_o all_o this_o ridge_n of_o the_o mountain_n which_o run_v above_o five_o hundred_o league_n long_o and_o in_o what_o place_n soever_o you_o pass_v you_o shall_v find_v strange_a intemperature_n yet_o more_o in_o some_o part_n then_o in_o other_o and_o rather_o to_o those_o which_o mount_v from_o the_o sea_n then_o from_o the_o plain_n beside_o pariacaca_fw-la i_o have_v pass_v it_o by_o lucanas_n and_o soras_n in_o a_o other_o place_n by_o colleguas_fw-la and_o by_o cavanas_n final_o by_o four_o different_a place_n go_v and_o come_v and_o always_o in_o this_o passage_n i_o have_v feel_v this_o alteration_n although_o in_o no_o place_n so_o strong_o as_o at_o the_o first_o in_o pariacaca_fw-la which_o have_v be_v try_v by_o allsuch_n as_o have_v pass_v it_o and_o no_o doubt_n but_o the_o wind_n be_v the_o cause_n of_o this_o intemperature_n and_o strange_a alteration_n or_o the_o air_n that_o reign_v there_o for_o the_o best_a
to_o the_o end_n that_o if_o the_o other_o ship_n shall_v chance_v to_o arrive_v there_o they_o shall_v have_v news_n of_o their_o general_n and_o follow_v they_o pass_v the_o straight_a in_o a_o favourable_a time_n without_o difficulty_n and_o pass_v into_o the_o north_n sea_n they_o come_v to_o certain_a unknown_a island_n where_o they_o take_v in_o fresh_a water_n and_o other_o refresh_n from_o thence_o they_o take_v their_o course_n towards_o cape_n de_fw-fr vert_fw-fr from_o whence_o the_o pilot_n mayor_n return_v to_o peru_n by_o the_o way_n of_o carthagene_n and_o panama_n carry_v a_o discourse_n of_o the_o straight_a to_o the_o viceroy_n and_o of_o all_o their_o success_n of_o who_o he_o be_v well_o reward_v for_o his_o good_a service_n but_o captain_n peter_n sarmiento_n sail_v from_o cape_n vert_fw-fr to_o sevill_n in_o the_o same_o ship_n wherewith_o he_o have_v pass_v the_o straight_a and_o go_v to_o court_n where_o his_o majesty_n reward_v he_o and_o at_o his_o instance_n give_v commandment_n to_o prepare_v a_o great_a army_n which_o he_o send_v under_o the_o command_n of_o diego_n flores_n de_fw-fr valdes_n to_o people_n and_o fortify_v this_o straight_a but_o this_o army_n after_o variable_a success_n spend_v much_o and_o profit_v little_a return_v now_o to_o the_o viceadmiralles_n ship_n which_o go_v in_o company_n of_o the_o general_n have_v lose_v he_o in_o the_o storm_n they_o take_v the_o sea_n but_o the_o wind_n be_v contrary_a and_o stormy_a they_o look_v all_o to_o perish_v so_o as_o they_o confess_v themselves_o and_o prepare_v for_o death_n this_o tempest_n continue_v three_o day_n without_o intermission_n and_o hourly_o they_o fear_v to_o run_v on_o ground_n but_o it_o fall_v out_o contrary_a for_o they_o go_v still_o from_o land_n until_o the_o end_n of_o the_o three_o day_n that_o the_o storm_n cease_v and_o then_o take_v the_o height_n they_o find_v themselves_o in_o fifty_o six_o degree_n but_o see_v they_o have_v not_o cross_v and_o yet_o be_v far_o from_o land_n they_o be_v amaze_v whereby_o they_o surmise_a as_o hernando_n lamero_n tell_v i_o that_o the_o land_n which_o be_v on_o the_o other_o side_n of_o the_o straight_a as_o we_o go_v by_o the_o south_n sea_n run_v not_o the_o same_o o_fw-fr romer_fw-ge that_o it_o do_v to_o the_o straight_a but_o that_o it_o turn_v to_o the_o east_n for_o else_o it_o be_v impossible_a but_o they_o shall_v have_v touch_v land_n have_v run_v so_o long_a time_n with_o this_o cross_a wind_n but_o they_o pass_v on_o no_o further_a neither_o can_v they_o discover_v the_o land_n end_n which_o some_o hold_n to_o be_v there_o whether_o it_o be_v a_o island_n on_o the_o other_o side_n of_o the_o straight_a where_o the_o two_o sea_n of_o north_n and_o south_n do_v join_v together_o or_o that_o it_o do_v run_v up_o towards_o the_o east_n and_o join_v with_o the_o land_n of_o vesta_n as_o they_o call_v it_o which_o answer_v to_o the_o cape_n of_o good_a hope_n as_o it_o be_v the_o opinion_n of_o some_o the_o truth_n hereof_o be_v not_o to_o this_o day_n well_o know_v neither_o be_v there_o any_o one_o find_v that_o have_v discover_v that_o land_n the_o viceroy_n don_n martin_n henrique_n saâ—de_v unto_o i_o that_o he_o hold_v this_o report_n for_o a_o invention_n of_o the_o english_a that_o the_o straight_o shall_v present_o make_v a_o island_n and_o that_o the_o two_o sea_n do_v join_v together_o for_o that_o be_v viceroy_n of_o new_a spain_n he_o have_v diligent_o examine_v the_o portugal_n pilot_n who_o have_v be_v leave_v there_o by_o francis_n drake_n and_o yet_o have_v no_o knowledge_n of_o any_o such_o matter_n by_o he_o but_o that_o be_v a_o very_a straight_o and_o a_o main_a land_n on_o either_o side_n return_v then_o to_o the_o say_a vice-admiral_n they_o discover_v this_o straight_a as_o the_o say_a hernando_n lamero_n report_v unto_o i_o but_o by_o another_o mouth_n or_o entry_n and_o in_o a_o great_a height_n by_o reason_n of_o a_o certain_a great_a island_n which_o be_v at_o the_o entry_n of_o the_o straight_a which_o they_o call_v the_o bell_n for_o the_o form_n it_o carry_v and_o as_o he_o say_v he_o will_v have_v pass_v it_o but_o the_o captain_n and_o soldier_n will_v not_o yield_v thereunto_o suppose_v that_o the_o time_n be_v too_o far_o spend_v and_o that_o they_o be_v in_o great_a danger_n and_o so_o they_o return_v to_o chille_n and_o peru_n without_o pass_v it_o of_o the_o straight_a which_o some_o hold_n to_o be_v in_o florida_n chap._n 12._o even_o as_o magellan_n find_v out_o this_o straight_a upon_o the_o south_n so_o some_o have_v pretend_v to_o discover_v another_o straight_a which_o they_o say_v be_v in_o the_o north_n and_o suppose_v it_o to_o be_v in_o florida_n who_o coast_n run_v in_o such_o sort_n as_o they_o know_v no_o end_n thereof_o peter_n melendez_n the_o adelantade_fw-la a_o man_n very_o expert_a at_o sea_n affirm_v for_o certain_a that_o there_o be_v a_o straight_a and_o that_o the_o king_n have_v command_v he_o to_o discover_v it_o wherein_o he_o show_v a_o great_a desire_n he_o propound_v his_o reason_n to_o prove_v his_o opinion_n say_v that_o they_o have_v see_v some_o remainder_n of_o ship_n in_o the_o north_n sea_n like_v unto_o those_o the_o which_o the_o chinois_n use_n which_o have_v be_v impossible_a if_o there_o be_v no_o passage_n from_o one_o sea_n unto_o another_o moreover_o he_o report_v that_o in_o a_o certain_a great_a bay_n in_o florida_n the_o which_o run_v 300._o league_n within_o the_o land_n they_o see_v whale_n in_o some_o season_n of_o the_o year_n which_o come_v from_o the_o other_o sea_n show_v moreover_o other_o likelihood_n he_o conclude_v that_o it_o be_v a_o thing_n agree_v with_o the_o wisdom_n of_o the_o creator_n and_o the_o goodly_a order_n of_o nature_n that_o as_o there_o be_v communication_n and_o a_o passage_n betwixt_o the_o two_o sea_n at_o the_o pole_n antarctic_a so_o there_o shall_v in_o like_a sort_n be_v one_o at_o the_o pole_n arctic_a which_o be_v the_o principal_a pole_n some_o will_v say_v that_o drake_n have_v knowledge_n of_o this_o straight_a and_o that_o he_o give_v occasion_n so_o to_o judge_v whenas_o he_o pass_v along_o the_o coast_n of_o new_a spain_n by_o the_o south_n sea_n yea_o they_o hold_v opinion_n that_o other_o englishman_n which_o this_o year_n 1587._o take_v a_o ship_n come_v from_o the_o philippines_n with_o great_a quantity_n of_o gold_n and_o other_o riches_n do_v pass_v this_o straight_a which_o prize_n they_o make_v near_o to_o the_o calliphorne_n which_o course_n the_o ship_n return_v from_o the_o philippines_n and_o china_n to_o new_a spain_n do_v usual_o observe_v they_o confident_o believe_v that_o as_o the_o courage_n of_o man_n be_v great_a and_o his_o desire_n infinite_a to_o find_v new_a mean_n to_o enrich_v himself_o so_o within_o few_o year_n this_o secret_a will_v be_v discover_v and_o true_o it_o be_v a_o thing_n worthy_a admiration_n that_o as_o the_o ant_n do_v always_o follow_v the_o trace_n of_o other_o so_o man_n in_o the_o knowledge_n and_o search_n of_o new_a thing_n never_o stay_v until_o they_o have_v attain_v the_o desire_a end_n for_o the_o content_a and_o glory_n of_o man_n and_o the_o high_a and_o eternal_a wisdom_n of_o the_o creator_n use_v this_o curiosity_n of_o man_n to_o communicate_v the_o light_n of_o his_o holy_a gospel_n to_o people_n that_o always_o live_v in_o the_o obscure_a darkness_n of_o their_o error_n but_o to_o conclude_v the_o straight_a of_o the_o arctic_a pole_n if_o there_o be_v any_o have_v not_o be_v yet_o discover_v it_o shall_v not_o therefore_o be_v from_o the_o purpose_n to_o speak_v what_o we_o know_v of_o the_o particularity_n of_o the_o antarctic_a strait_n already_o discover_v and_o know_v by_o the_o report_n of_o such_o as_o have_v see_v and_o observe_v it_o of_o the_o property_n of_o the_o straight_a of_o magellan_n chap._n 13._o this_o straight_a as_o i_o have_v say_v be_v just_a fifty_o degree_n to_o the_o south_n and_o from_o one_o sea_n to_o another_o fourscore_o and_o ten_o or_o a_o hundred_o league_n in_o the_o narrow_a place_n it_o be_v a_o league_n and_o little_a less_o wherâ—_n it_o be_v intend_v the_o king_n shall_v build_v a_o fort_n to_o defend_v the_o passage_n it_o be_v so_o deep_a in_o some_o place_n that_o it_o can_v be_v sound_v and_o in_o some_o place_n they_o find_v ground_n at_o 18._o yea_o at_o 15._o fathom_n of_o these_o hundred_o league_n which_o it_o contain_v in_o length_n from_o one_o sea_n unto_o the_o other_o it_o be_v plain_o see_v that_o the_o wave_n of_o the_o south_n sea_n run_v 30._o league_n and_o the_o other_o 70._o be_v possess_v with_o the_o billow_n and_o wave_n of_o the_o north_n sea_n but_o there_o be_v this_o difference_n
that_o man_n have_v not_o so_o long_a a_o sight_n nor_o so_o nimble_a and_o swift_a foot_n as_o be_v needful_a to_o transport_v his_o eye_n from_o one_o part_n to_o another_o in_o so_o short_a a_o time_n as_o a_o tide_n will_v give_v he_o respite_n which_o be_v only_o six_o hour_n of_o sundry_a fisher_n and_o their_o manner_n of_o fish_v at_o the_o indies_n chap._n 15._o there_o be_v in_o the_o indian_a ocean_n a_o infinite_a number_n of_o fish_n the_o kind_n &_o property_n whereof_o the_o creator_n only_o can_v declare_v there_o be_v many_o such_o as_o we_o have_v in_o the_o sea_n of_o europe_n as_o shadde_n and_o alose_v which_o come_v from_o the_o sea_n into_o the_o river_n dorad_n pilchard_n and_o many_o other_o there_o be_v other_o the_o like_a i_o do_v not_o think_v to_o have_v see_v in_o these_o part_n as_o those_o which_o they_o do_v call_v cabrillas_n which_o do_v somewhat_o resemble_v the_o trout_n and_o in_o new_a spain_n they_o call_v they_o bobos_n they_o mount_v from_o the_o sea_n into_o the_o river_n i_o have_v not_o see_v any_o besugues_n there_o nor_o trout_n although_o some_o say_v there_o be_v in_o chille_n there_o be_v tonins_n in_o some_o part_n upon_o the_o coast_n of_o peru_n but_o they_o be_v rare_a and_o some_o be_v of_o opinion_n that_o at_o a_o certain_a time_n they_o do_v cast_v their_o spawn_n in_o the_o straight_a of_o magellan_n as_o they_o do_v in_o spain_n at_o the_o straight_a of_o gibraltar_n and_o for_o this_o reason_n they_o find_v more_o upon_o the_o coast_n of_o chille_n although_o those_o i_o have_v see_v there_o be_v not_o like_a to_o they_o in_o spain_n at_o the_o island_n which_o they_o call_v barlovente_n which_o be_v cuba_n saint_n dominique_n port_n rique_n and_o jamaique_a they_o find_v a_o fish_n which_o they_o call_v manati_n a_o strange_a kind_n of_o fish_n if_o we_o may_v call_v it_o fish_n a_o creature_n which_o engender_v her_o young_a one_o alive_a and_o have_v teat_n and_o do_v nourish_v they_o with_o milk_n feed_v of_o grass_n in_o the_o field_n but_o in_o effect_v it_o live_v continual_o in_o the_o water_n and_o therefore_o they_o eat_v it_o as_o fish_n yet_o when_o i_o do_v eat_v of_o it_o at_o saint_n dominique_n on_o a_o friday_n i_o have_v some_o scruple_n not_o for_o that_o which_o be_v speak_v but_o for_o that_o in_o colour_n and_o taste_v it_o be_v like_a unto_o morselle_n of_o veal_n so_o be_v it_o green_a and_o like_v unto_o a_o cow_n on_o the_o hinder_a part_n i_o do_v wonder_n at_o the_o incredible_a raven_a of_o the_o tibâ—rons_n or_o shark_n whenas_o i_o do_v see_v draw_v from_o one_o that_o be_v take_v in_o the_o port_n out_o of_o his_o gullet_n a_o butcher_n great_a knife_n a_o great_a iron_n hook_n and_o a_o piece_n of_o a_o cow_n head_n with_o one_o whole_a horn_n neither_o do_v i_o know_v if_o both_o be_v there_o or_o no._n i_o do_v see_v in_o a_o creek_n make_v with_o that_o sea_n a_o quarter_n of_o a_o horse_n for_o pleasure_n hang_v upon_o a_o stake_n whither_o present_o come_v a_o company_n of_o these_o tiburon_n at_o the_o smell_v thereof_o and_o for_o the_o more_o pleasure_n this_o horse_n flesh_n be_v hang_v in_o the_o air_n i_o know_v not_o how_o many_o hand_n breadth_n from_o the_o water_n this_o company_n of_o fish_n flock_n about_o it_o leap_v up_o and_o with_o a_o strange_a nimbleness_n cut_v off_o both_o flesh_n and_o bone_n off_o the_o horse_n leg_n as_o if_o it_o have_v be_v the_o stalk_n of_o a_o lettuce_n their_o tooth_n be_v as_o sharp_a as_o a_o razor_n there_o be_v certain_a small_a fish_n they_o call_v rambos_n which_o cleave_v to_o these_o tiburon_n neither_o can_v they_o drive_v they_o away_o and_o they_o be_v feed_v with_o that_o which_o fall_v from_o the_o tiburon_n there_o be_v other_o small_a fish_n which_o they_o call_v fly_v fish_n the_o which_o be_v find_v within_o the_o tropicke_n and_o in_o no_o other_o place_n as_o i_o think_v they_o be_v pursue_v by_o the_o ducade_n and_o to_o escape_v they_o they_o leap_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n and_o go_v a_o good_a way_n in_o the_o air_n and_o for_o this_o reason_n they_o be_v call_v fly_v fish_n they_o have_v wing_n as_o it_o be_v of_o linen_n cloth_n or_o of_o parchment_n which_o do_v support_v they_o some_o space_n in_o the_o air_n there_o do_v one_o fly_v or_o leap_v into_o the_o ship_n wherein_o i_o go_v the_o which_o i_o do_v see_v and_o observe_v the_o fashion_n of_o his_o wing_n in_o the_o indian_a history_n there_o be_v often_o mention_v make_v of_o lizard_n or_o caymans_n as_o they_o call_v they_o and_o they_o be_v the_o very_a same_o which_o pliny_n and_o the_o ancient_n call_v crocodile_n they_o find_v they_o on_o the_o sea_n side_n and_o in_o hot_a river_n for_o in_o cold_a river_n there_o be_v none_o to_o be_v find_v and_o therefore_o they_o find_v none_o upon_o all_o the_o coast_n of_o peru_n unto_o payra_n but_o forward_o they_o be_v common_o see_v in_o the_o river_n it_o be_v a_o most_o fierce_a and_o cruel_a beast_n although_o it_o be_v slow_a and_o heavy_a he_o go_v hunt_v and_o seek_v his_o prey_n on_o the_o land_n and_o what_o he_o take_v alive_a he_o drown_v it_o in_o the_o water_n yet_o do_v he_o not_o eat_v it_o but_o out_o of_o the_o water_n for_o that_o his_o throat_n be_v of_o such_o a_o fashion_n as_o if_o there_o enter_v any_o water_n he_o shall_v easy_o be_v drown_v it_o be_v a_o wonder_a thing_n to_o see_v a_o combat_n betwixt_o a_o caymant_n and_o a_o tiger_n whereof_o there_o be_v most_o cruel_a at_o the_o indies_n a_o religious_a man_n of_o our_o company_n tell_v i_o that_o he_o have_v see_v these_o beast_n fight_v most_o cruel_o one_o against_o the_o other_o upon_o the_o sea_n shore_n the_o caymant_n with_o his_o tail_n give_v great_a blow_n unto_o the_o tiger_n strive_v with_o his_o great_a force_n to_o carry_v he_o into_o the_o water_n and_o the_o tiger_n with_o his_o paw_n resist_v the_o caymant_n draw_v he_o to_o land_n in_o the_o end_n the_o tiger_n vanquish_v and_o open_v the_o lezard_n it_o seem_v by_o the_o belly_n the_o which_o be_v most_o tender_a and_o penetrable_a for_o in_o every_o other_o part_n he_o be_v so_o hard_a that_o no_o lance_n and_o scarce_o a_o harquebus_n can_v pierce_v it_o the_o victory_n which_o a_o indian_a have_v of_o a_o caymant_n be_v yet_o more_o rare_a the_o caimant_n have_v carry_v away_o his_o young_a child_n and_o sudden_o plunge_v into_o the_o sea_n the_o indian_a move_v with_o choler_n cast_v himself_o after_o he_o with_o a_o knife_n in_o his_o hand_n and_o as_o they_o be_v excellent_a swimmer_n and_o diever_n and_o the_o caymant_n swim_v always_o on_o the_o top_n of_o the_o water_n he_o hurt_v he_o in_o the_o belly_n and_o in_o such_o sort_n that_o the_o caymant_n feel_v himself_o wound_v go_v to_o the_o shore_n leave_v the_o little_a infant_n dead_a but_o the_o combat_n which_o the_o indian_n have_v with_o whale_n be_v yet_o more_o admirable_a wherein_o appear_v the_o power_n and_o greatness_n of_o the_o creator_n to_o give_v so_o base_a a_o nation_n as_o be_v the_o indian_n the_o industry_n and_o courage_n to_o encounter_v the_o most_o fierce_a and_o deform_a beast_n in_o the_o world_n and_o only_o to_o fight_v with_o he_o but_o also_o to_o vanquish_v he_o &_o not_o to_o triumph_v over_o he_o consider_v this_o i_o have_v often_o remember_v that_o place_n of_o the_o psalm_n speak_v of_o the_o whale_n draco_n iste_fw-la quem_fw-la formasti_fw-la ad_fw-la illudendum_fw-la eum_fw-la what_o great_a mockery_n can_v there_o be_v then_o to_o see_v a_o indian_a lead_v a_o whale_n as_o big_a as_o a_o mountain_n vanquish_v with_o a_o cord_n the_o manner_n the_o indian_n of_o florida_n use_n as_o some_o expert_a man_n have_v tell_v i_o to_o take_v these_o whale_n whereof_o there_o be_v great_a store_n be_v they_o put_v themselves_o into_o a_o canoe_n which_o be_v like_o a_o bark_n of_o a_o tree_n and_o in_o swim_v approach_n near_o the_o whale_n side_n then_o with_o great_a dexterity_n they_o leap_v to_o his_o neck_n and_o there_o they_o ride_v as_o on_o horse_n back_o expect_v his_o time_n than_o he_o thrust_n a_o sharp_a and_o strong_a stake_n which_o he_o carry_v with_o he_o into_o the_o whale_n nostril_n for_o so_o they_o call_v the_o hole_n or_o vent_n by_o which_o they_o breathe_v present_o he_o beat_v it_o in_o with_o a_o other_o stake_n as_o forcible_o as_o he_o can_v in_o the_o mean_a space_n the_o whale_n do_v furious_o beat_v the_o sea_n and_o raise_v mountain_n of_o water_n run_v into_o the_o deep_a with_o great_a violence_n and_o present_o rise_v again_o not_o know_v what_o to_o do_v for_o pain_n the_o indian_a still_o
sit_v firm_a and_o to_o give_v he_o full_a payment_n for_o this_o trouble_n he_o beat_v another_o stake_n into_o the_o other_o vent_n or_o nostril_n so_o as_o he_o stop_v he_o quite_o and_o take_v away_o his_o breathe_n than_o he_o betake_v he_o to_o his_o canoe_n which_o he_o hold_v tie_v with_o a_o cord_n to_o the_o whale_n side_n and_o go_v to_o land_n have_v first_o tie_v his_o cord_n to_o the_o whale_n the_o which_o he_o let_v run_v with_o the_o whale_n who_o leap_v from_o place_n to_o place_n while_o he_o find_v water_n enough_o be_v trouble_v with_o pain_n in_o the_o end_n he_o come_v near_o the_o land_n and_o remain_v on_o ground_n by_o the_o hugeness_n of_o his_o body_n unable_a any_o more_o to_o move_v then_o a_o great_a number_n of_o indian_n come_v unto_o the_o conqueror_n to_o gather_v his_o spoil_n they_o kill_v he_o and_o cut_v his_o flesh_n in_o piece_n the_o which_o be_v bad_a enough_o this_o do_v they_o dry_a and_o beat_v into_o powder_n use_v it_o for_o meat_n it_o do_v last_v they_o long_o wherein_o be_v fulfil_v that_o which_o be_v speak_v in_o another_o psalm_n of_o the_o whale_n dedisti_fw-la eum_fw-la escam_fw-la populis_fw-la aethiopum_fw-la peter_n mendez_n the_o adelantade_fw-la do_v often_o speak_v of_o this_o kind_n of_o fish_v whereof_o mâ—nardes_n make_v mention_n in_o his_o book_n there_o be_v a_o other_o fish_v which_o the_o indian_n do_v common_o use_v in_o the_o sea_n the_o which_o although_o it_o be_v less_o yet_o be_v it_o worthy_a the_o report_n they_o make_v as_o it_o be_v faggot_n of_o bul-rush_n or_o dry_a sedge_n well_o bind_v together_o which_o they_o call_v bassa_n have_v carry_v they_o upon_o their_o shoulder_n to_o the_o sea_n they_o cast_v they_o in_o and_o present_o leap_v upon_o they_o be_v so_o set_v they_o launch_v out_o into_o the_o deep_a row_v up_o and_o down_o with_o small_a reed_n of_o either_o side_n they_o go_v a_o league_n or_o two_o into_o the_o sea_n to_o fish_n carry_v with_o they_o their_o cord_n and_o net_n upon_o these_o faggot_n and_o bear_v themselves_o thereon_o they_o cast_v out_o their_o net_n and_o do_v there_o remain_v fish_v the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o day_n and_o night_n until_o they_o have_v fill_v up_o their_o measure_n with_o the_o which_o they_o return_v well_o satisfy_v true_o it_o be_v delightful_a to_o see_v they_o fish_n at_o callao_n of_o lima_n for_o that_o they_o be_v many_o in_o number_n and_o every_o one_o set_v on_o horseback_n cut_v the_o wave_n of_o the_o sea_n which_o in_o their_o place_n of_o fish_v be_v great_a and_o furious_a resemble_v the_o triton_n or_o neptune_n which_o they_o paint_v upon_o the_o water_n and_o be_v come_v to_o land_n they_o draw_v their_o bark_n out_o of_o the_o water_n upon_o their_o back_n the_o which_o they_o present_o undo_v and_o lay_v abroad_o on_o the_o shore_n to_o dry_v there_o be_v other_o indian_n of_o the_o valley_n of_o yca_n which_o be_v accustom_v to_o go_v to_o fish_n in_o leather_n or_o skin_n of_o sea-wolve_n blow_v up_o with_o wind_n and_o from_o time_n to_o time_n they_o do_v blow_v they_o like_o ball_n of_o wind_n lest_o they_o shall_v sink_v in_o the_o vale_n of_o canete_n which_o in_o old_a time_n they_o call_v guaroo_n there_o be_v a_o great_a number_n of_o indian_a fisher_n but_o because_o they_o resist_v the_o ingua_n when_o he_o come_v to_o conquer_v that_o land_n he_o make_v show_v of_o peace_n with_o they_o and_o therefore_o to_o feast_v he_o they_o appoint_v a_o solemn_a fish_n of_o many_o thousand_o indian_n which_o go_v to_o sea_n in_o their_o vessel_n of_o reed_n at_o who_o return_n the_o ingua_n who_o have_v lay_v many_o soldier_n in_o ambush_n make_v a_o cruel_a butchery_n of_o they_o so_o as_o afterward_o this_o land_n remain_v unpeople_v although_o it_o be_v abundant_a and_o fertile_a i_o do_v see_v a_o other_o manner_n of_o fish_v whereunto_o don_n francis_n of_o toledo_n the_o viceroy_n do_v lead_v i_o yet_o be_v it_o not_o in_o the_o sea_n but_o in_o a_o river_n which_o they_o call_v great_a in_o the_o province_n of_o charcas_n where_o the_o indian_n chiraquanas_n plunge_v into_o the_o water_n and_o swim_v with_o a_o admirable_a swiftness_n follow_v the_o fish_n where_o with_o dart_n and_o hook_n which_o they_o use_v to_o carry_v in_o their_o right_a hand_n only_o swim_v with_o the_o left_a they_o wound_v the_o fish_n and_o so_o hurt_v they_o bring_v they_o forth_o seem_v in_o this_o more_o like_a unto_o fish_n than_o man_n of_o the_o land_n but_o now_o that_o we_o have_v leave_v the_o sea_n let_v we_o come_v to_o other_o kind_n of_o water_n that_o remain_v to_o be_v speak_v of_o of_o lake_n and_o pool_n that_o be_v at_o the_o indies_n chap._n 16._o in_o place_n of_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n which_o be_v in_o the_o old_a world_n the_o creator_n have_v furnish_v this_o new_a with_o many_o lake_n whereof_o there_o be_v some_o so_o great_a as_o they_o may_v be_v proper_o call_v sea_n see_v the_o scripture_n call_v that_o of_o palestina_n so_o which_o be_v not_o so_o great_a as_o some_o of_o these_o the_o most_o famous_a be_v that_o of_o titicaca_fw-la which_o be_v at_o peru_n in_o the_o province_n of_o callao_n the_o which_o as_o i_o have_v say_v in_o the_o former_a book_n contain_v near_o fourscore_o league_n in_o compass_n into_o the_o which_o there_o run_v ten_o or_o twelve_o great_a river_n a_o while_n since_o they_o begin_v to_o sail_v in_o it_o with_o bark_n and_o ship_n wherein_o they_o proceed_v so_o ill_o that_o the_o first_o ship_n be_v split_v with_o a_o tempest_n that_o do_v rise_v in_o the_o lake_n the_o water_n be_v not_o altogether_o sour_a nor_o salt_n as_o that_o of_o the_o sea_n but_o it_o be_v so_o thick_a as_o it_o can_v be_v drink_v there_o be_v two_o kind_n of_o fish_n breed_v in_o this_o lake_n in_o great_a abundance_n the_o one_o they_o call_v suche_n which_o be_v great_a and_o savorous_a but_o phlegmatic_a and_o unwholesome_a and_o the_o other_o bogos_n which_o be_v more_o healthful_a although_o it_o be_v less_o and_o full_a of_o bone_n there_o be_v great_a number_n of_o wilde-duckes_a and_o wigens_fw-la whenas_o the_o indian_n will_v feast_v it_o or_o show_v delight_n to_o any_o one_o that_o pass_v along_o the_o two_o bank_n which_o they_o call_v chucuyto_n and_o omasugo_n they_o assemble_v a_o great_a number_n of_o canoe_n make_v a_o circle_n and_o environ_v the_o foul_a until_o they_o take_v with_o their_o hand_n what_o they_o please_v and_o they_o call_v this_o manner_n of_o fish_v chaco_n on_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o bank_n of_o this_o lake_n be_v the_o best_a habitation_n of_o peru._n from_o the_o issue_n thereof_o there_o grow_v a_o lesser_a lake_n although_o it_o be_v great_a which_o they_o call_v paria_fw-la upon_o the_o bank_n whereof_o there_o be_v great_a number_n of_o cattle_n especial_o swine_n which_o grow_v exceed_o fat_a with_o the_o grass_n upon_o those_o bank_n there_o be_v many_o other_o lake_n in_o the_o high_a mountain_n whence_o proceed_v brook_n &_o river_n which_o after_o become_v great_a flood_n upon_o the_o way_n from_o arequippa_n to_o callao_n there_o be_v two_o lake_n upon_o the_o mountain_n of_o the_o one_o &_o other_o side_n the_o way_n from_o the_o one_o flow_v a_o brook_n which_o grow_v to_o a_o â—loud_n and_o fall_v into_o the_o south_n sea_n from_o the_o other_o they_o say_v the_o famous_a river_n of_o aporima_fw-la take_v her_o beginning_n from_o the_o which_o some_o hold_n that_o the_o renown_a river_n of_o amazos_n otherwise_o call_v maragnon_n proceed_v with_o so_o great_a a_o assembly_n and_o abundance_n of_o water_n which_o join_v in_o these_o mountain_n it_o be_v a_o question_n may_v be_v often_o ask_v why_o there_o be_v so_o many_o lake_n in_o the_o top_n of_o these_o mountain_n into_o the_o which_o no_o river_n enter_v but_o contrariwise_o many_o great_a stream_n issue_v forth_o and_o yet_o do_v we_o scarce_o see_v these_o lake_n to_o diminish_v any_o thing_n at_o any_o season_n of_o the_o year_n to_o imagine_v that_o these_o lake_n grow_v by_o the_o snow_n that_o melt_v or_o rain_n from_o heaven_n that_o do_v not_o whole_o satisfy_v i_o for_o there_o be_v many_o that_o have_v not_o this_o abundance_n of_o snow_n nor_o rain_n and_o yet_o we_o see_v no_o decrease_n in_o they_o which_o make_v i_o to_o believe_v they_o be_v spring_n which_o rise_v there_o natural_o although_o it_o be_v not_o against_o reason_n to_o think_v that_o the_o snow_n and_o rain_n help_v somewhat_o in_o some_o season_n these_o lake_n be_v so_o common_a in_o the_o high_a top_n of_o the_o mountain_n that_o you_o shall_v hardly_o find_v any_o famous_a river_n that_o take_v not_o his_o beginning_n from_o one_o of_o
not_o so_o healthful_a and_o at_o this_o day_n we_o see_v it_o less_o people_v although_o in_o former_a time_n it_o have_v be_v great_o inhabit_v with_o indian_n as_o it_o appear_v by_o the_o history_n of_o new_a spain_n and_o peru_n and_o where_o they_o keep_v and_o live_v for_o that_o the_o soil_n be_v natural_a unto_o they_o be_v breed_v there_o they_o live_v of_o fish_v at_o sea_n &_o of_o seed_n draw_v brook_n from_o the_o river_n which_o they_o use_v for_o want_v of_o rain_n for_o that_o it_o rain_v little_a there_o and_o in_o some_o place_n not_o at_o all_o this_o low_a country_n have_v many_o place_n inhabitable_a as_o well_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o sand_n which_o be_v dangerous_a for_o there_o be_v whole_a mountain_n of_o these_o sand_n as_o also_o for_o the_o marsh_n which_o grow_v by_o reason_n of_o the_o water_n that_o fall_v from_o the_o mountain_n which_o find_v no_o issue_n in_o these_o flat_a and_o low_a land_n drown_v they_o and_o make_v they_o unprofitable_a and_o in_o truth_n the_o great_a part_n of_o all_o the_o indian_a sea_n coast_n be_v of_o this_o sort_n chief_o upon_o the_o south_n sea_n the_o habitation_n of_o which_o coast_n be_v at_o this_o present_a so_o waste_v &_o contemn_v that_o of_o thirty_o part_n of_o the_o people_n that_o inhabit_v it_o there_o want_v twenty_o nine_o and_o it_o be_v likely_a the_o rest_n of_o the_o indian_n will_v in_o short_a time_n decay_n many_o according_a to_o the_o variety_n of_o their_o opinion_n attribute_v this_o to_o diverse_a cause_n some_o to_o the_o great_a labour_n which_o have_v be_v impose_v upon_o these_o indian_n other_o unto_o the_o change_n and_o variety_n of_o meat_n and_o drink_v they_o use_v since_o their_o commerce_n with_o the_o spaniard_n other_o to_o their_o great_a excess_n &_o drink_v and_o to_o other_o vice_n they_o have_v for_o my_o part_n i_o hold_v this_o disorder_n to_o be_v the_o great_a cause_n of_o their_o decay_n whereof_o it_o be_v not_o now_o time_n to_o discourse_v any_o more_o in_o this_o low_a country_n which_o i_o say_v general_o be_v unhealthful_a and_o unfit_a for_o man_n habitation_n there_o be_v exception_n in_o some_o place_n which_o be_v temperate_a and_o fertile_a as_o the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o plain_n of_o peru_n where_o there_o be_v cool_a valley_n and_o very_o fertile_a the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o habitation_n of_o the_o coast_n entertain_v all_o the_o traffic_n of_o spain_n by_o sea_n whereon_o all_o the_o estate_n of_o the_o indies_n depend_v upon_o this_o coast_n there_o be_v some_o town_n well_o people_v as_o lima_n and_o truxillo_n in_o peru_n panama_n and_o carthagena_n upon_o the_o main_a land_n and_o in_o the_o land_n s_o dominique_n port_n ricco_fw-it and_o havana_n with_o many_o other_o town_n which_o be_v less_o than_o these_o as_o the_o true_a cross_n in_o new_a spain_n yca_n arigua_n and_o other_o in_o peru_n the_o port_n be_v common_o inhabit_v although_o but_o slender_o the_o second_o sort_n of_o land_n be_v contrary_a very_o high_a and_o by_o consequent_a cold_a and_o dry_a as_o all_o the_o mountain_n be_v common_o this_o land_n be_v neither_o fertile_a nor_o pleasant_a but_o very_o healthful_a which_o make_v it_o to_o be_v people_v and_o inhabit_v there_o be_v pasture_n and_o great_a store_n of_o cattle_n the_o which_o for_o the_o most_o part_n entertain_v life_n and_o by_o their_o cattle_n they_o supply_v the_o want_n they_o have_v of_o corn_n and_o grain_n by_o truck_v and_o exchange_n but_o that_o which_o make_v these_o land_n more_o inhabit_v and_o people_v be_v the_o riches_n of_o the_o mine_n that_o be_v find_v there_o for_o that_o all_o obey_v to_o gold_n and_o silver_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o mine_n there_o be_v some_o dwelling_n of_o spaniard_n and_o indian_n which_o be_v increase_v and_o multiply_v as_o potozi_n and_o gancavelicqua_n in_o peru_n and_o cacatecas_n in_o new_a spain_n there_o be_v also_o through_o all_o these_o mountain_n great_a dwelling_n of_o the_o indian_n which_o to_o this_o day_n be_v maintain_v yea_o some_o will_v say_v they_o increase_v but_o that_o the_o labour_n of_o the_o mine_n do_v consume_v many_o and_o some_o general_a disease_n have_v destroy_v a_o great_a part_n as_o the_o cocoliste_n in_o new_a spain_n yet_o they_o find_v no_o great_a diminution_n in_o this_o extremity_n of_o of_o high_a ground_n they_o find_v two_o commodity_n as_o i_o have_v say_v of_o pasture_n and_o mine_n which_o do_v well_o countervail_v the_o two_o other_o that_o be_v in_o the_o low_a ground_n alonge_v the_o sea_n coast_n that_o be_v the_o commerce_n of_o the_o sea_n &_o the_o abundance_n of_o wine_n which_o grow_v not_o but_o in_o the_o hot_a land_n betwixt_o these_o two_o extreme_n there_o be_v ground_n of_o a_o mean_a height_n the_o which_o although_o it_o be_v in_o some_o part_n high_a or_o low_a one_o than_o other_o yet_o do_v it_o not_o approach_v neither_o to_o the_o heat_n of_o the_o sea_n coast_n nor_o the_o intemperature_n of_o the_o mountain_n in_o this_o sort_n of_o soil_n there_o grow_v many_o kind_n of_o grain_n as_o wheat_n barley_n and_o may_v which_o grow_v not_o at_o all_o in_o the_o high_a country_n but_o well_o in_o the_o low_a there_o be_v likewise_o store_n of_o pasture_n cattle_n fruit_n and_o green_a forest_n this_o part_n be_v the_o best_a habitation_n of_o the_o three_o for_o health_n and_o recreation_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v best_o people_v of_o any_o part_n of_o the_o indies_n the_o which_o i_o have_v curious_o observe_v in_o many_o voyage_n that_o i_o have_v undertake_v and_o have_v always_o find_v it_o true_a that_o the_o province_n best_o people_v at_o the_o indies_n be_v in_o this_o situation_n let_v we_o look_v near_o into_o new_a spain_n the_o which_o without_o doubt_n be_v the_o best_a province_n the_o sun_n do_v circle_n by_o what_o part_n soever_o you_o do_v enter_v you_o mount_v up_o and_o when_o you_o have_v mount_v a_o good_a height_n you_o begin_v to_o descend_v yet_o very_o little_a and_o that_o land_n be_v always_o much_o high_a than_o that_o along_o the_o sea_n coast_n all_o the_o land_n about_o mexico_n be_v of_o this_o nature_n and_o situation_n and_o that_o which_o be_v about_o the_o vulcan_n which_o be_v the_o best_a soil_n of_o the_o indies_n as_o also_o in_o peru_n arequipa_n guamangua_n and_o cusco_n although_o more_o in_o one_o then_o in_o the_o other_o but_o in_o the_o end_n all_o be_v high_a ground_n although_o they_o descend_v into_o deep_a valley_n and_o climb_v up_o to_o high_a mountain_n the_o like_a be_v speak_v of_o quitto_n saint_n foy_n and_o of_o the_o best_a of_o the_o new_a kingdom_n to_o conclude_v i_o do_v believe_v that_o the_o wisdom_n and_o providence_n of_o the_o creator_n will_v have_v it_o so_o that_o the_o great_a part_n of_o this_o country_n of_o the_o indies_n shall_v be_v hilly_a that_o it_o may_v be_v of_o a_o better_a temperature_n for_o be_v low_a it_o have_v be_v very_o hot_a under_o the_o burn_a zone_n especial_o be_v far_o from_o the_o sea_n also_o all_o the_o land_n i_o have_v see_v at_o the_o indies_n be_v near_o to_o the_o mountain_n on_o the_o one_o side_n or_o the_o other_o and_o sometime_o of_o all_o part_n so_o as_o i_o have_v oftentimes_o say_v there_o that_o i_o will_v glad_o see_v any_o place_n from_o whence_o the_o horizon_n do_v fashion_v itself_o and_o end_n by_o the_o heaven_n and_o a_o country_n stretch_v out_o and_o even_o as_o we_o see_v in_o spain_n in_o a_o thousand_o champain_n field_n yet_o do_v i_o not_o remember_v that_o i_o have_v ever_o see_v such_o sight_n at_o the_o indies_n be_v it_o in_o the_o land_n or_o upon_o the_o main_a land_n although_o i_o have_v travel_v above_o seven_o hundred_o league_n in_o length_n but_o as_o i_o have_v say_v the_o nearness_n of_o the_o mountain_n be_v very_o commodious_a in_o this_o region_n to_o temper_v the_o heat_n of_o the_o sun_n to_o conclude_v the_o best_a inhabit_a part_n of_o the_o indies_n be_v as_o i_o have_v say_v and_o general_o all_o that_o country_n abound_v in_o grass_n pasture_n and_o forest_n contrary_a unto_o that_o which_o aristotle_n and_o the_o ancient_n do_v hold_v so_o as_o when_o we_o go_v out_o of_o europe_n to_o the_o indies_n we_o wonder_v to_o see_v the_o land_n so_o pleasant_a green_a and_o fresh_a yet_o this_o rule_n have_v some_o exception_n &_o chief_o in_o the_o land_n of_o peru_n which_o be_v of_o a_o strange_a nature_n among_o all_o other_o whereof_o we_o will_v now_o proceed_v to_o speak_v of_o the_o property_n of_o the_o land_n of_o peru._n chap._n 20._o we_o mean_v by_o peru_n not_o that_o great_a part_n of_o the_o world_n which_o they_o call_v america_n see_v that_o therein_o be_v contain_v bresil_n
draw_v it_o there_o be_v great_a abundance_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o chille_n of_o quitto_n and_o in_o the_o new_a realm_n of_o grenado_n the_o most_o famous_a gold_n be_v that_o of_o caranava_n in_o peru_n and_o of_o valdivia_n in_o chille_n for_o that_o it_o rise_v with_o his_o alloy_n and_o perfection_n which_o be_v twenty_o three_o carrat_n and_o a_o half_a and_o sometimes_o more_o they_o make_v account_v likewise_o of_o the_o gold_n of_o veraâ—â—a_n to_o be_v very_o fine_a they_o bring_v much_o gold_n to_o mexico_n from_o the_o philippines_n and_o china_n but_o common_o it_o be_v weak_a and_o of_o base_a alloy_n gold_n be_v common_o find_v mix_v with_o silver_n or_o with_o copper_n but_o that_o which_o be_v mix_v with_o silver_n be_v common_o of_o few_o carraâ—s_n than_o that_o which_o be_v mix_v with_o copper_n if_o there_o bâ—â—a_o siâ—e_a partâ—_n of_o silver_n 〈◊〉_d pliny_n say_v it_o be_v then_o proper_o call_v flâ—â—â—â—_n which_o have_v the_o property_n to_o shine_v more_o at_o the_o light_n of_o the_o fire_n then_o fine_a gold_n or_o fine_a silver_n that_o which_o be_v incorporate_a with_o copper_n be_v common_o of_o a_o high_a value_n they_o refine_v powldr_v gold_n in_o basin_n wash_v it_o in_o many_o water_n until_o the_o sand_n fall_v from_o it_o and_o the_o gold_n as_o most_o heavy_a remain_v in_o the_o bottom_n they_o refine_v it_o likewise_o with_o quickesilver_n and_o strong_a water_n for_o that_o the_o allume_v whereof_o they_o make_v this_o water_n have_v the_o virtue_n to_o separate_v gold_n from_o dross_n or_o from_o other_o metal_n after_o it_o be_v purify_v and_o melt_a they_o make_v brick_n or_o small_a bar_n to_o carry_v it_o unto_o spain_n for_o be_v in_o powder_n they_o can_v transport_v it_o from_o the_o indies_n for_o they_o can_v neither_o custom_n it_o mark_v it_o nor_o take_v say_v until_o it_o be_v melt_v the_o foresay_a hisâ—â—riaâ—_n grapher_n report_v that_o spain_n above_o all_o other_o country_n of_o the_o world_n do_v abound_v in_o gold_n and_o silver_n 〈◊〉_d especial_o galitia_fw-la and_o portugal_n &_o above_o all_o the_o asturiaâ—s_n whence_o he_o say_v they_o bring_v every_o year_n twenty_o thousand_o pound_n of_o gold_n and_o that_o they_o find_v not_o so_o great_a abundance_n in_o any_o other_o place_n the_o which_o be_v confirm_v in_o the_o book_n of_o macabee_n where_o it_o be_v say_v that_o amongst_o the_o great_a riches_n of_o the_o roman_n 8._o they_o have_v in_o their_o power_n the_o gold_n and_o silver_n of_o spain_n at_o this_o day_n the_o great_a treasure_n of_o spain_n come_v from_o the_o indies_n wherein_o the_o divinâ—_n providence_n have_v appoint_v one_o realm_n to_o serve_v another_o which_o do_v impart_v their_o wealth_n to_o participate_v their_o government_n for_o the_o good_a the_o one_o of_o the_o other_o in_o communicate_v mutual_o the_o good_n and_o grace_n they_o do_v enjoy_v we_o can_v not_o value_v nor_o esteem_v the_o quantity_n of_o gold_n that_o be_v bring_v from_o the_o indies_n but_o we_o may_v well_o say_v it_o be_v much_o more_o than_o that_o which_o 〈◊〉_d report_v be_v bring_v yearly_o from_o spain_n to_o româ—_n in_o the_o fleet_n where_o i_o come_v which_o be_v in_o the_o year_n 1585._o the_o declaration_n of_o the_o firm_a land_n be_v of_o of_o twelve_o casson_n or_o chest_n of_o gold_n every_o casson_n at_o the_o least_o weied_a four_o arobe_n that_o be_v a_o hundred_o weight_n and_o a_o thousand_o fifty_o and_o six_o mare_n from_o new_a spain_n which_o be_v for_o the_o king_n only_o beside_o that_o which_o come_v for_o merchant_n and_o private_a man_n be_v register_v and_o much_o that_o come_v unregistered_a this_o may_v suffice_v touch_v the_o gold_n of_o the_o indies_n and_o now_o we_o will_v speak_v of_o silver_n of_o the_o silver_n at_o the_o indies_n chap._n 5._o we_o read_v these_o word_n in_o the_o book_n of_o job_n silver_n have_v certain_a beginning_n and_o root_n in_o his_o vein_n 28._o and_o gold_n have_v a_o settle_a place_n where_o it_o engender_v and_o thicken_v iron_n with_o dig_v be_v draw_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n and_o stone_n melt_v with_o heat_n be_v turn_v into_o copper_n hereby_o he_o wise_o show_v in_o few_o word_n the_o nature_n of_o silver_n gold_n iron_n &_o copper_n we_o have_v speak_v something_o of_o the_o place_n where_o gold_n be_v engender_v and_o congeal_v which_o be_v either_o of_o the_o foresay_a stone_n in_o the_o depth_n of_o mountain_n and_o in_o the_o bowel_n of_o the_o earth_n or_o in_o the_o sand_n of_o river_n and_o where_o brook_n have_v run_v or_o else_o on_o the_o top_n of_o mountain_n the_o which_o gold_n in_o powder_n run_v down_o with_o the_o water_n and_o this_o be_v the_o common_a opinion_n they_o hold_v at_o the_o indies_n whereupon_o many_o of_o the_o common_a sort_n believe_v that_o the_o deluge_n have_v drown_v all_o even_o to_o the_o high_a hill_n have_v be_v the_o cause_n that_o at_o this_o day_n they_o find_v this_o gold_n in_o the_o river_n and_o in_o place_n so_o far_o off_o now_o we_o will_v show_v how_o they_o discover_v the_o mine_n of_o silver_n their_o vein_n root_n and_o beginning_n whereof_o job_n speak_v and_o first_o i_o will_v say_v that_o the_o reason_n why_o they_o give_v silver_n the_o second_o place_n among_o all_o other_o metal_n be_v for_o that_o it_o approach_v near_a to_o gold_n then_o any_o other_o be_v more_o durable_a and_o less_o indomage_v by_o the_o fire_n and_o more_o maniable_a than_o any_o other_o yea_o it_o pass_v gold_n in_o brightness_n beauty_n and_o sound_a the_o which_o be_v clear_a and_o agreeable_a for_o the_o colour_n be_v more_o conformable_a and_o resemble_v the_o light_n and_o the_o sound_n more_o pierce_v more_o lively_a and_o more_o delicate_a likewise_o there_o be_v some_o place_n where_o they_o value_v silver_n more_o than_o gold_n it_o be_v yet_o a_o argument_n to_o judge_v that_o gold_n be_v more_o precious_a rhen_n all_o other_o metal_n for_o that_o it_o be_v find_v with_o great_a difficulty_n and_o nature_n seem_v more_o spare_v in_o bring_v it_o forth_o although_o there_o be_v country_n as_o they_o say_v of_o chine_n where_o they_o find_v gold_n more_o easy_o than_o silver_n yet_o it_o be_v more_o common_a and_o ordinary_a to_o find_v silver_n with_o more_o facility_n and_o great_a abundance_n than_o gold_n the_o creator_n have_v furnish_v the_o west_n indies_n with_o so_o great_a a_o treasure_n of_o silver_n as_o all_o that_o which_o we_o read_v of_o in_o ancient_a history_n and_o that_o which_o be_v speak_v of_o the_o mine_n of_o spain_n and_o other_o province_n be_v not_o comparable_a to_o that_o we_o see_v in_o those_o part_n the_o mine_n of_o silver_n be_v common_o find_v in_o mountain_n and_o high_a rock_n very_a desert_n although_o they_o have_v sometime_o be_v find_v in_o plain_n and_o champain_n there_o be_v two_o different_a kind_n the_o one_o they_o call_v straggle_v the_o other_o fix_v and_o settle_v the_o straggle_a be_v piece_n of_o mettle_n find_v in_o certain_a place_n the_o which_o draw_v away_o there_o be_v no_o more_o find_v but_o the_o fix_a vein_n be_v those_o which_o have_v a_o continuance_n in_o depth_n and_o length_n like_v to_o great_a branch_n and_o arm_n of_o tree_n and_o when_o they_o find_v any_o one_o of_o they_o they_o common_o find_v many_o in_o the_o same_o place_n the_o manner_n to_o purge_v &_o refine_v silver_n which_o the_o indian_n have_v use_v be_v by_o melt_v in_o dissolve_v this_o mass_n of_o mettle_n by_o fire_n which_o cast_v the_o earthly_a dross_n apart_o and_o by_o his_o force_n separate_v silver_n from_o lead_n tin_n from_o copper_n and_o other_o metal_n mix_v to_o this_o end_n they_o do_v build_v small_a furnace_n in_o place_n whereas_o the_o wind_n do_v common_o blow_v and_o with_o wood_n and_o coal_n make_v their_o refine_n the_o which_o furnace_n in_o ptru_n they_o call_v guayras_n since_o the_o spaniard_n enter_v beside_o this_o manner_n of_o refine_n which_o they_o use_v to_o this_o day_n they_o likewise_o refine_v silver_n with_o quickesilver_n and_o draw_v more_o by_o this_o mean_n then_o in_o refine_n it_o by_o fire_n for_o there_o be_v some_o kind_n of_o silver_n mettle_n find_v which_o can_v by_o no_o mean_n be_v purge_v and_o refine_v by_o fire_n but_o only_o with_o quickesilver_n but_o thiâ—_n kind_a of_o mettle_n be_v common_o poor_a and_o weak_a the_o which_o usual_o they_o find_v in_o great_a abundance_n they_o câ—l_v that_o poor_a which_o yield_v least_o silver_n and_o great_a quantity_n of_o other_o mettle_n and_o that_o rich_a which_o yield_v mâ—st_a silver_n it_o be_v strange_a to_o see_v not_o only_o the_o difference_n betwixt_o the_o refine_n of_o mettle_n by_o fire_n and_o without_o it_o by_o quickesilver_n but_o also_o that_o some_o of_o
indies_n as_o at_o peru_n new_a spain_n in_o the_o new_a kingdom_n of_o granado_n in_o gautimalla_n in_o chille_n and_o upon_o the_o main_a land_n i_o do_v not_o find_v that_o in_o old_a time_n in_o the_o land_n of_o barlovente_n as_o cuba_n s._n dominique_n jamaique_n and_o s._n iâ—an_n that_o they_o use_v may_n at_o this_o day_n they_o use_v much_o yuca_n and_o cacavi_fw-la whereof_o we_o will_v present_o entreat_v i_o do_v not_o think_v that_o this_o may_n be_v any_o thing_n inferior_a to_o our_o wheat_n in_o strength_n nor_o substance_n but_o it_o be_v more_o hot_a and_o gross_a and_o engender_v more_o blood_n whereupon_o they_o that_o have_v not_o be_v accustom_v thereunto_o if_o they_o eat_v too_o much_o they_o swell_v and_o become_v scab_v it_o grow_v upon_o cane_n or_o reed_n every_o one_o bear_v one_o or_o two_o grape_n or_o branch_n to_o the_o which_o the_o grain_n be_v fasten_v and_o although_o the_o grain_n be_v big_a yet_o find_v they_o great_a store_n thereof_o so_o as_o in_o some_o cluster_n i_o have_v tell_v seven_o hundred_o grain_n they_o must_v plant_v it_o with_o the_o hand_n one_o by_o one_o and_o not_o very_o thick_a it_o desire_v a_o hot_a and_o moist_a ground_n and_o grow_v in_o great_a abundance_n in_o many_o place_n of_o the_o indies_n it_o be_v not_o strange_a in_o those_o country_n to_o gather_v 300._o fanegues_fw-mi or_o measure_n for_o one_o sow_v there_o be_v difference_n of_o may_n as_o there_o be_v of_o wheat_n one_o be_v great_a and_o very_a nourish_a another_o small_a and_o dry_a which_o they_o call_v moroche_n the_o green_a leaf_n and_o cane_n of_o may_n be_v a_o good_a food_n for_o their_o mule_n and_o horâ—es_n and_o it_o serve_v they_o for_o straw_n when_o it_o be_v dry_v the_o grain_n be_v of_o more_o nourishment_n for_o horse_n then_o barley_n and_o therefore_o in_o those_o country_n they_o use_v to_o water_v their_o horse_n before_o they_o eat_v for_o if_o they_o shall_v drink_v after_o they_o will_v swell_v as_o when_o they_o eat_v wheat_n may_n be_v the_o indian_n bread_n the_o which_o they_o common_o eat_v boil_v in_o the_o grain_n hot_a and_o they_o call_v it_o mote_n as_o the_o chinois_n and_o jopponois_n eat_v their_o rice_n sod_v with_o the_o hot_a water_n sometime_o they_o eat_v it_o bake_v there_o be_v some_o may_n round_o and_o big_a as_o that_o of_o lucanas_n which_o the_o spaniard_n eat_v roast_v as_o a_o delicate_a meat_n and_o have_v a_o better_a taste_n than_o buarbense_n or_o roast_a peason_n there_o be_v another_o kind_n of_o eat_v it_o more_o pleasant_a which_o be_v to_o grind_v the_o may_n and_o to_o make_v small_a cake_n of_o the_o flower_n â—he_v which_o they_o put_v in_o the_o fire_n and_o then_o bring_v they_o hot_a to_o the_o table_n in_o some_o place_n they_o call_v they_o arepaâ—_n they_o make_v also_o round_a bowl_n of_o this_o paste_n and_o so_o trim_a they_o that_o they_o continue_v long_o eat_v it_o as_o a_o dainty_a dish_n they_o have_v invent_v at_o the_o indies_n for_o friandise_n and_o pleasure_n a_o certain_a kind_n of_o paste_n they_o do_v make_v of_o this_o flow_v mix_v with_o sugar_n which_o they_o call_v biscuit_n and_o mellinder_n this_o may_n serve_v the_o indian_n not_o only_o for_o bread_n but_o also_o for_o wine_n for_o they_o do_v make_v their_o drink_n thereof_o wherewith_o they_o be_v soon_o drink_v than_o with_o wine_n of_o grape_n they_o make_v this_o wine_n of_o may_n in_o diverse_a sort_n and_o manner_n call_v it_o in_o peru_n acua_n and_o by_o the_o most_o common_a name_n of_o the_o indies_n chicha_n and_o the_o strong_a be_v make_v like_o unto_o beer_n steep_v the_o grain_n until_o it_o break_v after_o they_o boil_v it_o in_o such_o sort_n that_o it_o grow_v so_o strong_a as_o alittle_o overthrow_v a_o man_n in_o peru_n they_o call_v this_o sora_n it_o be_v defend_v by_o the_o law_n for_o the_o great_a inconvenience_n that_o grow_v thereby_o make_v man_n drink_v but_o this_o law_n be_v ill_o observe_v for_o that_o they_o use_v it_o still_o yea_o they_o spend_v whole_a day_n and_o night_n in_o drink_v carouse_n 22._o pliny_n report_v that_o this_o manner_n of_o beverage_n of_o grain_n stiep_v and_o after_o sodden_a wherewith_o they_o be_v drink_v be_v in_o old_a time_n use_v in_o spain_n france_n and_o other_o province_n as_o at_o this_o day_n in_o flanders_n they_o use_v ale_n make_v of_o malt_n there_o be_v another_o manner_n of_o make_v this_o acua_n or_o chicha_n which_o be_v to_o champ_v the_o may_v and_o make_v a_o leven_a thereof_o and_o then_o boil_v it_o yea_o the_o indian_n hold_v opinion_n that_o to_o make_v good_a leven_fw-mi it_o must_v be_v champ_v by_o old_a wither_a woman_n which_o make_v a_o man_n sick_a to_o hear_v and_o yet_o they_o do_v drink_v it_o the_o cleanly_a manner_n the_o most_o wholesome_a and_o that_o which_o least_o harm_v be_v to_o roast_v the_o may_n which_o the_o most_o civil_a indian_n do_v use_n and_o some_o spaniard_n yea_o for_o physic_n for_o in_o effect_n they_o find_v it_o a_o very_a wholesome_a drink_n for_o the_o reins_n so_o as_o you_o shall_v hardly_o find_v any_o one_o at_o the_o indies_n complain_v of_o pain_n in_o the_o back_n for_o that_o they_o do_v drink_v of_o this_o chicha_n the_o spaniard_n and_o indian_n eat_v this_o may_n boil_a and_o roast_v for_o daintiness_n when_o it_o be_v tender_a in_o the_o grape_n like_o milk_n they_o put_v it_o into_o the_o pot_n and_o make_v sauce_n that_o be_v good_a to_o eat_v the_o bud_n of_o may_n be_v very_o fat_a and_o serve_v instead_o of_o butter_n and_o oil_n so_o as_o this_o may_n at_o the_o indies_n serve_v both_o for_o man_n and_o beast_n for_o bread_n wine_n and_o oil_n for_o this_o reason_n the_o viceroy_n don_n francisco_n de_fw-fr toledo_n say_v that_o peru_n have_v two_o thing_n rich_a and_o of_o great_a norishment_n which_o be_v may_n and_o the_o cattle_n of_o the_o country_n in_o truth_n he_o have_v reason_n for_o these_o two_o thing_n do_v serve_v they_o as_o a_o thousand_o i_o will_v ask_v soon_o than_o i_o can_v answer_v it_o whence_o may_n be_v first_o carry_v to_o the_o indies_n and_o why_o they_o do_v call_v this_o profitable_a grain_n in_o italy_n turkey_n grain_n for_o in_o truth_n i_o do_v not_o find_v that_o the_o ancient_n make_v any_o mention_n of_o this_o grain_n though_o that_o mil_fw-mi that_o pliny_n write_v to_o come_v from_o the_o indies_n into_o italy_n ten_o year_n before_o he_o do_v write_v it_o have_v some_o resemblance_n unto_o may_n for_o that_o it_o be_v a_o grain_n as_o he_o say_v that_o grow_v in_o reed_n and_o cover_v itself_o with_o the_o leaf_n and_o have_v the_o top_n like_o hair_n be_v very_o fertile_a all_o which_o thing_n agree_v not_o with_o mill_n to_o conclude_v god_n have_v impart_v to_o every_o region_n what_o be_v needful_a to_o this_o continent_n he_o have_v give_v wheat_n which_o be_v the_o chief_a nourishment_n of_o man_n and_o to_o the_o indian_n he_o have_v give_v may_n which_o have_v the_o second_o place_n to_o wheat_n for_o the_o nourishment_n of_o man_n and_o beast_n of_o yucas_n caçavi_fw-la papas_n chune_n and_o ris._n chap._n 17._o in_o some_o part_n of_o the_o indies_n they_o use_v a_o kind_n of_o bread_n they_o call_v cacavi_n which_o be_v make_v of_o a_o certain_a root_n they_o call_v yuca_n this_o yuca_n be_v a_o great_a and_o gross_a root_n which_o they_o cut_v in_o small_a morsel_n they_o grate_n or_o scrape_v it_o and_o then_o put_v it_o in_o a_o press_n to_o strain_v make_v a_o thin_a and_o broad_a cake_n thereof_o almost_o '_o like_v unto_o a_o moor_n target_n or_o buckler_n then_o do_v they_o dry_v it_o and_o this_o be_v the_o bread_n they_o eat_v it_o have_v no_o taste_n but_o be_v healthful_a and_o of_o good_a nourishment_n for_o this_o reason_n we_o say_v be_v at_o s._n dominike_n that_o it_o be_v the_o proper_a food_n for_o great_a eater_n for_o that_o they_o may_v eat_v much_o without_o any_o fear_n of_o surffet_v they_o must_v of_o necessity_n water_n this_o cacavi_n before_o they_o eat_v it_o it_o be_v sharp_a and_o easy_o water_v with_o water_n or_o broth_n wherein_o it_o be_v very_o good_a for_o that_o it_o swell_v much_o and_o so_o they_o make_v capirotades_n but_o it_o be_v hardly_o stiep_v in_o milk_n in_o honey_n of_o cane_n or_o in_o wine_n for_o that_o these_o liquor_n can_v pierce_v it_o as_o it_o do_v bread_n make_v of_o wheat_n of_o this_o cacavi_n there_o be_v one_o kind_n more_o delicate_a than_o any_o other_o which_o be_v that_o they_o make_v of_o the_o slow_a call_v xauxau_n which_o they_o do_v much_o esteem_n in_o those_o part_n for_o my_o part_n i_o esteem_v more_o a_o morsel_n of_o bread_n how_o hard_a
of_o these_o shrub_n at_o the_o indies_n which_o be_v of_o very_o good_a taste_n the_o first_o spaniard_n name_v many_o thing_n at_o the_o indies_n with_o such_o spanish_a name_n as_o they_o do_v most_o resemble_v as_o pine_n concombre_n and_o prune_n although_o they_o be_v very_o different_a fruit_n to_o those_o which_o be_v so_o call_v in_o spain_n the_o pine_n or_o pine-aples_a be_v of_o the_o same_o fashion_n and_o form_n outward_o to_o those_o of_o castle_n but_o within_o they_o whole_o differ_v for_o that_o they_o have_v neither_o apple_n norscale_n but_o be_v all_o one_o flesh_n which_o may_v be_v eat_v when_o the_o skin_n be_v off_o it_o be_v fruit_n that_o have_v a_o excellent_a smell_n and_o be_v very_o pleasant_a and_o delightful_a in_o taste_n it_o be_v full_a of_o juice_n and_o of_o a_o sweet_a and_o sharp_a taste_n they_o â—ate_z it_o be_v cut_v in_o morcell_n and_o steep_v a_o while_n in_o water_n and_o salt_n some_o say_v that_o this_o breed_v choler_n and_o that_o the_o use_v thereof_o be_v not_o very_o healthful_a but_o i_o have_v not_o seenâ—_n any_o experience_n thereof_o that_o may_v breed_v belief_n they_o grow_v one_o by_o one_o like_o a_o cane_n or_o stalk_n which_o rise_v among_o many_o leaf_n like_v to_o the_o lily_n but_o somewhat_o big_a the_o apple_n be_v on_o the_o top_n of_o every_o cane_n it_o grow_v in_o hot_a and_o moist_a ground_n and_o the_o best_a be_v those_o of_o the_o land_n of_o barlovente_n it_o grow_v not_o in_o peru_n but_o they_o carry_v they_o from_o the_o andes_n the_o which_o be_v neither_o good_a nor_o ripe_a one_o present_v one_o of_o these_o pineapple_n to_o the_o emperor_n charles_n the_o five_o which_o must_v have_v cost_v much_o pain_n and_o care_v to_o bring_v it_o so_o far_o with_o the_o plant_n from_o the_o indies_n yet_o will_v he_o not_o try_v the_o taste_n i_o have_v see_v in_o new_a spain_n conserves_n of_o these_o pine_n which_o be_v very_o good_a those_o which_o they_o call_v concombre_n be_v no_o tree_n but_o shrub_n continue_v but_o one_o year_n they_o give_v it_o this_o name_n for_o that_o some_o of_o this_o fruit_n and_o the_o most_o part_n be_v in_o length_n and_o roundness_n like_v to_o the_o concombre_n of_o spain_n but_o for_o the_o rest_n they_o differ_v much_o for_o they_o be_v not_o green_a but_o violet_n yellow_a or_o white_a neither_o be_v they_o thorny_a or_o rough_a but_o polished_a and_o even_o have_v a_o very_a different_a taste_n and_o far_o better_a than_o that_o of_o spain_n for_o they_o have_v a_o sharp_a sweet_a taste_n very_o pleaasant_a when_o it_o be_v ripe_a yet_o be_v it_o not_o so_o sharp_a as_o the_o pine_n they_o be_v very_o cool_a full_a of_o liquor_n and_o of_o easy_a digestion_n and_o in_o time_n of_o heat_n fit_a to_o refresh_v they_o take_v away_o the_o rind_n which_o be_v white_a and_o all_o that_o remain_v be_v meat_n they_o grow_v in_o a_o temperate_a soil_n and_o require_v water_v and_o although_o for_o the_o resemblance_n they_o call_v they_o concombre_n yet_o be_v there_o many_o of_o they_o round_o and_o other_o of_o a_o different_a fashion_n so_o as_o they_o have_v not_o the_o figure_n of_o concombre_n i_o do_v not_o remember_v to_o have_v see_v this_o kind_n of_o fruit_n in_o new_a spain_n nor_o at_o the_o land_n but_o upon_o the_o lanos_fw-la of_o peru._n that_o which_o they_o call_v the_o little_a fruit_n of_o chille_n be_v of_o the_o same_o sort_n very_o pleasant_a to_o eat_v &_o come_v near_o the_o taste_n of_o cherry_n but_o in_o all_o other_o thing_n it_o differ_v much_o for_o that_o it_o be_v no_o tree_n but_o a_o herb_n which_o grow_v little_a and_o spread_v upon_o the_o earth_n cast_v forth_o this_o little_a fruit_n the_o which_o in_o colour_n and_o grain_n resemble_v almost_o the_o mulberry_n when_o it_o be_v white_a and_o not_o ripe_a yet_o be_v it_o more_o rough_a and_o big_a than_o the_o mulberry_n they_o say_v this_o little_a fruit_n be_v natural_o find_v in_o the_o field_n of_o chille_n where_o i_o have_v see_v of_o they_o they_o set_v it_o upon_o plant_n and_o branch_n and_o it_o grow_v like_o any_o other_o shrub_n those_o which_o they_o call_v prune_n be_v very_o the_o fruit_n of_o tree_n and_o have_v more_o resemblance_n than_o the_o rest_n to_o our_o plumb_n there_o be_v divers_a sort_n whereof_o they_o call_v some_o prune_n of_o nicaragua_n the_o which_o be_v very_o red_a and_o small_a and_o have_v little_a meat_n upon_o the_o stone_n but_o that_o little_a be_v of_o a_o exquisite_a taste_n and_o of_o a_o sharpness_n as_o good_a or_o rather_o better_a than_o cherry_n they_o hold_v this_o fruit_n to_o be_v very_o wholesome_a and_o therefore_o they_o give_v it_o to_o sick_a folk_n especial_o to_o provoke_v a_o appetite_n there_o be_v other_o that_o be_v great_a and_o of_o a_o dark_a colour_n they_o have_v much_o meat_n but_o it_o be_v gross_a and_o of_o no_o taste_n like_v to_o the_o chavacanas_n which_o have_v every_o one_o two_o or_o three_o small_a stone_n but_o to_o return_v to_o potherb_n i_o find_v not_o that_o the_o indian_n have_v any_o garden_n of_o divers_a herb_n and_o plant_n but_o do_v only_o till_o the_o land_n in_o some_o part_n for_o pulse_n which_o they_o use_v as_o those_o which_o they_o call_v frâ—solles_n and_o palares_fw-la which_o serve_v they_o as_o our_o lentil_o bean_n or_o tare_n neither_o have_v i_o know_v that_o these_o pulse_n or_o any_o other_o kind_n that_o be_v in_o europe_n be_v there_o before_o the_o spaniard_n enter_v who_o carry_v plant_n and_o pulse_n from_o spain_n thither_o where_o they_o now_o grow_v and_o increase_v wonderful_o and_o in_o some_o place_n exceed_v great_o the_o fertility_n of_o these_o part_n as_o if_o we_o speak_v of_o melon_n which_o grow_v in_o the_o valley_n of_o yuca_n in_o peru_n who_o root_n become_v a_o stalk_n that_o continue_v many_o year_n carry_v melon_n yearly_o and_o they_o trim_a it_o like_v unto_o a_o tree_n a_o thing_n which_o i_o do_v not_o know_v to_o be_v in_o any_o part_n of_o spain_n but_o that_o be_v more_o monstrous_a of_o the_o calibass_n or_o indian_a pompion_n and_o the_o greatness_n they_o have_v as_o they_o grow_v especial_o those_o which_o be_v proper_a to_o the_o country_n which_o they_o call_v capallos_n the_o which_o they_o eat_v most_o common_o in_o lent_n boil_a and_o trim_v with_o some_o other_o sauce_n there_o be_v a_o thousand_o kind_n of_o calibass_n some_o be_v so_o deform_v in_o their_o bigness_n that_o of_o the_o rind_n cut_v in_o the_o midst_n and_o cleanse_v they_o make_v as_o it_o be_v basket_n to_o put_v in_o all_o their_o meat_n for_o their_o dinner_n of_o the_o lesser_a they_o make_v vessel_n to_o eat_v and_o drink_v in_o and_o do_v trim_a they_o handsome_o for_o many_o use_n i_o have_v speak_v this_o of_o small_a plant_n we_o will_v now_o speak_v of_o great_a but_o first_o of_o their_o axi_n which_o be_v of_o the_o lesser_a of_o axi_n or_o indian_a pepper_n chap._n 20._o they_o have_v not_o find_v at_o the_o west_n indies_n any_o kind_n of_o spice_n proper_a or_o peculiar_a to_o they_o as_o pepper_n clove_n cinnamon_n nutmeg_n or_o ginger_n although_o one_o of_o our_o company_n who_o have_v travel_v much_o and_o in_o diverse_a part_n tell_v we_o that_o in_o the_o desert_n of_o the_o island_n of_o jamaique_n he_o have_v find_v tree_n where_o pepper_n grow_v but_o they_o be_v not_o yet_o assure_v thereof_o neither_o be_v there_o any_o trade_n of_o these_o spice_n at_o the_o indies_n the_o ginger_n be_v carry_v from_o the_o indies_n to_o hispaniola_n and_o it_o have_v multiply_v so_o as_o at_o this_o day_n they_o know_v not_o what_o to_o do_v with_o the_o great_a abundance_n they_o have_v in_o the_o fleet_n the_o year_n 1587._o they_o bring_v 22053._o quintall_n of_o ginger_n to_o sevill_n but_o the_o natural_a spice_n that_o god_n have_v give_v to_o the_o west_n indies_n be_v that_o we_o call_v in_o castill_n indian_a pepper_n and_o in_o india_n axi_n as_o a_o general_a word_n take_v from_o the_o first_o land_n of_o the_o land_n which_o they_o conquer_v in_o the_o language_n of_o cusco_n it_o be_v call_v vchu_n and_o in_o that_o of_o mexico_n chili_n this_o plant_n be_v well_o know_v and_o therefore_o i_o will_v speak_v alittle_o only_o we_o must_v understand_v that_o in_o old_a time_n it_o be_v much_o esteem_v among_o the_o indian_n which_o they_o carry_v into_o place_n where_o it_o grow_v not_o as_o a_o merchandise_n of_o consequence_n it_o grow_v not_o upon_o cold_a ground_n as_o on_o the_o sierre_n of_o peru_n but_o in_o hot_a valley_n where_o it_o be_v often_o water_v there_o be_v of_o this_o axi_n of_o diverse_a colour_n some_o be_v green_a some_o red_a some_o yellow_a and_o some_o
disturb_v one_o another_o the_o indian_n do_v common_o use_v their_o idolatry_n in_o these_o tree_n so_o strange_a and_o deform_a even_o as_o do_v the_o ancient_a gentile_n as_o some_o writer_n of_o our_o time_n do_v report_n of_o plant_n and_o fruit_n which_o have_v be_v carry_v out_o of_o spain_n to_o the_o indies_n chap._n 31._o the_o indian_n have_v receive_v more_o profit_n and_o have_v be_v better_o recompense_v in_o plant_n that_o have_v be_v bring_v from_o spain_n than_o in_o any_o other_o merchandise_n for_o that_o those_o few_o which_o be_v carry_v from_o the_o indies_n into_o spain_n grow_v little_a there_o and_o multiply_v not_o and_o contrariwise_o the_o great_a number_n that_o have_v be_v carry_v from_o spain_n to_o the_o indies_n prosper_v well_o &_o multiply_v great_o i_o know_v not_o whether_o i_o shall_v attribute_v it_o to_o the_o bounty_n of_o the_o plant_n that_o go_v from_o hence_o or_o to_o the_o goodness_n of_o the_o soil_n that_o be_v there_o final_o there_o be_v at_o the_o indies_n any_o good_a thing_n that_o spain_n bring_v forth_o in_o some_o place_n it_o be_v better_a in_o some_o worse_o as_o wheat_n barley_n herb_n and_o all_o kind_n of_o pulse_n also_o lettuce_n colewort_n radish_n onion_n garlic_n parsley_n turnip_n parsenep_n becengenes_n or_o apple_n of_o love_n siccorie_n beet_n spinage_n pease_n bean_n vetch_n and_o final_o whatsoever_o grow_v here_o of_o any_o profit_n so_o as_o all_o that_o have_v voyage_v thither_o have_v be_v curious_a to_o carry_v seed_n of_o all_o sort_n and_o all_o have_v grow_v although_o diverse_o some_o more_o some_o less_o as_o for_o those_o tree_n that_o have_v most_o abundant_o fructify_v be_v orange_n tree_n lemon_n citron_n and_o other_o of_o that_o sort_n in_o some_o part_n there_o be_v at_o this_o day_n as_o it_o be_v whole_a wood_n and_o forest_n of_o orange_n tree_n the_o which_o seem_v strange_a unto_o i_o i_o ask_v who_o have_v plant_v the_o field_n with_o so_o many_o orange_n tree_n they_o make_v i_o answer_v that_o it_o do_v come_v by_o chance_n for_o that_o orange_n be_v fall_v to_o the_o ground_n and_o rot_a their_o seed_n do_v spring_v and_o of_o those_o which_o the_o water_n have_v carry_v away_o into_o diverse_a part_n these_o wood_n grow_v so_o thick_a which_o seem_v to_o i_o a_o very_a good_a reason_n i_o have_v say_v that_o this_o fruit_n have_v general_o increase_v most_o at_o the_o indies_n for_o that_o i_o have_v not_o be_v in_o any_o place_n but_o i_o find_v orange_n tree_n for_o that_o all_o their_o soil_n be_v hot_a and_o moist_a which_o this_o tree_n most_o desire_n there_o grow_v not_o any_o upon_o the_o sierre_n or_o mountain_n but_o they_o carry_v they_o from_o the_o valley_n or_o sea_n coast_n the_o conserve_n of_o orange_n which_o they_o do_v make_v at_o the_o land_n be_v the_o best_a i_o have_v see_v any_o where_o peach_n press_n and_o apricocke_n have_v great_o multiply_v especial_o in_o new_a spain_n at_o peru_n there_o grow_v few_o of_o these_o kind_n of_o fruit_n except_o peach_n and_o much_o less_o in_o the_o land_n there_o grow_v apple_n and_o pear_n yet_o but_o scarce_o there_o be_v but_o few_o plumb_n but_o abundance_n of_o fig_n chief_o in_o peru._n they_o find_v quince_n in_o all_o the_o country_n of_o the_o indies_n and_o in_o new_a spain_n in_o such_o abundance_n as_o they_o give_v we_o fifty_o choice_a one_o for_o half_a a_o rial_n there_o be_v great_a store_n of_o pomegranate_n but_o they_o be_v all_o sweet_a for_o the_o sharp_a be_v not_o there_o esteem_v there_o be_v very_o good_a melon_n in_o some_o part_n of_o peru._n cherry_n both_o wild_a and_o tame_a have_v not_o prosper_v well_o at_o the_o indies_n the_o which_o i_o do_v not_o impute_v to_o want_v of_o temperature_n for_o that_o there_o be_v of_o all_o sort_n but_o to_o carelessness_n or_o that_o they_o have_v not_o well_o observe_v the_o temperature_n to_o conclude_v i_o do_v not_o find_v that_o in_o those_o part_n there_o want_v any_o dainty_a fruit_n as_o for_o gross_a fruit_n they_o have_v no_o beillotte_n nor_o chesnutte_n neither_o do_v i_o find_v that_o any_o have_v grow_v there_o to_o this_o day_n almond_n grow_v there_o but_o rare_o they_o carry_v from_o spain_n for_o such_o as_o be_v dainty_a mouth_v both_o almond_n nut_n and_o filberd_n but_o i_o have_v not_o know_v they_o have_v any_o meddler_n or_o servise_n which_o import_v little_a in_o my_o judgement_n this_o may_v suffice_v to_o show_v that_o there_o want_v no_o delightful_a fruit_n now_o let_v we_o speak_v somewhat_o of_o plant_n that_o profit_n and_o which_o have_v be_v carry_v from_o spain_n and_o so_o will_v end_v that_o treatise_n be_v too_o troublesome_a of_o grape_n vine_n olive_n mulberry_n and_o kane_n of_o sugar_n chap._n 32._o i_o mean_v by_o profitable_a plant_n those_o which_o beside_o that_o which_o they_o eat_v in_o the_o house_n bring_v silver_n to_o their_o master_n the_o chief_a of_o these_o be_v the_o vigne_fw-fr whereof_o come_v wine_n vinegar_n grape_n green_a and_o dry_a verivyce_n and_o syrup_n but_o the_o wine_n be_v the_o best_a there_o grow_v no_o wine_n nor_o grape_n in_o the_o island_n nor_o firm_a land_n but_o in_o new_a spain_n there_o be_v some_o vine_n which_o bear_v grape_n and_o yet_o make_v no_o wine_n the_o cause_n be_v for_o that_o the_o grape_n ripen_v not_o well_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o rain_n that_o fall_v in_o the_o month_n of_o july_n and_o august_n which_o hinder_v their_o ripen_n so_o as_o they_o serve_v only_o to_o eat_v they_o carry_v wine_n out_o of_o spain_n and_o from_o the_o canary_n to_o all_o part_n of_o the_o indies_n except_o peru_n and_o the_o realm_n of_o chillé_n where_o there_o be_v vine_n that_o yield_v excellent_a wine_n which_o increase_v daily_o both_o in_o quantity_n for_o that_o it_o be_v a_o great_a riches_n in_o that_o country_n and_o in_o beauty_n for_o that_o they_o be_v become_v with_o time_n and_o practice_v more_o expert_a vignerous_a the_o vine_n of_o peru_n be_v common_o in_o hot_a valley_n where_o there_o be_v water_n which_o they_o water_n with_o the_o hand_n because_o there_o fall_v no_o rain_n at_o all_o from_o heaven_n and_o upon_o the_o lanos_fw-la and_o sierre_n it_o come_v not_o in_o time_n there_o be_v some_o place_n where_o the_o vine_n be_v not_o water_v neither_o from_o heaven_n nor_o earth_n and_o yet_o they_o increase_v in_o great_a abundance_n as_o in_o the_o valley_n of_o yca_n and_o in_o the_o ditch_n that_o they_o call_v villacuzi_n in_o which_o place_n they_o find_v ditch_n or_o the_o earth_n sink_v down_o amongst_o the_o dead_a sand_n which_o be_v throughout_o the_o year_n of_o a_o wonder_a coolness_n and_o yet_o it_o rain_v not_o there_o at_o any_o time_n neither_o be_v there_o any_o manner_n of_o mean_n to_o water_v it_o artificial_o the_o reason_n be_v because_o the_o soil_n be_v spongious_a and_o suck_v up_o the_o water_n of_o the_o river_n that_o fall_v from_o the_o mountain_n which_o moisten_v these_o sand_n or_o else_o it_o be_v the_o moistness_n of_o the_o sea_n as_o other_o suppose_v which_o pass_v over_o this_o sand_n be_v the_o cause_n why_o it_o be_v not_o barren_a nor_o unprofitable_a as_o the_o philosopher_n teach_v the_o vine_n have_v so_o increase_v there_o as_o for_o this_o cause_n only_o the_o tithe_n of_o the_o church_n be_v multiply_v five_o or_o six_o time_n double_a within_o these_o twenty_o year_n the_o most_o fertile_a valley_n for_o vine_n be_v victor_n near_o to_o arequipa_n yca_n in_o the_o territory_n of_o lima_n and_o caraguato_n in_o the_o country_n of_o chuquiavo_n they_o carry_v this_o wine_n to_o potozi_n cusco_n and_o divers_a part_n which_o yield_v a_o great_a revenue_n for_o notwithstanding_o all_o the_o abundance_n they_o have_v a_o bottle_n or_o arobe_n be_v there_o worth_a five_o or_o six_o ducat_n and_o if_o it_o be_v spanish_a wine_n as_o they_o common_o carry_v in_o their_o fleet_n it_o be_v worth_a ten_o or_o twelve_o they_o make_v wine_n like_o to_o that_o of_o spain_n in_o the_o realm_n of_o chille_n be_v in_o the_o same_o climate_n but_o it_o corrupt_v be_v carry_v to_o peru_n they_o eat_v the_o grape_n where_o they_o can_v drink_v the_o wine_n and_o it_o be_v strange_a that_o in_o the_o city_n of_o cusco_n you_o shall_v find_v ripe_a grape_n all_o the_o year_n long_o the_o reason_n be_v as_o they_o say_v for_o that_o those_o valley_n bring_v forth_o fruit_n in_o diverse_a month_n of_o the_o year_n either_o for_o that_o they_o cut_v their_o vine_n in_o diverse_a season_n or_o that_o this_o variety_n proceed_v from_o the_o quality_n of_o the_o soil_n but_o whatsoever_o it_o be_v it_o be_v most_o certain_a there_o be_v some_o valley_n which_o carry_v fruit_n all_o the_o year_n if_o
water_n even_o so_o we_o may_v say_v that_o the_o fowl_n which_o be_v at_o this_o present_a upon_o the_o main_a land_n and_o in_o the_o land_n at_o the_o indies_n may_v pass_v the_o sea_n rest_v themselves_o in_o some_o small_a land_n or_o upon_o some_o land_n which_o they_o discover_v by_o a_o natural_a instinct_n as_o pliny_n report_v of_o some_o or_o peradventure_o fall_v into_o the_o water_n when_o they_o be_v weary_a of_o fly_v 2d_o and_o after_o begin_v their_o flight_n a_o new_a when_o they_o have_v alittle_o rest_v as_o for_o the_o fowl_n which_o we_o see_v in_o the_o land_n where_o there_o be_v no_o beast_n i_o believe_v certain_o that_o they_o pass_v by_o one_o of_o the_o foresay_a mean_n but_o for_o other_o bird_n which_o we_o find_v upon_o the_o main_a land_n especial_o those_o who_o flight_n be_v short_a it_o be_v more_o credible_a that_o they_o come_v thither_o as_o the_o beast_n do_v which_o be_v of_o the_o same_o kind_n that_o we_o have_v in_o europe_n for_o at_o the_o indies_n there_o be_v great_a bird_n very_o heavy_a as_o ostrich_n whereof_o there_o be_v many_o in_o peru_n which_o do_v use_v sometime_o to_o terrify_v the_o indian_a sheep_n as_o they_o do_v go_v with_o their_o burden_n but_o leave_v these_o bird_n that_o govern_v themselves_o without_o the_o care_n of_o man_n but_o only_o for_o hawk_v let_v we_o now_o speak_v of_o tame_a fowl_n i_o wonder_v at_o hen_n see_v there_o be_v some_o at_o the_o indies_n before_o the_o spaniard_n come_v there_o the_o which_o be_v well_o approve_a for_o they_o have_v a_o proper_a name_n of_o the_o country_n and_o they_o call_v a_o hen_n gualpa_n and_o the_o egg_n pâ—nto_n and_o they_o use_v the_o same_o proverb_n we_o do_v to_o call_v a_o coward_n a_o hen_n those_o that_o be_v at_o the_o discovery_n of_o the_o land_n of_o soloman_n do_v report_n that_o they_o have_v see_v hen_n there_o like_a unto_o we_o we_o may_v conceive_v that_o the_o hen_n be_v so_o tame_a a_o foul_a and_o so_o profitable_a man_n may_v carry_v they_o with_o they_o when_o they_o pass_v from_o one_o place_n to_o another_o as_o we_o see_v at_o this_o day_n the_o indian_n in_o their_o travel_n carry_v their_o hen_n with_o they_o or_o chicken_n upon_o the_o burden_n they_o have_v on_o their_o shoulder_n and_o likewise_o they_o carry_v they_o easy_o in_o their_o cage_n of_o reed_n or_o wood_n final_o there_o be_v at_o the_o indies_n many_o kind_n of_o beast_n and_o bird_n such_o as_o we_o have_v in_o europe_n as_o i_o have_v specify_v and_o other_o sort_n which_o i_o leave_v to_o other_o to_o discourse_v of_o how_o it_o spould_v be_v possible_a that_o at_o the_o indies_n there_o shall_v be_v any_o sort_n of_o beast_n whereof_o the_o like_a be_v no_o where_o else_o chap._n 36._o iv_o be_v a_o matter_n more_o difficult_a to_o show_v and_o prove_v what_o begin_v many_o &_o sundry_a sort_n of_o beast_n have_v which_o be_v find_v at_o the_o indies_n of_o who_o kind_n we_o have_v none_o in_o this_o continent_n for_o if_o the_o creator_n have_v make_v they_o there_o we_o may_v not_o then_o allege_v nor_o fly_v to_o noah_n ark_n neither_o be_v it_o then_o necessary_a to_o save_v all_o sort_n of_o bird_n and_o beast_n if_o other_o be_v to_o be_v create_v anew_o moreover_o we_o can_v not_o affirm_v that_o the_o creation_n of_o the_o world_n be_v make_v and_o finish_v in_o six_o day_n if_o there_o be_v yet_o other_o new_a kind_n to_o make_v and_o special_o perfect_a beast_n and_o no_o less_o excellent_a than_o those_o that_o be_v know_v unto_o we_o if_o we_o say_v then_o that_o all_o these_o kind_n of_o creature_n be_v preserve_v in_o the_o ark_n by_o noah_n it_o follow_v that_o those_o beast_n of_o who_o kind_n we_o find_v not_o any_o but_o at_o the_o indies_n have_v pass_v thither_o from_o this_o continent_n as_o we_o have_v say_v of_o other_o beast_n that_o be_v know_v unto_o us._n this_o suppose_a i_o demand_v how_o it_o be_v possible_a that_o none_o of_o their_o kind_n shall_v remain_v here_o and_o how_o they_o be_v find_v there_o be_v as_o it_o be_v traveller_n and_o stranger_n true_o it_o be_v a_o question_n that_o have_v long_o hold_v i_o in_o suspen_v i_o say_v for_o example_n if_o the_o sheep_n of_o peru_n and_o those_o which_o they_o call_v pacos_n and_o guanaco_n be_v not_o find_v in_o any_o other_o region_n of_o the_o world_n who_o have_v carry_v they_o thither_o or_o how_o come_v they_o there_o see_v there_o be_v no_o show_n nor_o remainder_n of_o they_o in_o all_o this_o world_n if_o they_o have_v not_o pass_v from_o some_o other_o region_n how_o be_v they_o form_v and_o bring_v forth_o there_o it_o may_v be_v god_n have_v make_v a_o new_a creation_n of_o beast_n that_o which_o i_o speak_v of_o these_o pacos_n and_o guanaco_n may_v be_v say_v of_o a_o thousand_o different_a kind_n of_o bird_n and_o beast_n of_o the_o forest_n which_o have_v never_o be_v know_v neither_o in_o shape_n nor_o name_n and_o whereof_o there_o be_v no_o mention_n make_v neither_o among_o the_o latin_n nor_o greek_n nor_o any_o other_o nation_n of_o the_o world_n we_o must_v then_o say_v that_o though_o all_o beast_n come_v out_o of_o the_o ark_n yet_o by_o a_o natural_a instinct_n and_o the_o providence_n of_o heaven_n diverse_a kind_n disperse_v themselves_o into_o diverse_a region_n where_o they_o find_v themselves_o so_o well_o as_o they_o will_v not_o part_n or_o if_o they_o depart_v they_o do_v not_o preserve_v themselves_o but_o in_o process_n of_o time_n perish_v whole_o as_o we_o do_v see_v it_o chance_n in_o many_o thing_n for_o if_o we_o shall_v look_v precise_o into_o it_o we_o shall_v find_v that_o it_o be_v not_o proper_a and_o peculiar_a alone_o to_o the_o indies_n but_o general_a to_o many_o other_o nation_n and_o province_n of_o asia_n europe_n and_o africa_n where_o they_o say_v there_o be_v certain_a kind_n of_o creature_n that_o be_v not_o find_v in_o other_o region_n at_o the_o least_o if_o they_o be_v any_o where_o else_o they_o be_v know_v to_o be_v carry_v from_o thence_o see_v then_o these_o creature_n come_v out_o of_o the_o ark_n as_o for_o example_n the_o elephant_n which_o we_o find_v only_o in_o the_o east_n indies_n and_o from_o thence_o have_v be_v impart_v to_o other_o region_n we_o may_v say_v as_o much_o of_o these_o creature_n of_o peru_n and_o of_o other_o of_o the_o indies_n which_o be_v not_o find_v in_o any_o other_o part_n of_o the_o world_n we_o may_v likewise_o consider_v well_o upon_o this_o subject_n whether_o these_o beast_n differ_v in_o kind_n and_o essential_o from_o all_o other_o or_o if_o this_o difference_n be_v accidental_a which_o may_v grow_v by_o diverse_a accident_n as_o we_o see_v in_o the_o lineage_n of_o man_n some_o be_v white_a other_o black_a some_o giant_n other_o dwarf_n and_o in_o ape_n some_o have_v no_o tail_n other_o have_v and_o in_o sheep_n some_o be_v bare_a other_o have_v fleece_n some_o great_a and_o strong_a with_o a_o long_a neck_n as_o those_o of_o peru_n other_o weak_a and_o little_a have_v a_o short_a neck_n as_o those_o of_o castille_n but_o to_o speak_v direct_o whoso_o will_v by_o this_o discourse_n show_v only_o these_o accidental_a difference_n preserve_v the_o propagation_n of_o beast_n at_o the_o indies_n and_o reduce_v they_o to_o those_o of_o europe_n he_o shall_v undertake_v a_o charge_n he_o will_v hardly_o discharge_v with_o his_o honour_n for_o if_o we_o shall_v judge_v the_o kind_n of_o beast_n by_o their_o property_n those_o of_o the_o indies_n be_v so_o diverse_a as_o it_o be_v to_o call_v a_o egg_n a_o chestnut_n to_o seek_v to_o reduce_v they_o to_o the_o know_a kind_n of_o europe_n of_o fowl_n that_o be_v proper_a to_o the_o indies_n chap._n 37._o there_o be_v many_o kind_n of_o notable_a fowl_n at_o the_o indies_n either_o of_o the_o same_o sort_n that_o we_o be_v or_o of_o different_a they_o bring_v certain_a bird_n from_o china_n that_o have_v no_o foot_n and_o all_o their_o body_n be_v almost_o feather_n they_o sit_v not_o upon_o the_o ground_n but_o hang_v upon_o bough_n by_o string_n or_o feather_n which_o they_o have_v and_o so_o rest_v themselves_o like_o fly_n or_o airy_n thing_n in_o peru_n there_o be_v bird_n which_o they_o â—â—ll_v tómineios_n so_o small_a that_o often_o time_n i_o have_v doubt_v see_v they_o fly_v whether_o they_o be_v bee_n or_o butterfly_n but_o in_o truth_n they_o be_v bird_n contrariwise_o those_o which_o they_o call_v condore_n be_v of_o a_o exceed_a greatness_n and_o of_o such_o a_o force_n that_o not_o only_o they_o will_v open_v a_o sheep_n and_o eat_v it_o but_o also_o a_o whole_a calf_n those_o which_o they_o call_v auras_fw-la and_o
begin_v to_o run_v away_o suppose_v that_o the_o bridge_n which_o be_v of_o stone_n shall_v present_o fall_v but_o when_o they_o find_v it_o to_o stand_v firm_a and_o that_o the_o spaniard_n go_v on_o it_o the_o cacique_n say_v to_o his_o companion_n it_o be_v reason_n we_o shall_v serve_v these_o man_n who_o in_o truth_n seem_v to_o be_v the_o child_n of_o the_o sun_n the_o bridge_n they_o make_v be_v of_o reed_n plait_v which_o they_o tie_v to_o the_o bank_n with_o great_a stake_n for_o that_o they_o can_v not_o make_v any_o bridge_n ofstone_n or_o wood_n the_o bridge_n which_o be_v at_o this_o day_n upon_o the_o current_n of_o the_o great_a lake_n chiquitto_n in_o collao_n be_v admirable_a for_o the_o course_n of_o that_o water_n be_v so_o deep_a as_o they_o can_v not_o settle_v any_o foundation_n and_o so_o broad_a that_o it_o be_v impossible_a to_o make_v a_o arch_a to_o pass_v it_o so_o as_o it_o be_v altogether_o impossible_a to_o make_v a_o bridge_n either_o of_o wood_n or_o stone_n but_o the_o wit_n and_o industry_n of_o the_o indian_n invent_v a_o mean_n to_o make_v a_o firm_a and_o assure_a bridge_n be_v only_o of_o straw_n which_o seem_v fabulous_a yet_o be_v it_o very_o true_a for_o as_o we_o have_v say_v before_o they_o do_v bind_v together_o certain_a bundle_n of_o reed_n and_o weed_n which_o do_v grow_v in_o the_o lake_n that_o they_o call_v torora_n and_o be_v a_o light_a matter_n that_o sink_v not_o in_o the_o water_n they_o cast_v it_o upon_o a_o great_a quantity_n of_o reed_n then_o have_v tie_v those_o bundle_n of_o weed_n to_o either_o side_n of_o the_o river_n both_o man_n and_o beast_n go_v over_o it_o with_o ease_n pass_v over_o this_o bridge_n i_o have_v woonder_v that_o of_o so_o common_a and_o easy_a a_o thing_n they_o have_v make_v a_o bridge_n better_a and_o more_o assure_v than_o the_o bridge_n of_o boat_n from_o sevill_n to_o triane_n i_o have_v measure_v the_o length_n of_o this_o bridge_n and_o as_o i_o remember_v it_o be_v above_o three_o hundred_o foot_n and_o they_o say_v that_o the_o depth_n of_o this_o current_n be_v very_o great_a and_o it_o seem_v above_o that_o the_o water_n have_v no_o motion_n yet_o they_o say_v that_o at_o the_o bottom_n it_o have_v a_o violent_a and_o very_a furious_a course_n and_o this_o shall_v suffice_v for_o building_n of_o the_o inguas_fw-la revenue_n and_o the_o order_n of_o tribute_n they_o impose_v upon_o the_o indian_n chap._n 15._o the_o inguas_fw-la riches_n be_v incomparable_a for_o although_o no_o king_n do_v inherit_v the_o riches_n and_o treasure_n of_o his_o predecessor_n yet_o have_v he_o at_o command_n all_o the_o riches_n of_o his_o realm_n aswell_o silver_n and_o gold_n as_o the_o stuff_n of_o cumbi_n and_o cattle_n wherein_o they_o abound_v and_o their_o great_a riches_n of_o all_o be_v their_o innumerable_a number_n of_o vassal_n which_o be_v all_o employ_v as_o it_o please_v the_o king_n they_o bring_v out_o of_o every_o province_n what_o he_o have_v choose_v for_o tribute_n the_o chicas_n send_v he_o sweet_a and_o rich_a wood_n the_o lucanas_n send_v brancar_n to_o carry_v his_o litter_n the_o chumbilbicas_fw-la dancer_n and_o so_o the_o other_o province_n send_v he_o what_o they_o have_v of_o abundance_n beside_o their_o general_a tribute_n whereunto_o every_o one_o contribute_v the_o indian_n that_o be_v note_v to_o that_o end_n labour_v in_o the_o mine_n of_o gold_n and_o silver_n which_o do_v abound_v in_o peru_n who_o the_o ingua_n entertain_v with_o all_o they_o need_v for_o their_o expense_n and_o whatsoever_o they_o draw_v of_o gold_n and_o silver_n be_v for_o he_o by_o this_o mean_n there_o be_v so_o great_a treasure_n in_o this_o kingdom_n as_o it_o be_v the_o opinion_n of_o many_o that_o what_o fall_v in_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o spaniard_n although_o it_o be_v very_o much_o as_o we_o know_v be_v it_o not_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o that_o which_o they_o hide_v and_o bury_v in_o the_o ground_n the_o which_o they_o can_v never_o discover_v notwithstanding_o all_o the_o search_n covetousness_n have_v teach_v they_o but_o the_o great_a wealth_n of_o these_o barbarous_a people_n be_v that_o their_o vassal_n be_v all_o slave_n who_o labour_n they_o use_v at_o their_o pleasure_n and_o that_o which_o be_v admirable_a they_o employ_v they_o in_o such_o sort_n as_o it_o be_v no_o servitude_n unto_o they_o but_o rather_o a_o please_a life_n but_o to_o understand_v the_o order_n of_o tribute_n which_o the_o indian_n pay_v unto_o their_o lord_n you_o must_v know_v that_o when_o the_o ingua_n conquer_v any_o city_n he_o divide_v all_o the_o land_n into_o three_o part_n the_o first_o be_v for_o religion_n and_o ceremony_n so_o as_o the_o pachayachaqui_n which_o be_v the_o creator_n and_o the_o sun_n the_o chuquilla_n which_o be_v the_o thunder_n the_o pachamana_n and_o the_o dead_a and_o other_o guaca_n and_o sanctuary_n have_v every_o one_o their_o proper_a land_n the_o fruit_n whereof_o be_v spoil_v and_o consume_v in_o sacrifice_n and_o in_o the_o nourish_a of_o minister_n and_o priest_n for_o there_o be_v indian_n appoint_v for_o every_o guaca_n and_o sanctuary_n and_o the_o great_a part_n of_o this_o revenue_n be_v spend_v in_o cusco_n where_o be_v the_o universal_a and_o general_a sanctuary_n and_o the_o rest_n in_o that_o city_n where_o it_o be_v gather_v for_o that_o after_o the_o imitation_n of_o cusco_n there_o be_v in_o every_o city_n guacas_n and_o oratory_n of_o the_o same_o order_n and_o with_o the_o same_o function_n which_o be_v serve_v after_o the_o same_o manner_n and_o ceremony_n to_o that_o of_o cusco_n which_o be_v a_o admirable_a thing_n and_o they_o have_v find_v it_o by_o proof_n in_o above_o a_o hundred_o town_n some_o of_o they_o distant_a above_o two_o hundred_o league_n from_o cusco_n that_o which_o they_o sow_v or_o reap_v upon_o their_o land_n be_v put_v into_o house_n as_o grenier_n or_o storehouse_n build_v for_o that_o effect_n and_o this_o be_v a_o great_a part_n of_o the_o tribute_n which_o the_o indian_n pay_v i_o can_v not_o say_v how_o much_o this_o part_n amount_v unto_o for_o that_o it_o be_v great_a in_o some_o part_n than_o in_o other_o and_o in_o some_o place_n it_o be_v in_o a_o manner_n all_o and_o this_o part_n be_v the_o first_o they_o put_v to_o profit_v the_o second_o part_n of_o these_o land_n and_o inheritance_n be_v for_o the_o jugua_n wherewith_o he_o and_o his_o household_n be_v entertain_v with_o his_o kinsfolk_n nobleman_n garrison_n and_o soldier_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v the_o great_a portion_n of_o these_o tribute_n as_o it_o appear_v by_o the_o quantity_n of_o gold_n silver_n and_o other_o tribute_n which_o be_v in_o house_n appoint_v for_o that_o purpose_n be_v long_o and_o large_a than_o those_o where_o they_o keep_v the_o revenue_n of_o the_o guaca_n they_o bring_v this_o tribute_n very_o careful_o to_o cusco_n or_o unto_o such_o place_n where_o it_o be_v needful_a for_o the_o soldier_n and_o when_o there_o be_v store_n that_o keep_v it_o ten_o or_o twelve_o year_n until_o a_o time_n of_o necessity_n the_o indian_n till_v and_o put_v to_o profit_v the_o inguas_fw-la land_n next_o to_o those_o of_o the_o guaca_n during_o which_o time_n they_o live_v and_o be_v nourish_v at_o the_o charge_n of_o the_o ingua_n of_o the_o sun_n or_o of_o the_o guaca_n according_a to_o the_o land_n they_o labour_v but_o the_o old_a man_n woman_n and_o sick_a folk_n be_v reserve_v and_o exempt_a from_o this_o tribute_n and_o although_o whatsoever_o they_o gather_v upon_o those_o land_n be_v for_o the_o ingua_n the_o sun_n or_o the_o guacâ—s_n yet_o the_o property_n appertain_v unto_o the_o indian_n and_o their_o successor_n the_o three_o part_n of_o these_o land_n be_v give_v by_o the_o ingua_n for_o the_o commonalty_n and_o they_o have_v not_o yet_o discover_v whether_o this_o portion_n be_v great_a or_o less_o than_o that_o of_o the_o ingua_n or_o guacas_n it_o be_v most_o certain_a they_o have_v a_o care_n and_o regard_n it_o may_v be_v sufficient_a for_o the_o nourishment_n of_o the_o people_n no_o particular_a man_n possess_v any_o thing_n proper_a to_o himself_o of_o this_o three_o portion_n neither_o do_v the_o indian_n ever_o possess_v any_o if_o it_o be_v not_o by_o special_a grace_n from_o the_o ingua_fw-la &_o yet_o may_v it_o not_o be_v engage_v nor_o divide_v amongst_o his_o heir_n they_o every_o year_n divide_v these_o land_n of_o the_o commonalty_n in_o give_v to_o every_o one_o that_o which_o be_v needful_a for_o the_o nourishment_n of_o their_o person_n and_o family_n and_o as_o the_o family_n increase_v or_o diminish_v so_o do_v they_o increase_v or_o decrease_v his_o portion_n for_o there_o be_v measure_n appoint_v for_o every_o person_n the_o indian_n
together_o with_o some_o order_n and_o such_o as_o do_v know_v they_o find_v they_o no_o less_o apt_a and_o capable_a of_o matter_n of_o christian_n religion_n than_o other_o which_o be_v hold_v to_o be_v more_o rich_a and_o better_o govern_v come_v therefore_o to_o our_o subject_n the_o chichimecas_n and_o ottomy_n which_o be_v the_o first_o inhabitant_n of_o new_a spain_n for_o that_o they_o do_v neither_o till_o nor_o sow_v the_o land_n they_o leave_v the_o best_a and_o most_o fertile_a of_o the_o country_n unpeople_v which_o nation_n that_o come_v from_o far_o do_v possess_v who_o they_o call_v navatalcas_n for_o that_o it_o be_v a_o more_o civil_a and_o politic_a nation_n this_o word_n signify_v a_o people_n that_o speak_v well_o in_o respect_n of_o other_o barbarous_a nation_n without_o reason_n these_o sâ—cond_o peopler_n navatalcas_n come_v from_o other_o â—arre_a country_n which_o lie_v towards_o the_o north_n where_o now_o they_o have_v discover_v a_o kingdom_n they_o call_v new_a mexico_n there_o be_v two_o province_n in_o this_o country_n the_o one_o call_v aztlan_n which_o be_v to_o say_v a_o place_n of_o heron_n the_o other_o tuculhuacan_a which_o signify_v a_o land_n of_o such_o who_o grandfather_n be_v divine_a the_o inhabitant_n of_o these_o province_n have_v their_o house_n their_o land_n till_v god_n custom_n and_o ceremony_n with_o like_a order_n and_o government_n to_o the_o navatalcas_n and_o be_v divide_v into_o seven_o tribe_n or_o nation_n and_o for_o that_o they_o have_v a_o custom_n in_o this_o province_n that_o every_o one_o of_o these_o lineage_n have_v his_o place_n and_o private_a territory_n the_o navatalcas_n paint_v their_o beginning_n and_o first_o territory_n in_o figure_n of_o a_o cave_n and_o say_v that_o they_o come_v forth_o of_o seven_o cave_n to_o come_v and_o people_n the_o land_n of_o mexico_n whereof_o they_o make_v mention_n in_o their_o history_n where_o they_o paint_v seven_o cave_n and_o man_n come_v forth_o of_o they_o by_o the_o supputation_n of_o their_o book_n it_o be_v above_o eight_o hundred_o year_n since_o these_o navatalcas_n come_v forth_o of_o their_o country_n reduce_v which_o to_o our_o account_n be_v about_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n 720._o when_o they_o leave_v their_o country_n to_o come_v to_o mexico_n they_o stay_v four_o score_n year_n upon_o the_o way_n and_o the_o cause_n of_o this_o their_o long_a stay_n in_o their_o voyage_n be_v that_o their_o god_n which_o without_o doubt_n be_v devil_n and_o speak_v visible_o unto_o they_o have_v persuade_v they_o to_o seek_v new_a land_n that_o have_v certain_a sign_n and_o therefore_o they_o come_v discover_v the_o whole_a land_n to_o search_v for_o these_o token_n which_o their_o idol_n have_v give_v they_o and_o in_o place_n where_o they_o find_v any_o good_a dwelling_n they_o people_v it_o and_o labour_v the_o land_n and_o as_o they_o discover_v better_a country_n they_o leave_v those_o which_o they_o have_v first_o people_v leave_v still_o some_o especial_o the_o age_a sick_a folk_n and_o the_o weary_a yea_o they_o do_v plant_v and_o build_v there_o whereof_o we_o see_v the_o remainder_n at_o this_o day_n in_o the_o way_n where_o they_o pass_v they_o spend_v fourscore_o year_n in_o this_o manner_n of_o leisurely_o travel_v the_o which_o they_o may_v have_v do_v in_o a_o month_n by_o this_o mean_n they_o enter_v the_o land_n of_o mexico_n in_o the_o year_n nine_o hundred_o and_o two_o after_o our_o computation_n how_o the_o six_o lineage_n of_o navatlacas_n people_v the_o land_n of_o mexico_n chap._n 3._o these_o seven_o lineage_n i_o have_v speak_v of_o come_v not_o forth_o all_o together_o the_o first_o be_v the_o suchimilcos_n which_o signify_v a_o nation_n of_o the_o seed_n of_o flower_n those_o people_a the_o bank_n of_o the_o great_a lake_n of_o mexico_n towards_o the_o south_n and_o do_v build_v a_o city_n of_o their_o name_n and_o many_o village_n long_o time_n after_o come_v they_o of_o the_o second_o lineage_n call_v chalcas_n which_o signify_v people_n of_o mouth_n who_o also_o build_v a_o city_n of_o their_o name_n divide_v their_o limit_n and_o territory_n with_o the_o suchimilcos_n the_o three_o be_v the_o tepanecans_n which_o signify_v people_n of_o the_o bridge_n they_o do_v inhabit_v upon_o the_o bank_n of_o the_o lake_n towards_o the_o west_n and_o they_o increase_v so_o as_o they_o call_v the_o chief_a and_o metropolitan_a of_o their_o province_n azcapuzalco_n which_o be_v to_o say_v a_o aunt_n nest_n and_o they_o continue_v long_a time_n mighty_a after_o they_o come_v those_o that_o people_a tescuco_n which_o be_v those_o of_o culhua_n which_o be_v to_o say_v a_o crooked_a people_n for_o that_o in_o their_o country_n there_o be_v a_o mountain_n much_o bend_v and_o in_o this_o sort_n this_o lake_n be_v environ_v with_o these_o four_o nation_n these_o inhabit_v on_o the_o east_n and_o the_o tepanecas_n on_o the_o north._n these_o of_o tescuco_n be_v hold_v for_o great_a courtier_n for_o their_o tongue_n and_o pronountiation_n be_v very_o sweet_a and_o pleasant_a then_o arrive_v the_o tlalluicans_n which_o signify_v man_n of_o the_o sierre_n or_o mountain_n those_o be_v the_o most_o rude_a and_o gross_a of_o all_o the_o rest_n who_o find_v all_o the_o plain_n about_o the_o lake_n possess_v even_o unto_o the_o sierre_n they_o pass_v to_o the_o other_o side_n of_o the_o mountain_n where_o they_o find_v a_o very_a fertile_a spacious_a &_o warm_a country_n where_o they_o build_v many_o great_a village_n call_v the_o metropolitan_a of_o their_o province_n quahunachua_n which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v as_o a_o place_n that_o sound_v the_o voice_n of_o a_o eagle_n which_o our_o common_a people_n call_v by_o corruption_n quernavaca_n and_o at_o this_o day_n they_o call_v this_o province_n the_o marquisate_n those_o of_o the_o six_o generation_n which_o be_v the_o tlascaltecan_o which_o be_v to_o say_v man_n of_o bread_n pass_v the_o mountain_n towards_o the_o east_n cross_v all_o the_o sierre_n or_o mountain_n of_o menade_n where_o that_o famous_a vulcan_n be_v betwixt_o mexico_n and_o the_o city_n of_o angel_n where_o they_o do_v find_v a_o good_a country_n make_v many_o building_n they_o build_v many_o town_n and_o city_n whereof_o the_o metropolitan_a be_v call_v by_o their_o name_n tlascala_n this_o be_v the_o nation_n which_o favour_v the_o spaniard_n at_o their_o entry_n by_o whosâ—_n help_v they_o do_v win_v this_o country_n and_o therefore_o to_o this_o day_n they_o pay_v no_o tribute_n but_o enjoy_v a_o general_a exemption_n when_o all_o these_o nation_n people_v these_o country_n the_o chinchimecans_n be_v the_o ancient_a inhabitant_n make_v no_o resistance_n but_o flee_v and_o as_o people_n amaze_v they_o hide_v themselves_o in_o the_o most_o obscure_a of_o the_o rock_n but_o those_o that_o inhabit_v on_o the_o other_o side_n of_o the_o mountain_n where_o the_o tlascaltecan_o have_v plant_v themselves_o do_v not_o suffer_v they_o in_o quiet_a as_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o chichimecans_n have_v do_v but_o they_o put_v themselves_o in_o defâ—nce_n to_o preserve_v their_o country_n and_o be_v giant_n as_o the_o history_n report_n they_o seek_v to_o expel_v the_o last_o comer_n but_o they_o be_v vanquish_v by_o the_o policy_n of_o the_o tlascaltecan_o who_o counterfeit_v a_o peace_n with_o they_o they_o invite_v they_o to_o a_o great_a banquet_n and_o when_o they_o be_v busy_a in_o their_o drunkenness_n there_o be_v some_o lay_v in_o ambush_n who_o secret_o steal_v away_o their_o weapon_n which_o be_v great_a club_n target_n sword_n of_o wood_n and_o other_o sucâ—_n arm_n then_o do_v they_o sudden_o set_v upon_o they_o and_o the_o chichimecas_n seek_v to_o defend_v themselves_o they_o do_v want_v their_o arm_n so_o as_o they_o flee_v to_o the_o mountain_n and_o forest_n adjoin_v where_o they_o pull_v down_o tree_n as_o if_o they_o have_v be_v stalk_n of_o lettice_n but_o in_o the_o end_n the_o tluscaltecans_n be_v arm_v and_o march_v in_o order_n they_o defeat_v all_o the_o giant_n not_o leave_v one_o alive_a we_o must_v not_o hold_v this_o of_o the_o giant_n to_o be_v strange_a or_o a_o fable_n for_o at_o this_o day_n we_o find_v dead_a man_n bone_n of_o a_o incredible_a bigness_n when_o i_o be_v in_o mexico_n in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n one_o thousand_o five_o hundred_o eighty_o six_o they_o find_v one_o of_o those_o giant_n bury_v in_o one_o of_o our_o farm_n which_o we_o call_v jesus_n du_fw-fr mont_fw-fr of_o who_o they_o bring_v a_o tooth_n to_o be_v see_v which_o without_o augment_v be_v as_o big_a as_o the_o fist_n of_o a_o man_n and_o according_a to_o this_o all_o the_o rest_n be_v proportionable_a which_o i_o see_v and_o admire_v at_o his_o deform_a greatness_n the_o tlascaltecan_o by_o this_o victory_n remain_v peaceable_a and_o so_o do_v the_o rest_n of_o
or_o terrace_n which_o they_o call_v tloteloli_n where_o they_o inhabit_v call_v it_o tlatellulco_n which_o signify_v place_n of_o a_o terrace_n this_o be_v the_o three_o division_n of_o the_o mexicaines_n since_o they_o leave_v their_o country_n that_o of_o mechovacan_a be_v the_o first_o and_o that_o of_o malinalco_n the_o second_o those_o which_o separate_a themselves_o and_o go_v to_o tlatellulco_n be_v famous_a man_n but_o of_o bad_a disposition_n and_o therefore_o they_o practise_v against_o the_o mexicaines_n their_o neighbour_n all_o the_o ill_a neighbourhood_n they_o can_v they_o have_v always_o quarrel_n against_o they_o and_o to_o this_o day_n continue_v their_o hatred_n and_o old_a league_n they_o of_o tenoxtiltan_n see_v they_o of_o tlatellulco_n thus_o opposite_a unto_o they_o and_o that_o they_o multiply_v fear_v that_o in_o time_n they_o may_v surmount_v they_o hereupon_o they_o assemble_v in_o counsel_n where_o they_o think_v it_o good_a to_o choose_v a_o king_n who_o they_o shall_v obey_v and_o strike_v terror_n into_o their_o enemy_n that_o by_o this_o mean_v they_o shall_v be_v more_o unite_v and_o strong_a among_o themselves_o and_o their_o enemy_n not_o presume_v too_o much_o against_o they_o be_v thus_o resolve_v to_o choose_v a_o king_n they_o take_v another_o advice_n very_o profitable_a and_o assure_v to_o choose_v none_o among_o themselves_o for_o the_o avoid_n of_o diffention_n and_o to_o gain_v by_o their_o new_a king_n some_o other_o neighbour_n nation_n by_o who_o they_o be_v environ_v be_v destitute_a of_o all_o succour_n all_o well_o consider_v both_o to_o pacify_v the_o king_n of_o culhuacan_a who_o they_o have_v great_o offend_v have_v slay_v and_o flay_v the_o daughter_n of_o his_o predecessor_n and_o do_v he_o so_o great_a a_o scorn_n as_o also_o to_o have_v a_o king_n of_o the_o mexicaine_n blood_n of_o which_o generation_n there_o be_v many_o in_o culhuacan_a which_o continue_v there_o since_o the_o time_n they_o live_v in_o peace_n among_o they_o they_o resolve_v to_o choose_v for_o their_o king_n a_o young_a man_n call_v acamapixtli_n son_n to_o a_o great_a mexicaine_n prince_n and_o of_o a_o lady_n daughter_n to_o the_o king_n of_o culhuacan_a present_o they_o send_v ambassador_n with_o a_o great_a present_a to_o demand_v this_o man_n who_o deliver_v their_o ambassage_n in_o these_o term_n great_a lord_n we_o your_o vassal_n and_o servant_n place_v and_o shut_v up_o in_o the_o weed_n and_o reed_n of_o the_o lake_n alone_o and_o abandon_v of_o all_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o world_n lead_v only_o and_o guide_v by_o our_o god_n to_o the_o place_n where_o we_o be_v which_o fall_v in_o the_o jurisdiction_n of_o your_o limit_n of_o ascapusalco_n and_o of_o tescuco_n although_o you_o have_v suffer_v we_o to_o live_v and_o remain_v there_o yet_o will_v we_o not_o neither_o be_v it_o reason_n to_o live_v without_o a_o head_n and_o lord_n to_o command_v correct_v and_o govern_v we_o instruct_v we_o in_o the_o course_n of_o our_o life_n and_o defend_v we_o from_o our_o enemy_n therefore_o we_o come_v to_o you_o know_v that_o in_o your_o court_n and_o house_n there_o be_v child_n of_o our_o generation_n link_v and_o ally_v with_o you_o issue_v from_o our_o entrails_n and_o you_o of_o our_o blood_n and_o you_o among_o â—he_n which_o we_o have_v knowledge_n of_o a_o grandchild_n of_o you_o and_o we_o call_v acamapixtli_n we_o beseech_v you_o therefore_o to_o give_v he_o we_o for_o lord_n we_o will_v esteem_v he_o as_o he_o deserve_v see_v he_o be_v of_o the_o lineage_n of_o the_o lord_n of_o mexico_n and_o the_o king_n of_o culhuacan_a the_o king_n have_v consult_v upon_o this_o point_n and_o find_v it_o nothing_o inconvenient_a to_o be_v ally_v to_o the_o mexicaines_n who_o be_v valiant_a man_n make_v they_o answer_v that_o they_o shall_v take_v his_o grandchild_n in_o good_a time_n add_v thereunto_o that_o if_o he_o have_v be_v a_o woman_n he_o will_v not_o have_v give_v she_o note_v the_o foul_a fact_n before_o speak_v of_o end_v his_o discourse_n with_o these_o word_n let_v my_o grandchild_n go_v to_o serve_v your_o god_n and_o be_v his_o lieutenant_n to_o rule_v and_o govern_v his_o creature_n by_o who_o we_o live_v who_o be_v the_o lord_n of_o night_n day_n and_o wind_n let_v he_o go_v and_o be_v lord_n of_o the_o water_n and_o land_n and_o possess_v the_o mexicaine_n nation_n take_v he_o in_o good_a time_n and_o use_v he_o as_o my_o son_n and_o grandchild_n the_o mexicaines_n give_v he_o thanks_o all_o joint_o desire_v he_o to_o marry_v he_o with_o his_o own_o hand_n so_o as_o he_o give_v he_o to_o wife_n one_o of_o the_o noble_a lady_n among_o they_o they_o conduct_v the_o new_a king_n and_o queen_n with_o all_o honour_n possible_a and_o make_v he_o a_o solemn_a reception_n go_v all_o in_o general_a forth_o to_o see_v the_o king_n who_o they_o lead_v into_o palace_n which_o be_v then_o but_o mean_v and_o have_v seat_v they_o in_o royal_a throne_n present_o one_o of_o the_o ancient_n and_o a_o orator_n much_o esteem_v amongst_o they_o do_v rise_v up_o speak_v in_o this_o manner_n my_o son_n our_o lord_n and_o king_n thou_o be_v welcome_a to_o this_o poor_a house_n and_o city_n amongst_o these_o weed_n and_o mud_n where_o thy_o poor_a father_n grandfather_n and_o kinsfolk_n endure_v what_o it_o please_v the_o lord_n of_o thing_n create_v remember_v lord_n thou_o commâ—st_v hither_o to_o be_v the_o defence_n and_o support_v of_o the_o mexicaine_n nation_n and_o to_o be_v the_o resemblance_n of_o our_o god_n vitzliputzli_n whereupon_o the_o charge_n and_o government_n be_v give_v thou_o thou_o know_v we_o be_v not_o in_o our_o country_n see_v the_o land_n we_o possess_v at_o this_o day_n be_v another_o neither_o know_v we_o what_o shall_v become_v of_o we_o to_o morrow_n or_o another_o day_n consider_v therefore_o that_o thou_o come_v not_o to_o rest_n or_o recreate_v thyself_o but_o rather_o to_o endure_v a_o new_a charge_n under_o so_o heavy_a a_o burden_n wherein_o thou_o must_v continual_o labour_v be_v slave_n to_o this_o multitude_n which_o be_v fall_v to_o thy_o lot_n and_o to_o all_o this_o neighbour_n people_n who_o thou_o must_v strive_v to_o gratify_v and_o give_v they_o contentment_n see_v thou_o know_v we_o live_v upon_o their_o land_n and_o within_o their_o limit_n and_o end_v he_o repeat_v these_o word_n thou_o be_v welcome_a thou_o and_o the_o queen_n our_o mistress_n to_o this_o your_o realm_n this_o be_v the_o speech_n of_o the_o old_a man_n which_o with_o other_o oration_n which_o the_o mexicaine_n history_n do_v celebrate_v the_o child_n do_v use_v to_o learn_v by_o hart_n and_o so_o they_o be_v keep_v by_o tradition_n some_o of_o they_o deserve_v well_o to_o be_v report_v in_o their_o proper_a term_n the_o king_n answer_v thank_v they_o and_o offer_v they_o his_o care_n and_o diligence_n in_o their_o defence_n &_o aid_n in_o all_o he_o can_v after_o they_o give_v he_o the_o oath_n and_o after_o their_o maneâ—_n set_v the_o royal_a crown_n upon_o his_o head_n the_o which_o be_v like_a to_o the_o crown_n of_o the_o duke_n of_o venice_n the_o name_n of_o acamapixtli_n their_o first_o king_n signify_v a_o handful_n of_o reed_n and_o therefore_o they_o carry_v in_o their_o armoury_n a_o hand_n hold_v many_o arrow_n of_o reed_n of_o the_o strange_a tribute_n the_o mexicaines_n pay_v to_o they_o of_o azcapuzalco_n chap._n 9_o the_o mexicaines_n happen_v so_o well_o in_o the_o election_n of_o their_o new_a king_n that_o in_o short_a time_n they_o grow_v to_o have_v some_o form_n of_o a_o commonweal_n and_o to_o be_v famous_a among_o stranger_n whereupon_o their_o neighbour_n move_v with_o fear_n practise_v to_o subdue_v they_o especial_o the_o tapaneâ—ans_n who_o have_v azcapuzalco_n for_o their_o metropolitan_a city_n to_o who_o the_o mexicaines_n pay_v tribute_n as_o stranger_n dwell_v in_o their_o land_n for_o the_o king_n of_o azcapuzalco_n fear_v their_o power_n which_o increase_v soght_v to_o oppress_v the_o mexicane_n and_o have_v consult_v with_o his_o subject_n he_o send_v to_o tell_v king_n acamapixtli_n that_o the_o ordinary_a tribute_n they_o pay_v be_v too_o little_a and_o that_o from_o thencefoorth_o they_o shall_v bring_v fir_n tree_n sapine_n and_o willow_n for_o the_o build_n of_o the_o city_n and_o moreover_o they_o shall_v make_v he_o a_o garden_n in_o the_o water_n plant_v with_o diverse_a kind_n of_o herb_n and_o pulse_n which_o they_o shall_v bring_v unto_o he_o yearly_a by_o water_n dress_v in_o this_o manner_n without_o fail_v which_o if_o they_o do_v not_o he_o declare_v they_o his_o enemy_n and_o will_v root_v they_o out_o the_o mexicaines_n be_v much_o trouble_v at_o this_o commandment_n hold_v it_o impossible_a and_o that_o this_o demand_n be_v to_o no_o other_o end_n but_o to_o
seek_v occasion_n to_o ruin_v they_o but_o their_o god_n vitzliputzli_n comfort_v they_o appear_v that_o night_n to_o a_o old_a man_n command_v he_o to_o say_v to_o the_o king_n his_o son_n in_o his_o name_n that_o he_o shall_v make_v no_o difficulty_n to_o accept_v of_o this_o tribute_n he_o will_v help_v they_o and_o make_v the_o mean_v easy_a which_o after_o happen_v for_o the_o time_n of_o tribute_n be_v come_v the_o mexicane_n carry_v the_o tree_n that_o be_v require_v and_o moreover_o a_o garden_n make_v and_o float_v in_o the_o water_n and_o in_o it_o much_o may_n which_o be_v their_o corn_n already_o grain_v and_o in_o the_o ear_n there_o be_v also_o indian_a pepper_n beet_n tomates_n which_o be_v a_o great_a sappy_a and_o savoury_a grain_n french_a pease_n fâ—gges_n gourd_n and_o many_o other_o thing_n all_o ripe_a and_o in_o their_o season_n such_o as_o have_v not_o see_v the_o gardines_n in_o the_o lake_n of_o mexico_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o water_n will_v not_o believe_v it_o but_o will_v say_v it_o be_v a_o enchantment_n of_o the_o devil_n who_o they_o worship_v but_o in_o truth_n it_o be_v a_o matter_n to_o be_v do_v and_o there_o have_v be_v often_o see_v of_o these_o garden_n float_v in_o the_o water_n for_o they_o cast_v earth_n upon_o reed_n and_o grass_n in_o such_o sort_n as_o it_o never_o waste_v in_o the_o water_n they_o sow_v and_o plant_v this_o ground_n so_o as_o the_o grain_n grow_v and_o ripen_v very_o well_o and_o then_o they_o remove_v it_o from_o place_n to_o place_n but_o it_o be_v true_a that_o to_o make_v this_o great_a garden_n easy_o and_o to_o have_v the_o fruit_n grow_v well_o be_v a_o thing_n that_o make_v man_n judge_v there_o be_v the_o work_n of_o vitziliputzli_n who_o otherwise_o they_o call_v patillas_n special_o have_v never_o make_v nor_o see_v the_o like_a the_o king_n of_o azcapuzalco_n wonder_v much_o when_o he_o see_v that_o accomplish_a which_o he_o hold_v impossible_a say_n unto_o his_o subject_n that_o this_o people_n have_v a_o great_a god_n that_o make_v all_o easy_a unto_o they_o and_o he_o say_v unto_o the_o mexicaines_n that_o see_v their_o god_n give_v they_o all_o thing_n perfect_a he_o will_v the_o year_n follow_v at_o the_o time_n of_o tribute_n they_o shall_v bring_v in_o their_o garden_n a_o wild_a duck_n and_o a_o heron_o sit_v on_o their_o egg_n in_o such_o sort_n that_o they_o shall_v hatch_v their_o young_a one_o as_o they_o shall_v arrive_v without_o fail_v of_o a_o minute_n upon_o pain_n of_o his_o indignation_n the_o mexican_n be_v much_o trouble_v and_o heavy_a with_o this_o proud_a and_o strict_a command_n but_o their_o god_n as_o he_o be_v accustom_v comfort_v they_o in_o the_o night_n by_o one_o of_o his_o priest_n say_v that_o he_o will_v take_v all_o that_o charge_n upon_o he_o will_v they_o not_o to_o fear_v but_o believe_v that_o the_o day_n will_v come_v whenas_o the_o azcapuzalcos_n shall_v pay_v with_o their_o life_n this_o desire_n of_o new_a tribute_n the_o time_n be_v come_v as_o the_o mexican_n carry_v all_o that_o be_v demand_v of_o their_o garden_n among_o the_o reed_n and_o weed_n of_o the_o gardin_fw-fr they_o find_v a_o duck_n and_o a_o heron_o hatch_n their_o egg_n and_o at_o the_o same_o instant_n when_o they_o arrive_v at_o azcapuzalco_n their_o young_a one_o be_v disclose_v whereat_o the_o king_n of_o azcapuzalco_n wonder_v beyond_o measure_n he_o say_v again_o to_o his_o people_n that_o these_o be_v more_o than_o humane_a thing_n and_o that_o the_o mexican_n begin_v as_o if_o they_o will_v make_v themselves_o lord_n over_o all_o those_o province_n yet_o do_v he_o not_o diminish_v the_o order_n of_o this_o tribute_n and_o the_o mexican_n find_v not_o themselves_o mighty_a enough_o endure_v this_o subjection_n and_o slavery_n the_o space_n of_o fifty_o year_n in_o this_o time_n the_o king_n acamapixtli_n die_v have_v beautify_v the_o city_n of_o mexico_n with_o many_o goodly_a building_n street_n conduit_n of_o water_n and_o great_a abundance_n of_o munition_n he_o reign_v in_o peace_n and_o rest_n forty_o year_n have_v be_v always_o zealous_a for_o the_o good_a and_o increase_n of_o the_o commonweal_n as_o he_o draw_v near_o his_o end_n he_o do_v one_o memorable_a thing_n that_o have_v lawful_a child_n to_o who_o he_o may_v leave_v the_o succession_n of_o the_o realm_n yet_o will_v he_o not_o do_v it_o but_o contrariwise_o he_o speak_v free_o to_o the_o commonweal_n that_o as_o they_o have_v make_v a_o free_a election_n of_o he_o so_o they_o shall_v choose_v he_o that_o shall_v seem_v fit_a for_o their_o good_a government_n advise_v they_o therein_o to_o have_v a_o care_n to_o the_o good_a of_o the_o commonweal_n and_o seem_v grieve_v that_o he_o leave_v they_o not_o free_v from_o tribute_n &_o subjection_n he_o die_v have_v recommend_v his_o wife_n and_o child_n unto_o they_o he_o leave_v all_o his_o people_n sorrowful_a for_o his_o death_n of_o the_o second_o king_n and_o what_o happen_v in_o his_o reign_n chap._n 10._o the_o obsequy_n of_o the_o dead_a king_n perform_v the_o ancient_n the_o chief_a of_o the_o realm_n and_o some_o part_n of_o the_o people_n assemble_v together_o to_o choose_v a_o king_n where_o the_o ancient_n propound_v the_o necessity_n wherein_o they_o be_v and_o that_o it_o be_v needful_a to_o choose_v for_o chief_a of_o their_o city_n a_o man_n that_o have_v pity_n of_o age_n of_o widow_n and_o orphan_n and_o to_o be_v a_o father_n of_o the_o commonweal_n for_o in_o very_a deed_n they_o shall_v be_v the_o feather_n of_o his_o wing_n the_o kickshaw_n of_o his_o eye_n and_o the_o beard_n of_o his_o face_n that_o it_o be_v necessary_a he_o be_v valiant_a be_v needful_a short_o to_o use_v their_o force_n as_o their_o god_n have_v prophesy_v their_o resolution_n in_o the_o end_n be_v to_o choose_v a_o son_n of_o the_o predecessor_n use_v the_o like_a good_a office_n in_o accept_v his_o son_n for_o successor_n as_o he_o have_v do_v to_o the_o commonweal_n rely_v thereon_o this_o young_a man_n be_v call_v vitzilovitli_n which_o signify_v a_o rich_a feather_n they_o set_v the_o royal_a crown_n upon_o his_o head_n and_o anoint_v he_o as_o they_o have_v be_v accustom_v to_o do_v to_o all_o their_o king_n with_o a_o ointment_n they_o call_v divine_a be_v the_o same_o unction_n wherewith_o they_o do_v anoint_v their_o idol_n present_o a_o orator_n make_v a_o eloquent_a speech_n exhort_v he_o to_o arm_v himself_o with_o courage_n and_o free_v they_o from_o the_o travel_n slavery_n and_o misery_n they_o suffer_v be_v oppress_v by_o the_o azcapuzalcos_n which_o do_v all_o do_v he_o homage_n this_o king_n be_v not_o marry_v and_o his_o counsel_n hold_v opinion_n that_o it_o be_v good_a to_o marry_v he_o with_o the_o daughter_n of_o the_o king_n of_o azcapuzalco_n to_o have_v he_o a_o friend_n by_o this_o alliance_n and_o to_o obtain_v some_o diminution_n of_o their_o heavy_a burden_n of_o tribute_n impose_v upon_o they_o and_o yet_o they_o fear_v lest_o he_o shall_v disdain_v to_o give_v they_o his_o daughter_n by_o reason_n they_o be_v his_o vassal_n yet_o the_o king_n of_o azcapuzalco_n yield_v thereunto_o have_v humble_o require_v he_o who_o with_o courteous_a word_n give_v they_o his_o daughter_n call_v ayanchigual_n who_o they_o lead_v with_o great_a pomp_n and_o joy_n to_o mexico_n and_o perform_v the_o ceremony_n and_o solemnity_n of_o marriage_n which_o be_v to_o tie_v a_o corner_n of_o the_o man_n cloak_n to_o a_o part_n of_o the_o woman_n veil_n in_o sign_n of_o the_o band_n of_o marriage_n this_o queen_n bring_v forth_o a_o son_n of_o who_o name_n they_o demand_v advise_v of_o the_o king_n of_o azcapuzalco_n and_o cast_v lot_n as_o they_o have_v accustom_v be_v great_o give_v to_o soothsay_n especial_o upon_o the_o name_n of_o their_o child_n he_o will_v have_v his_o grandchild_n call_v chimalpopoca_n which_o signify_v a_o target_n cast_v smoke_n the_o queen_n his_o daughter_n see_v the_o contentment_n the_o king_n of_o azcapuzalco_n have_v of_o his_o grandchild_n take_v occasion_n to_o entreat_v he_o to_o relieve_v the_o mexicaines_n of_o the_o heavy_a burden_n of_o their_o tribute_n see_v he_o have_v now_o a_o grandchild_n mexicaine_n the_o which_o the_o king_n willing_o yield_v unto_o by_o the_o advice_n of_o his_o counsel_n grant_v for_o the_o tribute_n which_o they_o pay_v to_o bring_v yearly_o a_o couple_n of_o duck_v and_o some_o fish_n in_o sign_n of_o subjection_n and_o that_o they_o dwell_v in_o his_o land_n the_o mexicaines_n by_o this_o mean_n remain_v much_o ease_v and_o content_a but_o it_o last_v little_a for_o the_o queen_n their_o protectrix_fw-la die_v soon_o after_o and_o the_o year_n follow_v likewise_o vitzilovitli_n the_o king_n of_o mexico_n die_v
leave_v his_o son_n chimalpopoca_n ten_o year_n old_a he_o reign_v thirteen_o year_n and_o die_v thirty_o year_n old_a or_o little_o more_o he_o be_v hold_v for_o a_o good_a king_n and_o careful_a in_o the_o service_n of_o his_o god_n who_o image_n he_o hold_v king_n to_o be_v and_o that_o the_o honour_n do_v to_o their_o god_n be_v do_v to_o the_o king_n who_o be_v his_o image_n for_o this_o cause_n the_o king_n have_v be_v so_o affectionate_a to_o the_o service_n of_o their_o god_n this_o king_n be_v careful_a to_o win_v the_o love_n of_o his_o neighbour_n and_o to_o traffic_v with_o they_o whereby_o he_o augment_v his_o city_n exercise_v his_o man_n in_o warlike_a action_n in_o the_o lake_n dispose_v they_o to_o that_o which_o he_o pretend_v as_o you_o shall_v see_v present_o of_o chimalpopoca_n the_o three_o king_n and_o his_o cruel_a death_n and_o the_o occasion_n of_o war_n which_o the_o mexicaines_n make_v chap._n 11._o the_o mexicaines_n for_o successor_n to_o their_o decease_a king_n do_v choose_v his_o son_n chimalpopoca_n by_o common_a consent_n although_o he_o be_v a_o child_n of_o ten_o year_n old_a be_v of_o opinion_n that_o it_o be_v always_o necessary_a to_o keep_v the_o favour_n of_o the_o king_n of_o azcapuzalco_n make_v his_o grandchild_n king_n they_o then_o set_v he_o in_o his_o throne_n give_v he_o the_o ensign_n of_o war_n with_o a_o bow_n and_o arrow_n in_o one_o hand_n and_o a_o sword_n with_o rasour_n which_o they_o common_o use_v in_o the_o right_n signify_v thereby_o as_o they_o do_v say_v that_o they_o pretend_v by_o arm_n to_o set_v themselves_o at_o liberty_n the_o mexicaines_n have_v great_a want_n of_o water_n that_o of_o the_o lake_n be_v very_o thick_a and_o muddy_a and_o therefore_o ill_a to_o drink_v so_o as_o they_o cause_v their_o infant_n king_n to_o desire_v of_o his_o grandfather_n the_o king_n of_o azcapuzalco_n the_o water_n of_o the_o mountain_n of_o chapultepec_n which_o be_v from_o mexico_n a_o league_n as_o be_v say_v before_o which_o they_o easy_o obtain_v and_o by_o their_o industry_n make_v a_o aqueduct_v of_o faggot_n weed_n and_o flag_n by_o the_o which_o they_o bring_v water_n to_o their_o city_n but_o because_o the_o city_n be_v build_v within_o the_o lake_n and_o the_o aqueduct_v do_v cross_v it_o it_o do_v break_v forth_o in_o many_o place_n so_o as_o they_o can_v not_o enjoy_v the_o water_n as_o they_o desire_v and_o have_v great_a scarcity_n whereupon_o whether_o they_o do_v express_o seek_v it_o to_o quarrel_v with_o the_o tapanecans_n or_o that_o they_o be_v move_v upon_o small_a occasion_n in_o the_o end_n they_o send_v a_o resolute_a ambassage_n to_o the_o king_n of_o azcapuzalco_n say_v they_o can_v not_o use_v the_o water_n which_o he_o have_v gracious_o grant_v they_o and_o therefore_o they_o require_v he_o to_o provide_v they_o wood_n lime_n and_o stone_n and_o to_o send_v his_o workman_n that_o by_o their_o mean_n they_o may_v make_v a_o pipe_n of_o stone_n and_o lime_n that_o shall_v not_o break_v this_o message_n nothing_o please_v the_o king_n and_o much_o less_o his_o subject_n seem_v to_o be_v too_o presumptuous_a a_o message_n and_o purposely_o insolent_a for_o vassal_n to_o their_o lord_n the_o chief_a of_o the_o counsel_n disdain_v thereat_o say_v it_o be_v too_o bold_a that_o not_o content_a with_o permission_n to_o live_v in_o a_o other_o land_n and_o to_o have_v water_n give_v they_o but_o they_o will_v have_v they_o go_v to_o serve_v they_o what_o a_o matter_n be_v that_o and_o whereon_o presume_v this_o fugitive_a nation_n shut_v up_o in_o the_o mud_n they_o will_v let_v they_o know_v how_o fit_a they_o be_v to_o work_v and_o to_o abate_v their_o pride_n in_o take_v from_o they_o their_o land_n and_o their_o life_n in_o these_o term_n and_o choler_n they_o leave_v the_o king_n who_o they_o do_v somewhat_o suspect_v by_o reason_n of_o his_o grandchild_n and_o consult_v again_o anew_o what_o they_o be_v to_o do_v where_o they_o resolve_v to_o make_v a_o general_a proclamation_n that_o no_o tapanecan_n shall_v have_v any_o commerce_n or_o traffic_n with_o any_o mexicaine_n that_o they_o shall_v not_o go_v to_o their_o city_n nor_o receive_v any_o into_o they_o upon_o pain_n of_o death_n whereby_o we_o may_v understand_v that_o the_o king_n do_v not_o absolute_o command_v over_o his_o people_n and_o that_o he_o govern_v more_o like_o a_o consul_n or_o a_o duke_n than_o a_o king_n although_o since_o with_o their_o power_n the_o command_n of_o king_n increase_v grow_v absolute_a tyrant_n as_o you_o shall_v see_v in_o the_o last_o king_n for_o it_o have_v be_v a_o ordinary_a thing_n among_o the_o barbarian_n that_o such_o as_o their_o power_n have_v be_v such_o have_v be_v their_o command_n yea_o in_o our_o history_n of_o spain_n we_o find_v in_o some_o ancient_a king_n that_o manner_n of_o rule_n which_o the_o tapanecans_n use_v such_o be_v the_o first_o king_n of_o the_o roman_n but_o that_o rome_n decline_v from_o king_n to_o consul_n and_o a_o senate_n till_o that_o after_o they_o come_v to_o be_v command_v by_o emperor_n but_o these_o barbarian_n of_o temperate_a king_n become_v tyrant_n of_o which_o governement_n a_o moderate_a monarchy_n be_v the_o best_a and_o most_o assure_a but_o return_v we_o now_o unto_o our_o history_n the_o king_n of_o azcapuzalco_n see_v the_o resolution_n of_o his_o subject_n which_o be_v to_o kill_v the_o mexican_n entreat_v they_o first_o to_o steal_v away_o the_o young_a king_n his_o grandchild_n and_o afterward_o do_v what_o they_o please_v to_o the_o mexican_n all_o in_o a_o manner_n yield_v hereunto_o to_o give_v the_o king_n contentment_n and_o for_o pity_n they_o have_v of_o the_o child_n but_o two_o of_o the_o chief_a be_v much_o opposite_a infer_v that_o it_o be_v bad_a counsel_n for_o that_o chimalpopoca_n although_o he_o be_v of_o their_o blood_n yet_o be_v it_o but_o by_o the_o mother_n side_n and_o that_o the_o father_n be_v to_o be_v prefer_v and_o therefore_o they_o conclude_v that_o the_o first_o they_o must_v kill_v be_v chimalpopoca_n king_n of_o mexico_n protest_v so_o to_o do_v the_o king_n of_o azcapuzalco_n be_v so_o trouble_v with_o this_o contradiction_n and_o the_o resolution_n they_o have_v take_v that_o soon_o after_o for_o very_a grief_n he_o fall_v sick_a and_o die_v by_o who_o death_n the_o tapanâ—cans_n finish_v their_o consultation_n commit_v a_o notable_a treason_n for_o one_o night_n the_o young_a king_n of_o mexico_n sleep_v without_o guard_n or_o fear_v of_o any_o thing_n they_o of_o azcapuzalco_n enter_v his_o palace_n and_o slay_v he_o sudden_o return_v unseen_a the_o morning_n be_v come_v when_o the_o noble_n wâ—nt_v to_o salute_v the_o king_n as_o they_o be_v accustom_v they_o find_v he_o slay_v with_o great_a and_o cruel_a wound_n then_o they_o cry_v out_o and_o fill_v all_o their_o city_n with_o tear_n and_o transport_v with_o choler_n they_o present_o fall_v to_o arm_n with_o a_o intent_n to_o revenge_v their_o king_n death_n as_o they_o run_v up_o and_o down_o full_a of_o fury_n and_o disorder_n one_o of_o their_o chief_a knight_n step_v forth_o labour_v to_o appease_v they_o with_o a_o grave_a admonition_n whither_o go_v you_o say_v he_o o_o you_o mexicaines_n quiet_a yourselves_o consider_v that_o thing_n do_v without_o consideration_n arâ—_n not_o well_o guide_v nor_o come_v to_o good_a end_n suppress_v your_o grief_n consider_v that_o although_o your_o king_n be_v dead_a the_o noble_a blood_n of_o the_o mexicaines_n be_v not_o extinct_a in_o he_o we_o have_v child_n of_o our_o king_n decease_v by_o who_o conduct_n succeed_v to_o the_o realm_n you_o shall_v the_o better_o execute_v what_o you_o pretend_v have_v a_o leader_n to_o guide_v your_o enterprise_n go_v not_o blind_o surcease_v and_o choose_v a_o king_n first_o to_o guide_v and_o encourage_v you_o against_o your_o enemy_n in_o the_o mean_a time_n dissemble_v discreet_o perform_v the_o funeral_n of_o your_o decease_a king_n who_o body_n you_o see_v here_o present_a for_o hereafter_o you_o shall_v find_v better_a mean_n to_o take_v reuâ—nge_n by_o this_o mean_v the_o mexican_n pass_v no_o far_o but_o stay_v to_o make_v the_o obsequy_n of_o their_o king_n whereunto_o they_o invite_v the_o lord_n of_o tescuco_n and_o culhuacan_a report_v unto_o they_o this_o foul_a and_o cruel_a fact_n which_o the_o tapanecans_n have_v commit_v move_v they_o to_o have_v pity_n on_o they_o and_o incense_a they_o against_o their_o enemy_n conclude_v that_o their_o resolution_n be_v to_o die_v or_o to_o be_v revenge_v of_o so_o great_a a_o indignity_n entreat_v they_o not_o to_o favour_v so_o unjust_a a_o fact_n of_o their_o enemy_n and_o that_o for_o their_o part_n they_o desire_v not_o their_o aid_n of_o arm_n or_o man_n but_o only_o to_o
be_v looker_n on_o of_o what_o shall_v pass_v and_o that_o for_o their_o maintenance_n they_o will_v not_o stop_v nor_o hinder_v the_o commerce_n as_o the_o tapanecans_n have_v do_v at_o these_o speech_n they_o of_o tescuco_n and_o culhuacan_a make_v they_o great_a show_n of_o good_a will_n and_o that_o they_o be_v well_o satisfy_v offer_v they_o their_o city_n and_o all_o the_o commerce_n they_o desire_v that_o they_o may_v provide_v victual_n and_o munition_n at_o their_o pleasure_n both_o by_o land_n &_o water_n after_o this_o the_o mexicane_n entreat_v they_o to_o stay_v with_o they_o and_o assist_v at_o the_o election_n of_o their_o king_n the_o which_o they_o likewise_o grant_v to_o give_v they_o contentment_n of_o the_o four_o king_n call_v izcoalt_n and_o of_o the_o war_n against_o the_o tapanecans_n chap._n 12._o the_o elector_n be_v assemble_v a_o old_a man_n that_o be_v hold_v for_o a_o great_a orator_n rise_v up_o who_o as_o the_o history_n report_v speak_v in_o this_o manner_n the_o light_n of_o your_o eye_n o_o mâ—xicaines_n be_v darken_v but_o not_o of_o your_o heart_n for_o although_o you_o have_v lose_v he_o that_o be_v the_o light_n and_o guide_v of_o the_o mexicaine_n commonweal_n yet_o that_o of_o the_o heart_n remain_v to_o consider_v that_o although_o they_o have_v slay_v one_o man_n yet_o there_o be_v other_o that_o may_v supply_v with_o advantage_n the_o want_n we_o have_v of_o he_o the_o mexicaine_n nobility_n be_v not_o extinguish_v thereby_o nor_o the_o blood_n royal_a decay_a turn_v your_o eye_n and_o look_n about_o you_o you_o shall_v see_v the_o nobility_n of_o mexico_n set_v in_o order_n not_o one_o nor_o two_o but_o many_o and_o excellent_a prince_n son_n to_o acamapixtli_n our_o true_a and_o lawful_a king_n and_o lord_n here_o you_o may_v choose_v at_o your_o pleasure_n say_v i_o will_v this_o man_n and_o not_o that_o if_o you_o have_v lose_v a_o father_n here_o you_o may_v find_v both_o father_n and_o mother_n make_v account_n o_o mexicaines_n that_o the_o sun_n be_v eclipse_v and_o darken_v for_o a_o time_n and_o will_v return_v sudden_o if_o mexico_n have_v be_v darken_v by_o the_o death_n of_o your_o king_n the_o sun_n will_v soon_o show_v in_o choose_v another_o king_n look_v to_o who_o and_o upon_o who_o you_o shall_v cast_v your_o eye_n and_o towards_o who_o your_o heart_n be_v incline_v and_o this_o be_v he_o whoâ—_n your_o god_n vitzliputzli_n have_v choose_v and_o continue_v a_o while_n this_o discourse_n he_o end_v to_o the_o satisfaction_n of_o all_o man_n in_o the_o end_n by_o the_o consent_n of_o this_o counsel_n izcoalt_v be_v choose_v king_n which_o signify_v a_o snake_n of_o razor_n who_o be_v son_n to_o the_o first_o king_n acamapixtli_n by_o a_o slave_n of_o he_o and_o although_o he_o be_v not_o legitimate_a yet_o they_o make_v choice_n of_o he_o for_o that_o he_o exceed_v the_o rest_n in_o behaviour_n valour_n and_o magnanimity_n of_o courage_n all_o seem_v very_o well_o satisfy_v and_o above_o all_o these_o of_o tescuco_n for_o their_o king_n be_v marry_v to_o a_o sister_n of_o iscoalt_n after_o the_o king_n have_v be_v crown_v and_o set_v in_o his_o royal_a seat_n another_o orator_n step_v up_o discourse_v how_o the_o king_n be_v bind_v to_o his_o commonweal_n and_o of_o the_o courage_n he_o ought_v to_o show_v in_o travel_n speak_v thus_o behold_v this_o day_n we_o depend_v on_o thou_o it_o may_v be_v thou_o will_v let_v fall_v the_o burden_n that_o lie_v upon_o thy_o soldier_n and_o suffer_v the_o old_a man_n and_o woman_n the_o orphlin_n and_o the_o widow_n to_o perish_v take_v pity_n of_o the_o infant_n that_o go_v creep_v in_o the_o air_n who_o must_v perish_v if_o our_o enemy_n surmount_v we_o unfold_v then_o and_o stretch_v forth_o thy_o cloak_n my_o lord_n to_o bear_v these_o infant_n upon_o thy_o shoulder_n which_o be_v the_o poor_a and_o the_o common_a people_n who_o live_v assure_v under_o the_o shadow_n of_o thy_o wing_n and_o of_o thy_o bounty_n utter_v many_o other_o word_n upon_o this_o subject_n the_o which_o as_o i_o have_v say_v they_o learn_v by_o heart_n for_o the_o exercise_n of_o their_o child_n and_o after_o do_v teach_v they_o as_o a_o lesson_n to_o those_o that_o begin_v to_o learn_v the_o faculty_n of_o orator_n in_o the_o mean_a time_n the_o tapanecans_n be_v resolute_a to_o destroy_v the_o mexicaines_n and_o to_o this_o end_n they_o have_v make_v great_a preparation_n and_o therefore_o the_o new_a king_n take_v counsel_n for_o the_o proclaim_n of_o war_n and_o to_o fight_v with_o those_o that_o have_v so_o much_o wrong_v they_o but_o the_o common_a people_n see_v their_o adversary_n to_o exceed_v they_o far_o in_o number_n and_o munition_n for_o the_o war_n they_o come_v amaze_v to_o their_o king_n press_v he_o not_o to_o undertake_v so_o dangerous_a a_o war_n which_o will_v destroy_v their_o poor_a city_n and_o nation_n whereupon_o be_v demand_v what_o advice_n be_v fit_a to_o take_v they_o make_v answer_v that_o the_o king_n of_o azcapuzalco_n be_v very_o pitiful_a that_o they_o shall_v demand_v peace_n and_o offer_v to_o serve_v he_o draw_v they_o forth_o those_o marsh_n and_o that_o he_o shall_v give_v they_o house_n and_o land_n among_o his_o subject_n that_o by_o this_o mean_v they_o may_v depend_v all_o upon_o one_o lord_n and_o for_o the_o obtain_n hereof_o they_o shall_v carry_v their_o god_n in_o his_o litter_n for_o a_o intercessor_n the_o cry_n of_o the_o people_n be_v of_o such_o force_n have_v some_o noble_n that_o approve_v their_o opinion_n as_o present_o they_o call_v for_o the_o priest_n prepare_v the_o litter_n and_o their_o god_n to_o perform_v the_o voyage_n as_o this_o be_v prepare_v and_o every_o one_o yield_v to_o this_o treaty_n of_o peace_n and_o to_o subject_v themselves_o to_o the_o tapanecans_n a_o gallant_a young_a man_n and_o of_o good_a sort_n step_v out_o among_o the_o people_n who_o with_o a_o resolute_a countenance_n speak_v thus_o unto_o they_o what_o meanu_v this_o o_o you_o mexicaines_n be_v you_o mad_a how_o have_v so_o great_a cowardice_n creep_v in_o among_o we_o shall_v we_o go_v and_o yield_v ourselves_o thus_o to_o the_o azcapuzalcans_n then_o turn_v to_o the_o king_n he_o say_v how_o now_o my_o lord_n will_v you_o endure_v this_o speak_v to_o the_o people_n that_o they_o may_v suffer_v we_o to_o find_v out_o some_o mean_n for_o our_o honour_n and_o defence_n and_o not_o to_o yield_v ourselves_o so_o simple_o and_o shameful_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o our_o enemy_n this_o young_a man_n be_v call_v tlacaellec_n nephew_n to_o the_o king_n he_o be_v the_o most_o valiant_a captain_n and_o great_a counsellor_n that_o ever_o the_o mexicaines_n have_v as_o you_o shall_v see_v hereafter_o izcoalt_v encourage_v by_o that_o his_o nephew_n have_v so_o wise_o speak_v retain_v the_o people_n say_v they_o shall_v first_o suffer_v he_o to_o try_v another_o better_a mean_n then_o turn_v towards_o his_o nobility_n he_o say_v unto_o they_o you_o be_v all_o here_o my_o kinsman_n and_o the_o best_a of_o mexico_n he_o that_o have_v the_o courage_n to_o carry_v a_o message_n to_o the_o tapanecans_n let_v he_o rise_v up_o they_o look_v one_o upon_o another_o but_o no_o man_n stir_v nor_o offer_v himself_o to_o the_o word_n then_o this_o young_a man_n tlacaellec_n rise_v offer_v himself_o to_o go_v say_v that_o see_v he_o must_v die_v it_o do_v import_v little_a whether_o it_o be_v to_o day_n or_o to_o morrow_n for_o what_o reason_n shall_v he_o so_o careful_o preserve_v himself_o he_o be_v therefore_o ready_a let_v he_o command_v what_o he_o please_v and_o although_o all_o hold_v this_o for_o a_o rash_a attempt_n yet_o the_o king_n resoluâ—d_v to_o send_v he_o that_o he_o may_v thereon_o understand_v the_o will_n and_o disposition_n of_o the_o king_n of_o azcapuzalco_n and_o of_o his_o people_n hold_v it_o better_a to_o hasten_v his_o nephew_n death_n then_o to_o hazard_v the_o honour_n of_o his_o commonweal_n tlacaelies_n be_v ready_a take_v his_o way_n and_o be_v come_v to_o the_o guard_n who_o have_v commandment_n to_o kill_v any_o mexicaines_n that_o come_v towards_o they_o by_o cunning_a or_o otherwise_o he_o persuade_v they_o to_o suffer_v he_o to_o pass_v to_o the_o king_n who_o wonder_v to_o see_v he_o and_o hear_v his_o ambassage_n which_o be_v to_o demand_v peace_n of_o he_o under_o hone_a condition_n answer_v that_o he_o will_v impart_v it_o to_o his_o subject_n will_v he_o to_o return_v the_o next_o day_n for_o his_o answer_n than_o tlacaâ—llec_n demand_v a_o passport_n yet_o can_v he_o not_o obtain_v any_o but_o that_o he_o shall_v use_v his_o best_a skill_n with_o this_o he_o return_v to_o mexico_n give_v his_o word_n to_o the_o guard_n to_o return_v and_o although_o the_o king_n
of_o azcapuzalco_n desire_v peace_n be_v of_o a_o mild_a disposition_n yet_o his_o subject_n do_v so_o incense_v he_o as_o his_o answer_n be_v open_a war_n the_o which_o be_v hear_v by_o the_o messenger_n he_o do_v all_o his_o king_n command_v he_o declare_v by_o this_o ceremony_n to_o give_v arm_n and_o anoint_v the_o king_n with_o the_o unction_n of_o the_o dead_a that_o in_o his_o king_n behalf_n he_o do_v defy_v he_o have_v end_v all_o the_o king_n of_o azcapuzalco_n suffer_v himself_o to_o be_v anoint_v and_o crown_v with_o feather_n give_v goodly_a arm_n in_o recompense_n to_o the_o messenger_n wish_v he_o not_o to_o return_v by_o the_o palace_n gate_n whereas_o many_o attend_v to_o cut_v he_o in_o piece_n but_o to_o go_v out_o secret_o by_o a_o little_a false_a postern_n that_o be_v open_a in_o one_o of_o the_o court_n of_o the_o palace_n this_o young_a man_n do_v so_o and_o turn_v by_o secret_a way_n get_v away_o in_o safety_n in_o sight_n of_o the_o guard_n and_o there_o defy_v they_o say_v tapanecans_n and_o azcapuzalcans_n you_o do_v your_o office_n ill_o understand_v you_o shall_v all_o die_v and_o not_o one_o tapanecan_n shall_v remain_v alive_a in_o the_o mean_a time_n the_o guard_n fall_v upon_o he_o where_o he_o behave_v himself_o so_o valiant_o that_o he_o â—lew_v some_o of_o they_o and_o see_v many_o more_o of_o they_o come_v run_v he_o retire_v himself_o gallant_o to_o the_o city_n where_o he_o bring_v news_n that_o war_n be_v proclaim_v with_o the_o tapanecans_n and_o that_o he_o have_v defy_v their_o king_n of_o the_o battle_n the_o mexicaines_n give_v to_o the_o tapanecans_n and_o of_o the_o victory_n they_o obtain_v chap._n 13._o the_o defy_v be_v know_v to_o the_o commons_o of_o mexico_n they_o come_v to_o the_o king_n according_a to_o their_o accustom_a cowardice_n demand_v leave_n to_o depart_v the_o city_n hold_v their_o reign_n certain_a the_o king_n do_v comfort_n and_o encourage_v they_o promise_v to_o give_v they_o liberty_n if_o they_o vanquish_v their_o enemy_n will_v they_o not_o to_o fear_v the_o people_n reply_v and_o if_o we_o be_v vanquish_v what_o shall_v we_o do_v if_o we_o be_v overcome_v answer_v the_o king_n we_o will_v be_v bind_v present_o to_o yield_v ourselves_o into_o your_o hand_n to_o suffer_v death_n eat_v our_o flesh_n in_o your_o dish_n and_o be_v revenge_v of_o us._n it_o shall_v be_v so_o then_o say_v they_o if_o you_o lose_v the_o victory_n and_o if_o you_o obtain_v the_o victory_n we_o do_v present_o offer_v ourselves_o to_o be_v your_o tributary_n to_o labour_v in_o your_o house_n to_o sow_v your_o ground_n to_o carry_v your_o arm_n and_o baggage_n when_o you_o go_v to_o the_o war_n for_o ever_o we_o and_o our_o descendant_n after_o us._n these_o accord_v make_v betwixt_o the_o people_n and_o the_o nobility_n which_o they_o do_v after_o full_o perform_v either_o willing_o or_o by_o constraint_n as_o they_o have_v promise_v the_o king_n name_v for_o his_o captain_n general_a tlacaellec_n the_o whole_a camp_n be_v put_v in_o order_n and_o into_o squadron_n give_v the_o place_n of_o captain_n to_o the_o most_o valiant_a of_o his_o kinsfolk_n and_o friend_n then_o do_v he_o make_v they_o a_o goodly_a speech_n whereby_o he_o do_v great_o encourage_v they_o be_v now_o well_o prepare_v charge_v all_o man_n to_o obey_v the_o commandment_n of_o the_o general_n who_o he_o have_v appoint_v he_o divide_v his_o man_n into_o two_o part_n command_v the_o most_o valiant_a and_o hardy_a to_o give_v the_o first_o charge_n with_o he_o &_o that_o all_o the_o rest_n shall_v remain_v with_o the_o king_n izcoalt_n unâ—il_o they_o shall_v see_v the_o first_o assail_v their_o enemy_n march_v then_o in_o order_n they_o be_v discover_v by_o they_o of_o azcapuzalco_n who_o present_o come_v furious_o forth_o the_o city_n carry_v great_a riches_n of_o gold_n silver_z and_o arm_n of_o great_a value_n as_o those_o which_o have_v the_o empire_n of_o all_o that_o country_n izcoalt_n give_v the_o signal_n to_o battle_n with_o a_o little_a drum_n he_o carry_v on_o his_o shoulder_n and_o present_o they_o raise_v a_o general_a shout_n cry_v mexico_n mexico_n they_o charge_v the_o tapanecans_n and_o although_o they_o be_v far_o more_o in_o number_n yet_o do_v they_o defeat_v they_o and_o force_v they_o to_o retire_v into_o their_o city_n then_o advance_v they_o which_o remain_v behind_o cry_v tlacaellec_n victory_n victory_n all_o sudden_o enter_v the_o city_n where_o by_o the_o king_n commandment_n they_o pardon_v not_o any_o man_n no_o not_o old_a man_n woman_n nor_o child_n for_o they_o slay_v they_o all_o and_o spoil_v the_o city_n be_v very_o rich_a and_o not_o content_v herewith_o they_o follow_v they_o that_o flee_v and_o be_v retire_v into_o the_o craggy_a rock_n of_o the_o sierre_v or_o near_a mountain_n strike_v and_o make_v a_o great_a slaughter_n of_o they_o the_o tapanecans_n be_v retire_v to_o a_o mountain_n cast_v down_o their_o arm_n demand_v their_o life_n and_o offer_v to_o serve_v the_o mexican_n to_o give_v they_o land_n and_o garden_n stone_n lime_n and_o timber_n and_o to_o hold_v they_o always_o for_o their_o lord_n upon_o this_o condition_n tlacaellâ—c_n retire_v his_o man_n and_o cease_v the_o battle_n grant_v they_o their_o life_n upon_o the_o former_a condition_n which_o they_o do_v solemn_o swear_v then_o they_o return_v to_o azcapuzalco_n and_o so_o with_o their_o rich_a and_o victorious_a spoil_n to_o the_o city_n of_o mexico_n the_o day_n follow_v the_o king_n assemble_v the_o nobility_n and_o the_o people_n to_o who_o he_o lay_v open_v the_o accord_n the_o commons_o have_v make_v demand_v of_o they_o if_o they_o be_v content_a to_o persist_v therein_o the_o commons_o make_v answer_v that_o they_o have_v promise_v and_o they_o have_v well_o deserve_v it_o and_o therefore_o they_o be_v content_a to_o serve_v they_o perpetual_o whereupon_o they_o take_v a_o oath_n which_o since_o they_o have_v keep_v without_o contradiction_n this_o do_v izcoalt_v return_v to_o azcapuzalco_n by_o the_o advice_n of_o his_o counsel_n he_o divide_v all_o the_o land_n &_o good_n of_o the_o conquer_a among_o the_o conqueror_n the_o chief_a part_n fall_v to_o the_o king_n then_o to_o tlacaellec_n and_o after_o to_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o noble_n as_o they_o best_o deserve_v in_o the_o battle_n they_o also_o give_v land_n to_o some_o plebeian_n have_v behave_v themselves_o valiant_o too_o other_o they_o distribute_v the_o pillage_n make_v small_a account_n of_o they_o as_o of_o coward_n they_o appoint_v land_n in_o common_a for_o the_o quarter_n of_o mexico_n to_o every_o one_o his_o part_n for_o the_o service_n and_o sacrifice_n of_o their_o god_n this_o be_v the_o order_n which_o after_o they_o always_o keep_v in_o the_o division_n of_o the_o land_n and_o spoil_n of_o those_o they_o have_v vanquish_v and_o subdue_v by_o this_o mean_n they_o of_o azcapuzalco_n remain_v so_o poor_a as_o they_o have_v no_o land_n leave_v they_o to_o labour_n and_o which_o be_v worse_a they_o take_v their_o king_n from_o they_o &_o all_o power_n to_o choose_v any_o other_o than_o he_o of_o mexico_n of_o the_o war_n and_o victory_n the_o mexican_n have_v against_o the_o city_n of_o cuyoacan_a chap._n 14._o although_o the_o chief_a city_n of_o the_o tapanecans_n be_v that_o of_o azcapuzalco_n yet_o have_v they_o other_o with_o their_o private_a lord_n as_o tâ—cuba_n and_o cuyoacan_a these_o see_v the_o storm_n pass_v will_v glad_o that_o they_o of_o azcapuzalco_n have_v renew_v the_o war_n against_o the_o mexican_n and_o see_v they_o daunt_v as_o a_o nation_n whole_o break_v and_o defeat_v they_o of_o cuyoacan_a resolve_v to_o make_v war_n by_o themselves_o to_o the_o which_o they_o labour_v to_o draw_v the_o other_o neighbour_n nation_n who_o will_v not_o stir_v nor_o quarrel_n with_o the_o mexican_n in_o the_o mean_a time_n the_o hatred_n and_o malice_n increase_v they_o of_o cuyoacan_a begin_v to_o ill_o entreat_v the_o woman_n that_o go_v to_o their_o market_n mock_v at_o they_o and_o do_v the_o like_a to_o the_o man_n over_o who_o they_o have_v power_n for_o which_o cause_n the_o king_n of_o mexico_n defend_v that_o none_o of_o he_o shall_v go_v to_o cuyoacan_a and_o that_o they_o shall_v receive_v none_o of_o they_o into_o mexico_n the_o which_o make_v they_o of_o cuyoacan_a resolve_v whole_o to_o war_n but_o first_o they_o will_v provoke_v they_o by_o some_o shameful_a scorn_n which_o be_v that_o have_v invite_v they_o to_o one_o of_o their_o solemn_a feast_n after_o they_o have_v make_v they_o a_o goodly_a banquet_n and_o feast_v they_o with_o a_o great_a dance_n after_o their_o manner_n they_o send_v they_o for_o their_o fruit_n woman_n apparel_n force_v they_o to_o put_v it_o on_o and_o so_o to_o return_v home_o
subdue_v the_o city_n of_o cuitlavaca_n with_o child_n the_o news_n and_o consideration_n whereof_o open_v the_o eye_n of_o those_o of_o tescâ—co_n a_o chief_a and_o very_a cunning_a nation_n for_o their_o manner_n of_o life_n so_o as_o the_o king_n of_o tescuco_n be_v first_o of_o opinion_n that_o they_o shall_v subject_v themselves_o to_o the_o king_n of_o mexico_n and_o invite_v he_o thereunto_o with_o his_o city_n therefore_o by_o the_o advice_n of_o his_o counsel_n they_o send_v ambassador_n good_a orator_n with_o honourable_a present_n to_o offer_v themselves_o unto_o the_o mexican_n as_o their_o subject_n desire_v peace_n and_o amity_n which_o be_v gracious_o accept_v but_o by_o the_o advice_n of_o tlacaellec_n he_o use_v a_o ceremony_n for_o the_o effect_n thereof_o which_o be_v that_o those_o of_o tescuco_n shall_v come_v forth_o arm_v against_o the_o mexican_n where_o they_o shall_v fight_v and_o present_o yield_v which_o be_v a_o act_n and_o ceremony_n of_o war_n without_o any_o effusion_n of_o blood_n on_o either_o side_n thus_o the_o king_n of_o mexico_n become_v sovereign_a lord_n of_o tescuco_n but_o he_o take_v not_o their_o king_n from_o they_o but_o make_v he_o of_o his_o privy_a counsel_n so_o as_o they_o have_v always_o maintain_v themselves_o in_o this_o manner_n until_o the_o time_n of_o motecuma_n the_o second_o during_o who_o reign_n the_o spaniard_n enter_v have_v subdue_v the_o land_n and_o city_n of_o tescuco_n mexico_n remain_v lady_n and_o mistress_n of_o all_o the_o land_n and_o city_n about_o the_o lake_n where_o it_o be_v build_v izcoalt_n have_v enjoy_v this_o prosperity_n and_o reign_v twelve_o year_n die_v leave_v the_o realm_n which_o have_v be_v give_v he_o much_o augment_v by_o the_o valour_n and_o counsel_n of_o his_o nephew_n tlacaellec_n as_o have_v afore_o be_v say_v who_o hold_v it_o best_a to_o choose_v a_o other_o king_n than_o himself_o as_o shall_v hereafter_o be_v show_v of_o the_o five_o king_n of_o mexico_n call_v moteçuma_n the_o first_o of_o that_o name_n chap._n 16._o forasmuch_o as_o the_o election_n of_o the_o new_a king_n belong_v to_o four_o chief_a elector_n as_o have_v be_v say_v and_o to_o the_o king_n of_o tescuco_n and_o the_o king_n of_o tacubu_n by_o especial_a privilege_n tlacaellec_n assemble_v these_o six_o personage_n as_o he_o that_o have_v the_o sovereign_a authority_n and_o have_v propound_v the_o matter_n unto_o they_o they_o make_v choice_n of_o moteçuma_n the_o first_o of_o that_o name_n nephew_n to_o the_o same_o tlacaellec_n his_o election_n be_v very_o please_v to_o they_o all_o by_o reason_n whereof_o they_o make_v most_o solemn_a feast_n and_o more_o stately_a than_o the_o former_a present_o after_o his_o election_n they_o conduct_v he_o to_o the_o temple_n with_o a_o great_a train_n where_o before_o the_o divine_a hearth_n as_o they_o call_v it_o where_o there_o be_v continual_a fire_n they_o set_v he_o in_o his_o royal_a throne_n put_v upon_o he_o his_o royal_a ornament_n be_v there_o the_o king_n draw_v blood_n from_o his_o ear_n and_o leg_n with_o a_o griffon_n talent_n which_o be_v the_o sacrifice_n wherein_o the_o devil_n delight_v to_o be_v honour_v the_o priest_n ancient_n and_o captain_n make_v their_o oration_n all_o congratulate_v his_o election_n they_o be_v accustom_v in_o their_o election_n to_o make_v great_a feast_n and_o dance_n where_o they_o waste_v many_o light_n in_o this_o king_n time_n the_o custom_n be_v bring_v in_o that_o the_o king_n shall_v go_v in_o person_n to_o make_v war_n in_o some_o province_n and_o bring_v captive_n to_o solemnize_v the_o feast_n of_o his_o coronation_n and_o for_o the_o solemn_a sacrifice_n of_o that_o day_n for_o this_o cause_n king_n moteçuma_n go_v into_o the_o province_n of_o chalco_n who_o have_v declare_v themselves_o his_o enemy_n from_o whence_o have_v fight_v valiant_o he_o bring_v a_o great_a number_n of_o captive_n whereof_o he_o do_v make_v a_o notable_a sacrifice_n the_o day_n of_o his_o coronation_n although_o at_o that_o time_n he_o do_v not_o subdue_v all_o the_o province_n of_o chalco_n be_v a_o very_a warlike_a nation_n many_o come_v to_o this_o coronation_n from_o divers_a province_n as_o well_o near_o as_o far_o off_o to_o see_v the_o feast_n at_o the_o which_o all_o comer_n be_v very_o bountiful_o entertain_v and_o clad_v especial_o the_o poor_a to_o who_o they_o give_v new_a garment_n for_o this_o cause_n they_o bring_v that_o day_n into_o the_o city_n the_o king_n tribute_n with_o a_o goodly_a order_n which_o consist_v in_o stuff_n to_o make_v garment_n of_o all_o sort_n in_o cacao_n gold_n silver_z rich_a feather_n great_a burden_n of_o cotton_n cucumber_n sundry_a sort_n of_o pulse_n many_o kind_n of_o sea_n fish_n and_o of_o the_o fresh_a water_n great_a store_n of_o fruit_n and_o venison_n without_o number_n not_o reckon_v a_o infinite_a number_n of_o present_n which_o other_o king_n and_o lord_n send_v to_o the_o new_a king_n all_o this_o tribute_n march_v in_o order_n according_a to_o the_o province_n and_o before_o they_o the_o steward_n and_o receiver_n with_o divers_a mark_n and_o ensign_n in_o very_o goodly_a order_n so_o as_o it_o be_v one_o of_o the_o goodly_a thing_n of_o the_o feast_n to_o see_v the_o entry_n of_o the_o tribute_n the_o king_n be_v crown_v he_o employ_v himself_o in_o the_o conquest_n of_o many_o province_n and_o for_o that_o he_o be_v both_o valiant_a and_o virtuous_a he_o still_o increase_v more_o and_o moâ—e_n use_v in_o all_o his_o affair_n the_o counsel_n and_o industry_n of_o his_o general_a tlacaellec_n who_o he_o do_v always_o love_n and_o esteem_v very_o much_o as_o he_o have_v good_a reason_n the_o war_n wherein_o he_o be_v most_o trouble_v and_o of_o great_a difficulty_n be_v that_o of_o the_o province_n of_o chalco_n wherein_o there_o happen_v great_a matter_n whereof_o one_o be_v very_o remarkable_a which_o be_v that_o they_o of_o chalcas_n have_v take_v a_o brother_n of_o moteçumaâ—s_n in_o the_o war_n who_o they_o resolve_v to_o choose_v for_o their_o king_n ask_v he_o very_o courteous_o if_o he_o will_v accept_v of_o this_o charge_n he_o answer_v after_o much_o importunity_n still_o persist_v therein_o that_o if_o they_o mean_v plain_o to_o choose_v he_o for_o their_o king_n they_o shall_v plant_v in_o the_o market_n place_n a_o tree_n or_o very_o high_a stake_n on_o the_o top_n whereof_o they_o shall_v make_v a_o little_a scaffold_n and_o mean_n to_o mount_v unto_o it_o the_o chalcas_n suppose_v it_o have_v be_v some_o ceremony_n to_o make_v himself_o more_o apparent_a present_o effect_v it_o then_o assemble_v all_o his_o mexicaines_n about_o the_o stake_n he_o go_v to_o the_o top_n with_o a_o garland_n of_o flower_n in_o his_o hand_n speak_v to_o his_o man_n in_o this_o manner_n o_o valiant_a mexicaines_n these_o man_n will_v choose_v i_o for_o their_o king_n but_o the_o god_n will_v not_o permit_v that_o to_o be_v a_o king_n i_o shall_v committee_n any_o treason_n against_o my_o country_n but_o contrariwise_o i_o will_v that_o you_o learn_v by_o i_o that_o it_o behove_v we_o rather_o to_o endure_v death_n then_o to_o aid_v our_o enemy_n say_v these_o word_n he_o cast_v himself_o down_o and_o be_v break_v in_o a_o thousand_o piece_n at_o which_o spectacle_n the_o chalcas_n have_v so_o great_a horror_n and_o dispit_n that_o present_o they_o fall_v upon_o the_o mexicaines_n and_o slay_v they_o all_o with_o their_o lance_n as_o man_n who_o they_o hold_v too_o proud_a and_o inexorable_a say_v they_o have_v devilish_a heart_n it_o chance_v the_o night_n follow_v they_o hear_v two_o owl_n make_v a_o mournful_a cry_n which_o they_o do_v interpret_v as_o a_o unfortunate_a sign_n and_o a_o presage_n of_o their_o near_a destruction_n as_o it_o succeed_v for_o king_n moteçuma_n go_v against_o they_o in_o person_n with_o all_o his_o power_n where_o he_o vanquish_v they_o and_o ruin_v all_o their_o kingdom_n and_o pass_v beyond_o the_o mountain_n meâ—ade_v he_o conquer_v still_o even_o unto_o the_o north_n sea_n then_o return_v towards_o the_o south_n sea_n he_o subdue_v many_o province_n so_o as_o he_o become_v a_o mighty_a king_n all_o by_o the_o help_n and_o counsel_n of_o tlacaellec_n who_o in_o a_o manner_n conquer_v all_o the_o mexicaine_n nation_n yet_o he_o hold_v a_o opinion_n the_o which_o be_v confirm_v that_o it_o be_v not_o behooveful_a to_o conquer_v the_o province_n of_o tlascalla_n that_o the_o mexicaines_n might_n have_v a_o fronter_v enemy_n to_o keep_v the_o youth_n of_o mexico_n in_o exercise_n and_o alarm_n and_o that_o they_o may_v have_v number_n of_o captive_n to_o sacrifice_n to_o their_o idol_n wherein_o they_o do_v waste_v as_o have_v be_v say_v infinite_a number_n of_o man_n which_o shall_v be_v take_v by_o force_n in_o the_o war_n the_o honour_n must_v be_v give_v to_o
aid_v himself_o with_o his_o best_a judgement_n be_v thereunto_o bind_v by_o the_o duty_n and_o charge_n of_o a_o king_n who_o will_v likewise_o believe_v that_o the_o great_a courage_n which_o thou_o have_v always_o valiant_o show_v in_o matter_n of_o importance_n shall_v now_o fail_v thou_o in_o matter_n of_o great_a need_n who_o will_v not_o persuade_v himself_o but_o the_o mexicane_a empire_n be_v come_v to_o the_o height_n of_o their_o sovereignty_n see_v the_o lord_n of_o thing_n create_v have_v impart_v so_o great_a grace_n unto_o thou_o that_o with_o thy_o look_n only_o thou_o breede_v admiration_n in_o they_o that_o behold_v thou_o rejoice_v then_o o_o happy_a land_n to_o who_o the_o creator_n have_v give_v a_o prince_n as_o a_o firm_a pillar_n to_o support_v thou_o which_o shall_v be_v thy_o father_n and_o thy_o defence_n by_o who_o thou_o shall_v be_v succour_v at_o need_n who_o will_v be_v more_o than_o a_o brother_n to_o his_o subject_n for_o his_o piety_n and_o clemency_n thou_o have_v a_o king_n who_o iâ—_n regard_v of_o his_o estate_n be_v not_o incline_v to_o delight_n or_o will_v lie_v stretch_v out_o upon_o his_o bed_n occupy_v in_o pleasure_n and_o vice_n but_o contrariwise_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o his_o sweet_a and_o pleasant_a sleep_n he_o will_v sudden_o awake_v for_o the_o care_n he_o must_v have_v over_o thou_o and_o will_v not_o feel_v the_o taste_n of_o the_o most_o savoury_a â—eates_v have_v his_o spirit_n transport_v with_o the_o imagination_n of_o thy_o good_a tell_v i_o then_o o_o happy_a realm_n if_o i_o have_v not_o reason_n to_o say_v that_o 〈◊〉_d ought_v rejoice_v have_v find_v such_o a_o king_n and_o thinkable_a young_a man_n and_o our_o most_o mighty_a lord_n be_v confident_a and_o of_o â—_o good_a courage_n that_o see_v the_o lord_n of_o thing_n create_v have_v give_v thou_o this_o charge_n he_o will_v also_o give_v thou_o forâ—â—_n and_o courage_n to_o manage_v it_o and_o thou_o may_v well_o hope_v thâ—â—_n he_o which_o in_o time_n past_a have_v use_v so_o great_a bounty_n towards_o thou_o will_v not_o now_o deny_v thou_o his_o great_a gift_n see_v he_o have_v give_v thou_o so_o great_a a_o charge_n which_o i_o wish_v thou_o to_o enjoy_v maâ—â—_n year_n king_n moteçuma_n be_v very_o attentive_a to_o this_o discourse_n which_o be_v end_v they_o say_v he_o be_v so_o trouble_v that_o endeavour_v thrice_o to_o answer_v he_o he_o can_v not_o speak_v be_v overcome_v with_o tear_n which_o joy_n and_o content_n do_v usual_o cause_v in_o sign_n of_o great_a humility_n in_o the_o end_n be_v come_v to_o himself_o he_o speak_v brieâ—ly_o i_o be_v too_o blind_a good_a king_n of_o tescuco_n if_o i_o do_v not_o know_v that_o what_o thou_o have_v speak_v unto_o i_o proceed_v of_o mere_a favour_n it_o please_v you_o to_o show_v i_o see_v among_o so_o mâ—nie_v noble_a &_o valiant_a man_n within_o this_o realm_n you_o have_v make_v châ—â—â—â—_n of_o the_o leâ—st_o sufficient_a and_o in_o truth_n i_o find_v myself_o so_o incapable_a of_o a_o charge_n of_o so_o great_a importance_n that_o i_o know_v not_o what_o to_o do_v but_o to_o beseech_v the_o creator_n of_o all_o create_a thing_n that_o he_o will_v favour_v i_o and_o i_o entreat_v you_o all_o to_o pray_v unto_o he_o for_o i_o these_o word_n utter_v he_o begin_v again_o to_o weep_v how_o moteçuma_n order_v the_o service_n of_o his_o house_n and_o of_o the_o war_n he_o make_v for_o his_o coronation_n cha._n 21_o he_o that_o in_o his_o election_n make_v such_o show_n of_o humility_n and_o mildness_n see_v himself_o king_n begin_v present_o to_o discover_v his_o aspire_a thought_n the_o first_o be_v he_o command_v that_o no_o plebeian_n shall_v serve_v in_o his_o house_n nor_o bear_v any_o royal_a office_n as_o his_o predecesfour_n have_v use_v till_o then_o blame_v they_o that_o will_v be_v serve_v by_o man_n of_o base_a condition_n command_v that_o all_o the_o noble_a and_o most_o famous_a man_n of_o his_o realm_n shall_v live_v within_o his_o palace_n and_o exercise_v the_o office_n of_o his_o court_n and_o house_n whereunto_o a_o old_a man_n of_o great_a authority_n who_o have_v sometime_o be_v his_o schoolmaster_n oppose_v himself_o advise_v he_o to_o be_v careful_a what_o he_o do_v and_o not_o to_o thrust_v himself_o into_o the_o danger_n of_o a_o great_a inconvenience_n in_o separate_v himself_o from_o the_o vulgar_a and_o common_a people_n so_o as_o they_o shall_v not_o dare_v to_o look_v he_o in_o the_o face_n see_v themselves_o so_o reject_v by_o he_o he_o answer_v that_o it_o be_v his_o resolution_n and_o that_o he_o will_v not_o allow_v the_o plebeian_n to_o go_v thus_o mingle_v among_o the_o noble_n as_o they_o have_v do_v one_o say_v that_o the_o service_n they_o do_v be_v according_a to_o their_o condition_n so_o as_o the_o king_n get_v no_o reputation_n and_o thus_o he_o continue_v firm_a in_o his_o resolution_n he_o present_o command_v his_o counsel_n to_o dismiss_v all_o the_o plebeians_n from_o their_o charge_n and_o office_n as_o well_o those_o of_o his_o household_n as_o of_o his_o court_n and_o to_o provide_v knight_n the_o which_o be_v do_v after_o he_o go_v in_o person_n to_o a_o enterprise_n necessary_a for_o his_o coronation_n at_o that_o time_n a_o province_n lie_v far_o off_o towards_o the_o north_n ocean_n be_v revolt_v from_o the_o crown_n whether_o he_o lead_v the_o flower_n of_o his_o people_n well_o appoint_v there_o he_o war_v with_o such_o valour_n and_o dexterity_n that_o in_o the_o end_n he_o subdue_v all_o the_o province_n and_o punish_v the_o rebel_n severe_o return_v with_o a_o great_a number_n of_o captive_n for_o the_o sacrifice_n and_o many_o other_o spoil_n all_o the_o city_n make_v he_o solemn_a reception_n at_o his_o return_n and_o the_o lord_n thereof_o give_v he_o water_n to_o wash_v perform_v the_o office_n of_o servant_n a_o thing_n not_o use_v by_o any_o of_o his_o predecessor_n such_o be_v the_o fear_n and_o respect_n they_o bear_v he_o in_o mexico_n they_o make_v the_o feast_n of_o his_o coronation_n with_o great_a preparation_n of_o dance_n comedy_n banquet_n light_n and_o other_o invention_n for_o many_o day_n and_o there_o come_v so_o great_a a_o wealth_n of_o tribute_n from_o all_o his_o country_n that_o stranger_n unknown_a come_v to_o mexico_n and_o their_o very_a enemy_n resort_v in_o great_a number_n disguise_v to_o see_v these_o feast_n as_o those_o of_o tlascalla_n and_o mechovacan_a the_o which_o moteçuma_n have_v discover_v he_o command_v they_o shall_v be_v lodge_v and_o gentle_o entreat_v and_o honour_v as_o his_o own_o person_n he_o also_o make_v they_o goodly_a gallery_n like_v unto_o his_o own_o where_o they_o may_v see_v and_o behold_v the_o feast_n so_o they_o enter_v by_o night_n to_o those_o feast_n as_o the_o king_n himself_o make_v their_o sport_n and_o mask_n and_o for_o that_o i_o have_v make_v mention_n of_o these_o province_n it_o shall_v not_o be_v from_o the_o purpose_n to_o understand_v that_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o mechovacan_a tlascalla_n and_o tapeaca_n will_v never_o yield_v to_o the_o mexican_n but_o do_v always_o fight_v valiant_o against_o they_o yea_o sometime_o the_o mechovacans_n do_v vanquish_v the_o mexican_n as_o also_o those_o of_o tapeaca_n do_v in_o which_o place_n the_o marquis_n don_n ferrand_n cortes_n after_o that_o he_o and_o the_o spaniard_n be_v expel_v mexico_n pretend_v to_o build_v their_o first_o city_n the_o which_o he_o call_v as_o i_o well_o remember_v segura_n de_fw-fr la_fw-fr frontiere_a but_o this_o people_n continue_v little_a for_o have_v afterward_o reconquer_v mexico_n all_o the_o spaniard_n go_v to_o inhabit_v there_o to_o conclude_v those_o of_o tapeaca_n tlascalla_n and_o mechovacan_a have_v be_v always_o enemy_n to_o the_o mexican_n although_o motoçuma_n say_v unto_o cortes_n that_o he_o do_v purposesy_n forbear_v to_o subdue_v they_o to_o have_v occasion_n to_o exercise_v his_o man_n of_o war_n and_o to_o take_v number_n of_o captive_n of_o the_o behaviour_n and_o greatness_n of_o moteçuma_n chap._n 22._o this_o king_n labour_v to_o be_v respect_v yea_o to_o be_v worship_v as_o a_o god_n no_o plebeian_n may_v look_v he_o in_o the_o face_n if_o he_o do_v he_o be_v punish_v with_o death_n he_o do_v never_o set_v his_o foot_n on_o the_o ground_n but_o be_v always_o carry_v on_o the_o shoulder_n of_o nobleman_n and_o if_o he_o light_v they_o lay_v rich_a tapestry_n whereon_o he_o do_v go_v when_o he_o make_v any_o voyage_n he_o and_o the_o nobleman_n go_v as_o it_o be_v in_o a_o park_n compass_v in_o for_o the_o nonce_n and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o people_n go_v without_o the_o park_n environ_v it_o in_o on_o every_o side_n he_o never_o put_v on_o a_o garment_n twice_o nor_o do_v eat_v or_o drink_v in_o one_o vessel_n
some_o occasion_n many_o complaint_n grief_n and_o jealousy_n grow_v on_o either_o side_n the_o which_o cortes_n find_v &_o that_o the_o indian_n mind_n begin_v to_o be_v distract_v from_o they_o he_o think_v it_o necessary_a to_o assure_v himself_o in_o lay_v hand_n upon_o king_n moteçuma_n who_o be_v seize_v on_o and_o his_o leg_n fetter_v true_o this_o act_n be_v strange_a unto_o all_o man_n &_o like_v unto_o that_o other_o of_o he_o to_o have_v burn_v his_o ship_n and_o shut_v himself_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o his_o enemy_n there_o to_o vanquish_v or_o to_o die_v the_o mischief_n be_v that_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o unexpected_a arrival_n of_o pamphilo_n narvaes_n at_o the_o true_a cross_n draw_v the_o country_n into_o mutiny_n cortes_n be_v force_v to_o absent_v himself_o from_o mexico_n &_o to_o leave_v poor_a motecuma_n in_o the_o hand_n of_o his_o companion_n who_o want_v discretion_n nor_o have_v not_o moderation_n like_a unto_o he_o so_o as_o they_o grow_v to_o that_o dissension_n as_o there_o be_v no_o mean_n to_o pacify_v it_o of_o the_o death_n of_o moteçuma_n and_o the_o spaniard_n departure_n out_o of_o mexico_n chap._n 26._o whenas_o cortes_n be_v absent_a from_o mexico_n he_o that_o remain_v his_o lieutenant_n resolve_v to_o punish_v the_o mexican_n severe_o cause_v a_o great_a number_n of_o the_o nobility_n to_o be_v slay_v at_o a_o mask_n which_o they_o make_v in_o the_o palace_n the_o which_o do_v so_o far_o exceed_v as_o all_o the_o people_n mutine_v &_o in_o a_o furious_a rage_n take_v arm_n to_o be_v revenge_v and_o to_o kill_v the_o spaniard_n they_o therefore_o besiege_v they_o in_o the_o palace_n press_v they_o so_o near_o that_o all_o the_o hurt_n the_o spaniard_n can_v do_v they_o with_o their_o artillery_n and_o crossbow_n may_v not_o terrify_v they_o nor_o force_v they_o to_o retire_v from_o their_o enterprise_n where_o they_o continue_v many_o day_n stop_v their_o victual_n nor_o suffer_v any_o one_o to_o enter_v or_o issue_n forth_o they_o do_v fight_v with_o stone_n and_o cast_v dart_n after_o their_o manner_n with_o a_o kind_n of_o lance_n like_v unto_o arrow_n in_o the_o which_o there_o be_v four_o or_o six_o very_a sharp_a razor_n the_o which_o be_v such_o as_o the_o history_n report_v that_o in_o these_o war_n a_o indian_a with_o one_o blow_n of_o these_o razor_n almost_o cut_v off_o the_o neck_n of_o a_o horse_n &_o as_o they_o do_v one_o day_n fight_v with_o this_o resolution_n &_o fury_n the_o spaniard_n to_o make_v they_o cease_v show_v forth_o motâ—cuma_n with_o another_o of_o the_o chief_a lord_n of_o mexico_n upon_o the_o top_n of_o a_o platform_n of_o the_o house_n cover_v with_o the_o target_n of_o two_o soldier_n that_o be_v with_o they_o the_o mexicane_n see_v their_o lord_n moteçuma_n stay_v with_o great_a silence_n then_o moteçuma_n cause_v the_o lord_n to_o advise_v they_o to_o pacify_v themselves_o and_o not_o to_o war_n against_o the_o spaniard_n see_v that_o he_o be_v a_o prisoner_n it_o can_v little_o profit_v he_o the_o which_o be_v understand_v by_o a_o young_a man_n call_v quicuxtemoc_n who_o they_o now_o resolve_v to_o make_v their_o king_n speak_v with_o a_o loud_a voice_n to_o moteçuma_n will_v he_o to_o retire_v like_o a_o villain_n that_o see_v he_o have_v be_v such_o a_o coward_n as_o to_o suffer_v himself_o to_o be_v take_v they_o be_v no_o more_o bind_v to_o obey_v he_o but_o rather_o shall_v punish_v he_o as_o he_o deserve_v call_v he_o woman_n for_o the_o more_o reproach_n and_o then_o he_o begin_v to_o draw_v his_o bow_n and_o to_o shoot_v at_o he_o and_o the_o people_n begin_v to_o cast_v stone_n at_o he_o &_o to_o continue_v their_o combat_n many_o say_v that_o motecuma_n be_v then_o hurt_v with_o a_o stone_n whereof_o he_o die_v the_o indian_n of_o mexico_n affirm_v the_o contrary_a &_o that_o he_o die_v as_o i_o will_v show_v hereafter_o alvero_n &_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o spaniard_n see_v themselves_o thus_o press_v give_v intelligence_n to_o captain_n cortes_n of_o the_o great_a danger_n they_o be_v in_o who_o have_v with_o a_o admirable_a dexterity_n &_o valour_n give_v order_n to_o narvaes_n affair_n and_o assemble_v the_o great_a part_n of_o his_o man_n he_o return_v with_o all_o speed_n to_o succour_v they_o of_o mexico_n where_o observe_v the_o time_n the_o indian_n rest_n for_o it_o be_v their_o custom_n in_o war_n to_o rest_v every_o four_o day_n he_o one_o day_n advance_v with_o great_a policy_n &_o courage_n so_o as_o both_o he_o and_o his_o man_n enter_v the_o palace_n whereas_o the_o spaniard_n have_v fortefied_a themselves_o they_o than_o show_v great_a sign_n of_o joy_n in_o discharge_v their_o artillery_n but_o as_o the_o mexican_n fury_n increase_v be_v out_o of_o hope_n to_o defend_v themselves_o cortes_n resolve_v to_o pass_v away_o secret_o in_o the_o night_n without_o bruit_n have_v therefore_o make_v bridge_n to_o pass_v two_o great_a and_o dangerous_a passage_n about_o midnight_n they_o issue_v forth_o as_o secret_o as_o they_o can_v the_o great_a part_n of_o his_o people_n have_v pass_v the_o first_o bridge_n they_o be_v discover_v by_o a_o indian_a woman_n before_o they_o can_v pass_v the_o second_o who_o cry_v out_o their_o enemy_n flee_v at_o the_o which_o voice_n all_o the_o people_n run_v together_o with_o a_o horrible_a fury_n so_o as_o in_o pass_v the_o second_o bridge_n they_o be_v so_o charge_v and_o pursue_v as_o there_o remain_v above_o three_o hundred_o man_n slay_v &_o hurt_v in_o one_o place_n where_o at_o this_o day_n there_o be_v a_o small_a hermitage_n which_o they_o unproper_o call_v of_o martyr_n many_o spaniard_n to_o preserve_v the_o gold_n &_o jewel_n which_o they_o have_v get_v perish_v &_o other_o stay_v to_o carry_v it_o away_o be_v take_v by_o the_o mexican_n &_o cruel_o sacrifice_v to_o their_o idol_n the_o mexican_n find_v king_n moteçuma_n dead_a &_o wound_v as_o they_o say_v with_o poiniard_n and_o they_o hold_v opinion_n that_o that_o night_n the_o spaniard_n show_v he_o with_o other_o nobleman_n the_o marquis_n in_o his_o relation_n send_v to_o the_o emperor_n write_v the_o contrary_a &_o that_o the_o mexican_n kill_v he_o that_o night_n with_o a_o son_n of_o moteçuma_n which_o he_o lead_v with_o he_o among_o other_o nobleman_n say_v that_o all_o the_o treasure_n of_o gold_n stone_n and_o silver_n fall_v into_o the_o lake_n &_o be_v never_o more_o see_v but_o howsoever_o moteçuma_n die_v miserable_o &_o pay_v his_o desert_n to_o the_o just_a judgement_n of_o our_o lord_n of_o heaven_n for_o his_o pride_n &_o tyranny_n his_o body_n fall_v into_o the_o indian_n power_n they_o will_v make_v he_o no_o obsequy_n of_o a_o king_n no_o not_o of_o a_o ordinary_a person_n but_o cast_v it_o away_o in_o great_a disdain_n &_o rage_n a_o servant_n of_o his_o have_a pity_n of_o this_o king_n misery_n who_o before_o have_v be_v fear_v and_o worship_v as_o a_o god_n make_v a_o fire_n thereof_o and_o put_v the_o ash_n in_o a_o contemptible_a place_n return_v to_o the_o spaniard_n that_o escape_v they_o be_v great_o tire_v and_o turmoil_v the_o indian_n follow_v they_o two_o or_o three_o day_n very_o resolute_o give_v they_o no_o time_n of_o rest_n be_v so_o distress_v for_o victual_n as_o a_o few_o grain_n of_o may_n be_v divide_v among_o they_o for_o their_o meat_n the_o relation_n both_o of_o the_o spaniard_n &_o indian_n agree_v that_o god_n deliver_v they_o here_o miraculous_o the_o virgin_n mary_n defend_v they_o on_o a_o little_a hill_n whereat_o this_o day_n three_o league_n from_o mexico_n there_o be_v a_o church_n build_v in_o remembrance_n thereof_o call_v our_o lady_n of_o succour_n they_o retire_v to_o their_o ancient_a friend_n of_o tlascalla_n whence_o by_o their_o aid_n &_o the_o valour_n &_o policy_n of_o cortes_n they_o return_v afterward_o to_o make_v war_n against_o mexico_n by_o water_n and_o land_n with_o a_o invention_n of_o brigantine_n which_o they_o put_v into_o the_o lake_n where_o after_o many_o combat_n and_o above_o threescore_o dangerous_a battle_n they_o conquer_v mexco_n on_o s._n hippolytus_n day_n the_o 13._o of_o august_n 1521._o the_o last_o king_n of_o the_o mexican_n have_v obstinate_o maintain_v the_o war_n be_v in_o the_o end_n take_v in_o a_o great_a canoe_n whereinto_o he_o flee_v who_o be_v bring_v with_o some_o other_o of_o the_o chief_a nobleman_n before_o fernando_n cortes_n this_o petty_a king_n with_o a_o strange_a resolution_n and_o courage_n draw_v his_o dagger_n come_v near_o to_o cortes_n and_o say_v unto_o he_o until_o this_o day_n i_o have_v do_v my_o best_a endeavour_n for_o the_o defence_n of_o my_o people_n now_o be_o i_o no_o far_o bind_v but_o to_o give_v thou_o this_o dagger_n to_o kill_v i_o therewith_o cortes_n answer_v
remedy_n and_o all_o they_o find_v be_v to_o stop_v their_o nose_n their_o ear_n and_o their_o mouth_n as_o much_o as_o may_v be_v and_o to_o cover_v themselves_o with_o clothes_n especial_o the_o stomach_n for_o that_o the_o air_n be_v subtle_a and_o pierce_a go_v into_o the_o entrails_n and_o not_o only_a man_n feel_v this_o alteration_n but_o also_o beast_n that_o sometime_o stay_v there_o so_o as_o there_o be_v no_o spur_n can_v make_v they_o go_v forward_o for_o my_o part_n i_o hold_v this_o place_n to_o be_v one_o of_o the_o high_a part_n of_o land_n in_o the_o world_n for_o we_o mount_v a_o wonderful_a space_n and_o in_o my_o opinion_n the_o mountain_n nâ—vade_v of_o spain_n the_o pirence_n and_o the_o alps_n of_o italy_n be_v as_o ordinary_a house_n in_o regard_n of_o high_a tower_n i_o therefore_o persuade_v myself_o that_o the_o element_n of_o the_o air_n be_v there_o so_o subtle_a and_o delicate_a as_o it_o be_v not_o proportionable_a with_o the_o breathe_n of_o man_n which_o require_v a_o more_o gross_a and_o temperate_a air_n and_o i_o believe_v it_o be_v the_o cause_n that_o do_v so_o much_o alter_v the_o stomach_n &_o trouble_v all_o the_o disposition_n the_o passage_n of_o the_o mountain_n nâ—vade_v and_o other_o of_o europe_n which_o i_o have_v see_v although_o the_o air_n be_v cold_a there_o and_o do_v force_v man_n to_o wear_v more_o clothes_n yet_o this_o cold_a do_v not_o take_v away_o the_o appetite_n from_o meat_n but_o contrariwise_o it_o provoke_v neither_o do_v it_o cause_v any_o cast_n of_o the_o stomach_n but_o only_o some_o pain_n in_o the_o foot_n and_o hand_n final_o their_o operation_n be_v outward_a but_o that_o of_o the_o indies_n whereof_o i_o speak_v without_o molest_v of_o foot_n or_o hand_n or_o any_o outward_a part_n trouble_v all_o the_o entrails_n within_o and_o that_o which_o be_v more_o admirable_a when_o the_o sun_n be_v hot_a which_o make_v i_o imagine_v that_o the_o grief_n we_o feel_v come_v from_o the_o quality_n of_o the_o air_n which_o we_o breathe_v therefore_o that_o be_v most_o subtle_a and_o delicate_a who_o cold_a be_v not_o so_o sensible_a as_o pierce_v all_o this_o ridge_n of_o mountain_n be_v for_o the_o most_o part_n desert_n without_o any_o village_n or_o habitation_n for_o man_n so_o as_o you_o shall_v scarce_o find_v any_o small_a cottage_n to_o lodge_v such_o as_o do_v pass_v by_o night_n there_o be_v no_o beast_n good_a or_o bad_a but_o some_o vicunos_n which_o be_v their_o country_n mutton_n and_o have_v a_o strange_a and_o wonderful_a property_n as_o i_o shall_v show_v in_o his_o place_n the_o grass_n be_v often_o burn_v and_o all_o black_a with_o the_o air_n and_o this_o desert_n run_v five_o and_o twenty_o or_o thirty_o league_n overthwart_o and_o in_o length_n above_o five_o hundred_o league_n there_o be_v other_o desert_n or_o place_n inhabit_v which_o at_o peru_n they_o call_v punas_n speak_v of_o the_o second_o point_n we_o promise_v where_o the_o quality_n of_o the_o air_n cut_v off_o man_n life_n without_o feeling_n in_o former_a time_n the_o spaniard_n go_v from_o peru_n to_o the_o realm_n of_o chille_n by_o this_o mountain_n but_o at_o this_o day_n they_o do_v pass_v common_o by_o sea_n and_o sometime_o alongst_o the_o side_n of_o it_o and_o though_o that_o way_n be_v laborious_a and_o troublesome_a yet_o be_v there_o not_o so_o great_a danger_n as_o by_o the_o mountain_n where_o there_o be_v plain_n on_o the_o which_o many_o man_n have_v perish_v and_o die_v and_o sometime_o have_v escape_v by_o great_a hap_n whereof_o some_o have_v remain_v lame_a there_o run_v a_o small_a breath_n which_o be_v not_o very_o strong_a nor_o violent_a but_o proceed_v in_o such_o sort_n that_o man_n fall_v down_o dead_a in_o a_o manner_n without_o feeling_n or_o at_o the_o least_o they_o lose_v their_o foot_n and_o hand_n the_o which_o may_v seem_v fabulous_a yet_o be_v it_o most_o true_a i_o have_v know_v and_o frequent_v long_o the_o gennerall_n jerome_n costilla_n the_o ancient_a peopler_fw-mi of_o cusco_n who_o have_v lose_v three_o or_o four_o toe_n which_o fall_v off_o in_o pass_v the_o desert_n of_o chille_n be_v perish_v with_o this_o air_n and_o when_o he_o come_v to_o look_v on_o they_o they_o be_v dead_a and_o fall_v off_o without_o any_o pain_n even_o as_o a_o rot_a apple_n fall_v from_o the_o tree_n this_o captain_n report_v that_o of_o a_o good_a army_n which_o he_o have_v conduct_v by_o that_o place_n in_o the_o former_a year_n since_o the_o discovery_n of_o this_o kingdom_n by_o almagro_n a_o great_a part_n of_o the_o man_n remain_v dead_a there_o who_o body_n he_o find_v lie_v in_o the_o desert_n without_o any_o stink_n or_o corruption_n add_v thereunto_o one_o thing_n very_o strange_a that_o they_o find_v a_o young_a boy_n alive_a and_o be_v examine_v how_o he_o have_v live_v in_o that_o place_n he_o say_v that_o he_o lie_v hide_v in_o a_o little_a cave_n whence_o he_o come_v to_o cut_v the_o flesh_n of_o a_o dead_a horse_n with_o a_o little_a knife_n and_o thus_o have_v he_o nourish_v himself_o a_o long_a time_n with_o i_o know_v not_o how_o many_o companion_n that_o live_v in_o that_o sort_n but_o now_o they_o be_v all_o dead_a one_o die_v this_o day_n and_o another_o to_o morrow_n say_v that_o he_o desire_v nothing_o more_o than_o to_o die_v there_o with_o the_o rest_n see_v that_o he_o find_v not_o in_o himself_o any_o disposition_n to_o go_v to_o any_o other_o place_n nor_o to_o take_v any_o taste_n in_o any_o thing_n i_o have_v understand_v the_o like_a of_o other_o and_o particular_o of_o one_o that_o be_v of_o our_o company_n who_o be_v then_o a_o secular_a man_n have_v pass_v by_o these_o desert_n and_o it_o be_v a_o strange_a thing_n the_o quality_n of_o this_o cold_a air_n which_o kill_v and_o also_o preserve_v the_o dead_a body_n without_o corruption_n i_o have_v also_o understand_v it_o of_o a_o reverend_a religious_a man_n of_o the_o order_n of_o saint_n dominike_n and_o prelate_n thereof_o who_o have_v see_v it_o pass_v by_o the_o desert_n and_o which_o be_v strange_a he_o report_v that_o travel_v that_o way_n by_o night_n be_v force_v to_o defend_v himself_o against_o that_o deadly_a wind_n which_o blow_v there_o have_v no_o other_o mean_n but_o to_o gather_v together_o a_o great_a number_n of_o those_o dead_a body_n that_o lay_v there_o and_o make_v thereof_o as_o it_o be_v a_o rampire_n and_o a_o bolster_n for_o his_o head_n in_o this_o manner_n do_v he_o sleep_v the_o dead_a body_n give_v he_o life_n without_o doubt_v this_o be_v a_o kind_n of_o cold_a so_o pierce_v that_o it_o quench_v the_o vital_a heat_n cut_v off_o his_o influence_n and_o be_v so_o exceed_o cold_a yet_o do_v not_o corrupt_v nor_o give_v any_o putrefaction_n to_o the_o dead_a body_n for_o that_o putrefaction_n grow_v from_o heat_n and_o moistness_n as_o for_o the_o other_o kind_n of_o air_n which_o thunder_v under_o the_o earth_n and_o cause_v earthquake_n more_o at_o the_o indies_n then_o in_o any_o other_o region_n i_o will_v speak_v thereof_o in_o treat_v the_o quality_n of_o the_o land_n at_o the_o indies_n we_o will_v content_v ourselves_o now_o with_o what_o we_o have_v speak_v of_o the_o wind_n and_o air_n and_o pass_v to_o that_o which_o be_v to_o be_v speak_v of_o the_o water_n of_o the_o ocean_n that_o environ_n the_o indies_n and_o of_o the_o north_n and_o south_n sea_n chap._n 10._o among_o all_o water_n the_o ocean_n be_v the_o principal_a by_o which_o the_o indies_n have_v be_v discover_v and_o be_v environ_v therewith_o for_o either_o they_o be_v land_n of_o the_o ocean_n sea_n or_o main_a land_n the_o which_o wheresoever_o it_o end_v be_v bound_v with_o this_o ocean_n to_o this_o day_n they_o have_v noâ—_n discover_v at_o the_o indies_n any_o mediterranean_a sea_n as_o in_o europe_n asia_n and_o africa_n into_o the_o which_o there_o enter_v some_o arm_n of_o this_o great_a sea_n and_o make_v distinct_a sea_n take_v their_o name_n from_o the_o province_n they_o bathe_v and_o almost_o all_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n continue_v and_o join_v together_o and_o with_o the_o ocean_n itself_o by_o the_o straight_a of_o gibraltar_n which_o the_o ancient_n call_v the_o pillar_n of_o hercules_n although_o the_o red_a sea_n be_v separate_v from_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n enter_v alone_o into_o the_o indian_a ocean_n and_o the_o caspian_a sea_n join_v not_o with_o any_o other_o so_o that_o at_o the_o indies_n we_o find_v not_o any_o other_o sea_n than_o this_o ocean_n which_o they_o divide_v into_o two_o the_o one_o they_o call_v the_o north_n sea_n and_o the_o other_o the_o south_n for_o that_o the_o indies_n which_o be_v first_o discover_v by_o the_o ocean_n and_o reach_v unto_o spain_n
of_o abundance_n to_o be_v there_o and_o yet_o unto_o this_o day_n they_o have_v not_o conquer_v that_o land_n the_o emerald_n grow_v in_o stone_n like_a unto_o crystal_n i_o have_v see_v they_o in_o the_o same_o stone_n fashion_v like_o a_o vein_n and_o they_o seem_v by_o little_a and_o little_a to_o thicken_v and_o refine_v i_o have_v see_v some_o that_o be_v half_o white_a and_o half_a green_a other_o all_o white_a and_o some_o green_a and_o very_a perfect_a i_o have_v see_v some_o of_o the_o bigness_n of_o a_o nut_n and_o there_o have_v be_v some_o great_a find_v but_o i_o have_v not_o know_v that_o in_o our_o time_n they_o have_v find_v any_o of_o the_o form_n and_o bigness_n of_o the_o platt_a or_o jewel_n they_o have_v at_o genes_n the_o which_o they_o esteem_v and_o with_o reason_n to_o be_v a_o jewel_n of_o great_a price_n and_o no_o relic_n yet_o without_o comparison_n the_o emerald_n which_o theophrastus_n speak_v of_o which_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n present_v to_o the_o king_n of_o egypt_n surpass_v that_o of_o genes_n it_o be_v four_o cubit_n long_o and_o three_o broad_a and_o they_o say_v that_o in_o jupiters_n temple_n there_o be_v a_o needle_n or_o pyramid_n make_v of_o four_o emerald_n stone_n of_o forty_o cubit_n long_o and_o in_o some_o place_n four_o broad_a and_o in_o other_o two_n and_o that_o in_o his_o time_n there_o be_v in_o tir_n in_o hercules_n temple_n a_o pillar_n of_o a_o emerald_n it_o may_v be_v as_o pliny_n say_v it_o be_v of_o some_o green_a stone_n somewhat_o like_a to_o the_o emerald_n and_o they_o call_v it_o a_o false_a emerald_n as_o some_o will_v say_v that_o in_o the_o cathedral_n church_n of_o cordoüâ—_n there_o be_v certain_a pillar_n of_o emerald_n which_o remain_v since_o it_o be_v a_o mesquite_n for_o the_o king_n miramamolin_n moor_n which_o reign_v there_o in_o the_o fleet_n the_o year_n one_o thousand_o five_o hundred_o eighty_o and_o seven_o in_o the_o which_o i_o come_v from_o the_o indies_n they_o bring_v two_o chest_n of_o emerald_n every_o one_o weigh_v at_o the_o least_o four_o arobe_n whereby_o we_o may_v see_v the_o abundance_n they_o have_v the_o holy_a scripture_n commend_v these_o emerald_n as_o precious_a jewel_n 21._o they_o number_v they_o amongst_o the_o precious_a stone_n which_o the_o high_a priest_n carry_v on_o his_o ephod_n or_o breastplate_n as_o those_o which_o do_v beautify_v the_o wall_n of_o the_o heavenly_a jerusalem_n of_o pearl_n chap._n 15._o now_o that_o we_o entreat_v of_o the_o great_a riches_n that_o come_v from_o the_o indies_n it_o be_v no_o reason_n to_o forget_v the_o pearl_n which_o the_o ancient_n call_v marguerite_n and_o at_o the_o first_o be_v in_o so_o great_a estimation_n as_o none_o but_o royal_a person_n be_v suffer_v to_o wear_v they_o but_o at_o this_o day_n there_o be_v such_o abundance_n as_o the_o negres_n themselves_o do_v wear_v chain_n thereof_o they_o grow_v in_o shell_n or_o oyster_n in_o eat_v whereof_o i_o have_v find_v pearl_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o they_o these_o oyster_n within_o be_v of_o the_o colour_n of_o heaven_n very_o lively_a in_o some_o place_n they_o make_v spoon_n the_o which_o they_o call_v mother_n of_o pearl_n the_o pearl_n do_v differ_v much_o inform_v in_o bigness_n figure_n colour_n and_o polish_n so_o likewise_o in_o their_o price_n they_o differ_v much_o some_o they_o call_v ave_fw-la maria_n be_v like_o the_o small_a grain_n of_o bead_n other_o be_v pater_n noster_n be_v big_a seldom_o shall_v you_o find_v two_o of_o one_o greatness_n form_n and_o colour_n for_o this_o reason_n the_o roman_n as_o pliny_n write_v call_v they_o union_n 3â—_n whenas_o they_o do_v find_v two_o that_o be_v alike_o in_o all_o point_n they_o raise_v the_o price_n much_o especial_o for_o carering_n i_o have_v see_v some_o pair_n value_v at_o thousand_o of_o ducat_n although_o they_o be_v not_o like_a to_o cleopatra_n two_o pearl_n whereof_o pliny_n report_v either_o of_o they_o be_v worth_a a_o hundred_o thousand_o ducat_n with_o the_o which_o this_o foolish_a queen_n win_v a_o wager_n she_o have_v make_v against_o marc_n anthony_n to_o spend_v in_o one_o supper_n above_o a_o hundred_o thousand_o ducat_n so_o at_o the_o last_o course_n she_o dissolve_v one_o of_o these_o pearl_n in_o strong_a vinegar_n &_o drink_v it_o up_o they_o say_v the_o other_o pearl_n be_v cut_v in_o two_o and_o place_v in_o the_o pantheon_n at_o rome_n at_o th'ear_n of_o the_o image_n of_o venus_n esope_n report_v of_o clovis_n the_o son_n of_o a_o comedian_n who_o in_o a_o banquet_n present_v to_o every_o one_o of_o his_o guest_n amongst_o other_o meat_n a_o rich_a pearl_n dissolve_v in_o vinegar_n to_o make_v his_o feast_n the_o more_o royal_a and_o sumptuous_a these_o be_v the_o folly_n of_o those_o age_n and_o those_o at_o this_o day_n be_v nothing_o less_o for_o that_o we_o see_v not_o only_o hat_n and_o band_n but_o also_o buskin_n and_o woman_n pantofle_n yea_o of_o base_a condition_n embroider_a all_o over_o with_o pearl_n they_o fish_n for_o pearl_n in_o diverse_a part_n of_o the_o indies_n the_o great_a abundance_n be_v in_o the_o south_n sea_n near_o unto_o panama_n where_o the_o island_n of_o pearl_n be_v as_o they_o call_v they_o but_o at_o this_o day_n they_o find_v great_a store_n and_o the_o best_a in_o the_o north_n sea_n the_o which_o be_v near_o to_o the_o rive_v of_o hatch_n i_o do_v see_v they_o make_v their_o fish_n the_o which_o be_v do_v with_o great_a charge_n &_o labour_n of_o the_o poor_a slave_n which_o dive_v six_o nine_o yea_o twelve_o fathom_n into_o the_o sea_n to_o seek_v for_o oyster_n the_o which_o common_o be_v fasten_v to_o the_o rock_n and_o gravel_n in_o the_o sea_n they_o pull_v they_o up_o and_o bring_v they_o above_o the_o water_n to_o their_o canoe_n where_o theâ—_n open_v they_o draw_v forth_o the_o treasure_n they_o have_v within_o they_o the_o water_n of_o the_o sea_n in_o this_o part_n be_v very_o cold_a but_o yet_o the_o labour_n and_o toil_n be_v great_a in_o hold_v of_o their_o breath_n sometime_o a_o quarter_n yea_o half_a a_o hour_n together_o be_v under_o the_o water_n at_o their_o fish_n and_o to_o the_o end_n these_o poor_a slave_n may_v the_o better_o continue_v and_o hold_v their_o breath_n they_o feed_v they_o with_o dry_a meat_n and_o that_o in_o small_a quantity_n so_o as_o covetousness_n make_v they_o abstain_v and_o fast_o thus_o against_o their_o will_n they_o employ_v their_o pearl_n to_o diverse_a work_n and_o they_o pierce_v they_o to_o make_v chain_n whereof_o there_o be_v great_a store_n in_o every_o place_n in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n one_o thousand_o five_o hundred_o eighty_o one_o i_o do_v see_v the_o note_n of_o what_o come_v from_o the_o indies_n for_o the_o king_n there_o be_v eighteen_o mace_n of_o pearl_n beside_o three_o casket_n and_o for_o particular_n there_o be_v twelve_o hundred_o threescore_o and_o four_o mark_n and_o beside_o they_o seven_o casket_n not_o pierce_v which_o heretofore_o we_o will_v have_v esteem_v and_o hold_v for_o a_o lie_n of_o the_o indian_a bread_n and_o of_o may_n chap._n 16._o in_o our_o discourse_n of_o plant_n we_o will_v begin_v with_o those_o which_o be_v proper_a and_o peculiar_a to_o the_o indies_n and_o after_o with_o the_o rest_n that_o be_v common_a to_o the_o indies_n and_o europe_n and_o forasmuch_o as_o plant_n be_v chief_o create_v for_o the_o nourishment_n of_o man_n and_o that_o the_o chief_a whereof_o he_o take_v his_o nourishment_n be_v bread_n it_o shall_v be_v good_a to_o show_v what_o bread_n the_o indian_n use_n and_o whereon_o they_o live_v for_o want_v thereof_o they_o have_v as_o we_o have_v here_o a_o proper_a name_n whereby_o they_o note_v and_o signify_v bread_n which_o at_o peru_n they_o call_v tanta_fw-la and_o in_o other_o place_n by_o another_o name_n but_o the_o quality_n and_o substance_n of_o the_o bread_n the_o indian_n use_n differ_v much_o from_o we_o for_o we_o find_v not_o they_o have_v any_o kind_n of_o wheat_n or_o barley_n nor_o any_o other_o kind_n of_o grain_n which_o they_o use_v in_o europeâ—o_o â—o_z make_v bread_n withal_o instead_o whereof_o they_o use_v other_o kind_n of_o grain_n and_o root_n among_o the_o which_o may_n hold_v the_o first_o place_n and_o with_o reason_n in_o castille_n they_o call_v it_o indian_a wheat_n and_o in_o italy_n they_o call_v it_o turkey_n grain_n and_o even_o as_o wheat_n be_v the_o most_o common_a grain_n for_o the_o use_n of_o man_n in_o the_o region_n of_o the_o old_a world_n which_o be_v europe_n asia_n and_o africa_n so_o in_o the_o new_a find_v world_n the_o most_o common_a grain_n be_v may_n the_o which_o be_v find_v almost_o in_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o west_n